Startup Manual MRV5

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 262

MRV START UP

Service Manual SYJS-04-2018 REV.A Edition: 2018-04


CONTENTS
1. Before Startup...................................................................................................................................................1
2. Startup Procedures ........................................................................................................................................ 2
3. Installation Checking ..................................................................................................................................... 3
3.1 Installation Checking .................................................................................................................................. 3
3.2 Parameter Standard Checking List ............................................................................................................ 5
4. Operation ....................................................................................................................................................... 13
4.1 Wiring Diagram And Dip Switch Setting For Indoor Units......................................................................... 13
4.1.1 4-way cassette/ Convertible/ Low ESP duct/ Med ESP duct/ High ESP duct/ Fresh air/
Built-in floor standing type indoor unts...............................................................................................13
4.1.2 Round-way smart air flow cassette type indoor units......................................................................... 25
4.1.3 MINI 4-way cassette and one way cassette type indoor unit............................................................. 29
4.1.4 2-way cassette type indoor units........................................................................................................ 34
4.1.5 DC Slim low ESP duct and constant air volume duct type indoor units..............................................44
4.1.6 Slim low ESP duct and Med ESP duct (AD*MJERA) type indoor units.............................................. 53
4.1.7 Console type indoor units .................................................................................................................. 62
4.1.8 High wall type indoor units................................................................................................................. 68
4.1.9 N platform high wall type indoor units................................................................................................ 80
4.2 Wiring Diagram And Dip Switch Setting For Valve Box............................................................................. 84
4.2.1 MRVIII-RC valve box.......................................................................................................................... 84
4.2.2 AHU valve box.....................................................................................................................................87
4.2.3 Easy MRV valve box...........................................................................................................................91
4.3 Wiring Diagram And Dip Switch Setting For Outdoor Units ...................................................................... 95
4.3.1 MRVIII-C outdoor units ...................................................................................................................... 95
4.3.2 MRV SII outdoor units .......................................................................................................................112
4.3.3 MRV SI outdoor units ....................................................................................................................... 125
4.3.4 MRVIV-C outdoor units .................................................................................................................... 138
4.3.5 MRVIII-RC outdoor units...................................................................................................................151
4.3.6 MRV W outdoor units ...................................................................................................................... 169
4.3.7 MRVIII-C PLUS outdoor units ......................................................................................................... 183
4.3.8 MRV 5 outdoor units ........................................................................................................................ 198
4.4 Dip Switch Setting For Controllers ......................................................................................................... 210
4.4.1 Wired controller (YR-E17 and YR-E14)............................................................................................ 210
4.4.2 Central controller (YCZ-A003 and YCZ-A004)................................................................................. 214
4.4.3 BMS (gateway IGU02)..................................................................................................................... 219
4.5 Powering On ........................................................................................................................................... 220
5. Trial Running............................................................................................................................................... 223
5.1 Startup of Indoor Units And Outdoor Unit ............................................................................................... 223
5.2 Running Parameter Standard................................................................................................................. 224
Appendix I Startup Report ............................................................................................................................. 226
Appendix II Dip Switch Setting For Address..................................................................................................251
Appendix III R410A System Static Balance Pressure Reference Value......................................................257
1. Before Startup

Before Startup
For your safety and better operation when commissioning our products, it is strongly recommended to read
carefully about the following items.

The outdoor units should be supplied 380V/3Ph or All indoor units should use the same power supply and
230V/3Ph or 460V/3Ph power and indoor units 220V should be powered on together. It’s forbidden to start
power. The outdoor and indoor units power should outdoor unit while some indoor units are powered off.
be supplied separately. The power supply should be
earthed well in case of any electric shock.

Outdoor units should be powered on 6 hours before The shielded layer should be used with communica-
startup to reach the required oil temperature. tion wire to avoid any interference. The shielded layer
should be connected and earthed on one point.

The outdoor and indoor units communication wires P, It is required to arrange the piping properly.
Q should be disconnected before turning on the indoor
units in case of any unexpected
operation.

It is required to use the nitrogen to protect when weld- When doing the leakage test, the refrigerant pipes can
ing the refrigerant pipe, to avoid any impurity. only connected to evaporator coil. Connection of con-
denser is not allowed.

The drainage pipes are required to have a 1% gradient


for a better condensate water drainage.

Exhaust outlet

1%
Condensate pipe

1
2. Startup Procedures

The following procedures are the standard guidance for on-site startup of MRV system. Please follow those proce-
dures one by one to ensure the completion of the startup.

The materials preparation before on-site commissioning:


■■Printed drawing of architectural design;
■■Printed Installation Check List and System Startup Request;
■■Startup Manual;
■■Service Manual for MRV system;
■■Troubleshooting and Error Code.

Read the attentions carefully before start up.

Installation checking:
■■ Installation checking;
■■Parameter standard checking list.

Operation:
■■Dip switch setting for indoor units;
■■Dip switch setting for outdoor units;
■■Dip switch setting for controllers;
■■Powering on;
■■Locking quantity of indoor and outdoor units.

Trial operation:
■■Startup of indoor units;
■■Running parameter checking;
■■Running parameter standard;
■■Completion of startup report.

2
3. Installation Checking

3.1 PREINSTALATION
REFRIGERATION PIPING
■■Refrigerant pipings are correctly insulated.
■■Refrigerant pipings have enough fixed supports.
■■All welds were made with permanent nitrogen flow, to create an inert atmosphere.
■■All branch pipes are installed in horizontal direction.
■■There are at least 1 m between branch pipes, and 0.5 m between branch pipe and indoor unit.

DRAIN

Installation Checking
■■Drain piping is correctly insulated.
■■Reserved the exhaust outlet for drain pipe.
■■A drop of at least 1% is guaranteed (1 cm per linear meter).
■■ Drain’s piping diameter meets the requirements.
■■The drain pipings of the units with drain pump and without drain pump are separated.

COMMUNICATION WIRE
■■The communication wire is properly installed between outdoor and indoor units - P/Q (Assy. chain).
■■The wire for central control is properly installed between A/C and interface (Assy. chain).
■■The color of the communication wire P-P, Q-Q is consistent.
■■The wiring is 2 x 15 with shield layer. The shield layer is fixed to ground on one point.
■■There is an independent pipeline for communication wire.
■■There is a 10cm distance between communication wire and electricity wire at least.
■■Before starting, do not connect the terminal P, Q on the outdoor unit, it may cause bad startup.

ELECTRICITY WIRE
■■There is an independent pipeline for electricity wire to each indoor unit.
■■There is a general power supply for all indoor units.
■■There is the same phase power supply for all indoor units in one group under wired controller.
■■There is a breaker for each outdoor and indoor unit.
■■Electricity wire is installed to indoor and outdoor units correctly.

INDOOR UNITS
■■During installation indoor units need dustproof protection.
■■All the units are properly leveled, and fixing system allows adjustments when is required.
■■The flare nuts are correctly adjusted and tightened for each indoor unit.
■■Indoor units are in the perfect physical conditions.
■■There is at least 50 cm free space around the indoor unit for service and maintenance.
■■208-230V, 1PH + Ground line is necessary.
OUTDOOR UNITS
■■The outdoor units install the anti-vibration cushions.

3
■■The ground where the outdoor unit is installed must be properly leveled.
■■1 meter distance is guaranteed between the outdoor units and walls or others.
■■Outdoor units are in the perfect physical conditions.
■■The outdoor units in one system need keep 20cm distance to each other.
■■Gather pipes are at the same level.
■■Each outdoor unit has a security breaker.
■■In heating the outdoor unit need install a drain pan.
■■The communication wire is properly done between the outdoor units A, B, C.
■■The communication wire is correctly done for the centralized monitor between master outdoor unit and interface
(Assy. chain).
■■The balance oil pipeline is at the same level without outlets and piping trap.
PRE START UP
■■100% of the piping completed the pressure test at 80 psi (5.5 Kg/cm²) during 3 minutes.
■■100% of the piping completed the pressure test at 250 psi (17.5 Kg/cm²) during 2 hours.
■■100% of the piping completed the pressure test at 590 psi (40.5 Kg/cm²) during 24 hours.
■■Vacuum test, reaching gauge pressure of (-755mmHg)
■■The system needs preheat more than 6 hours before startup.
■■Indoor units are addressed properly.
■■Outdoor units are addressed according to the position Master, Slave 1, Slave 2.
■■Once the system is powered on, the master outdoor unit displays the quantity of the connected indoor units.
■■All the indoor units work correctly in Fan mode.

4
3.2 Parameter standard checking list.

Refrigerant Piping Parameter Standard


A. Branch Pipe Installation Standard

Installation Checking
B. Refrigerant Pipe Insulation Material Standard
■■Gas pipe and liquid pipe should be heat insulated separately. Liquid pipe shall be heat insulated at all times and
the only exception when the customer is totally sure the unit will only deliver cooling.
■■The material for gas pipe should endure the high temperature over 120oC. That for liquid pipe should be over
70oC.
■■The material thickness should be over 10mm. When ambient temp. is over 30oC, and the relative humidity is over
80%, the material thickness should be over 20mm.

5
Communication & Electricity Wire Installation Standard
A. Communication & Electricity Wire Specification
a. Outdoor power source and power cable
Item Power Rated current of residual
Wire Ground wire
Power cable Circuit circuit breaker (A)
length
source section breaker (A) Ground fault interrupter Section
Model (m) Screw
(mm2) (mA) response time (S) (mm2)
AV08NMVESA 6 20 40 40A 30mA below 0.1S 3.5 M5
AV10NMVESA 3N~, 10 20 40 40A 30mA below 0.1S 3.5 M5
AV12IMVESA 380-400V, 10 20 60 60A 30mA below 0.1S 3.5 M5
AV14IMVESA 50/60Hz 16 20 60 60A 30mA below 0.1S 3.5 M5
AV16IMVESA 16 20 70 70A 30mA below 0.1S 3.5 M5
AV08CMVESA 16 20 40 40A 30mA below 0.1s 3.5 M5
AV10CMVESA 3N~, 16 20 50 50A 30mA below 0.1s 3.5 M5
AV12CMVESA 208-230V, 20 20 60 60A 30mA below 0.1s 3.5 M5
AV14CMVESA 60Hz 20 20 60 60A 30mA below 0.1s 3.5 M5
AV16CMVESA 20 20 70 70A 30mA below 0.1s 3.5 M5
AV08GMVESA 6 20 25 25A 30mA below 0.1s 3.5 M5
AV10GMVESA 3N~, 6 20 25 25A 30mA below 0.1s 3.5 M5
AV12GMVESA 460V, 16 20 40 40A 30mA below 0.1s 3.5 M5
AV14GMVESA 60Hz 16 20 40 40A 30mA below 0.1s 3.5 M5
AV16GMVESA 16 20 40 40A 30mA below 0.1s 3.5 M5
AV08NMVERB 3N~, 10 20 40 40A 30mA below 0.1S 3.5 M5
AV10NMVERB 380-400V, 16 20 60 60A 30mA below 0.1S 3.5 M5
AV12NMVERB 50/60Hz 16 20 70 70A 30mA below 0.1S 3.5 M5
AV08IMVUSA 6 20 25 25A 30mA below 0.1s 3.5 M5
Individual power

AV10IMVUSA 3N~, 10 20 32 32A 30mA below 0.1s 3.5 M5


AV12IMVUSA 380-400V, 10 20 32 32A 30mA below 0.1s 3.5 M5
AV14IMVUSA 50/60Hz 10 20 40 40A 30mA below 0.1s 3.5 M5
AV16IMVUSA 10 20 40 40A 30mA below 0.1s 3.5 M5
AV08CMVUSA 16 20 50 50A 30mA below 0.1s 3.5 M5
AV10CMVUSA 3N~, 16 20 63 63A 30mA below 0.1s 3.5 M5
AV12CMVUSA 208-230V, 25 20 63 63A 30mA below 0.1s 3.5 M5
AV14CMVUSA 60Hz 25 20 80 80A 30mA below 0.1s 3.5 M5
AV16CMVUSA 25 20 80 80A 30mA below 0.1s 3.5 M5
AV08GMVUSA 10 20 25 25A 30mA below 0.1s 3.5 M5
AV10GMVUSA 3N~, 10 20 25 25A 30mA below 0.1s 3.5 M5
AV12GMVUSA 460V, 16 20 40 40A 30mA below 0.1s 3.5 M5
AV14GMVUSA 60Hz 16 20 40 40A 30mA below 0.1s 3.5 M5
AV16GMVUSA 16 20 40 40A 30mA below 0.1s 3.5 M5
AV08NMMEUA 10 92 40 40A 100mA below 0.1s 5.5 M6
AV10NMMEUA 10 92 40 40A 100mA below 0.1s 5.5 M6
AV12NMMEUA 10 92 40 40A 100mA below 0.1s 5.5 M6
AV14NMMEUA 3N~, 16 92 50 50A 100mA below 0.1s 5.5 M6
AV16NMMEUA 380-400V, 16 92 60 60A 100mA below 0.1s 5.5 M6
AV18NMMEUA 50/60Hz 16 92 70 70A 100mA below 0.1s 5.5 M6
AV20NMMEUA 16 92 70 70A 100mA below 0.1s 5.5 M6
AV22NMMEUA 25 92 80 80A 100mA below 0.1s 5.5 M6
AV24NMMEUA 25 92 80 80A 100mA below 0.1s 5.5 M6
AV08IMMEUB 10 92 40 40A 100mA below 0.1s 5.5 M6
AV10IMMEUB 10 92 40 40A 100mA below 0.1s 5.5 M6
AV12IMMEUB 3N~, 16 92 50 50A 100mA below 0.1s 5.5 M6
AV14IMMEUB 380-400V, 16 92 60 60A 100mA below 0.1s 5.5 M6
AV16IMMEUB 50/60Hz 25 92 80 80A 100mA below 0.1s 5.5 M6
AV18IMMEUB 25 92 80 80A 100mA below 0.1s 5.5 M6
AV20IMMEUB 25 92 80 80A 100mA below 0.1s 5.5 M6

6
Item Power Rated current of residual
Wire Ground wire
Power cable Circuit circuit breaker (A)
length
source section breaker (A) Ground fault interrupter Section
Model (m) Screw
(mm2) (mA) response time (S) (mm2)
AV08CMMEUA 10 92 50 50A 100mA below 0.1s 5.5 M6
AV10CMMEUA 16 92 50 50A 100mA below 0.1s 5.5 M6
AV12CMMEUA 16 92 50 50A 100mA below 0.1s 5.5 M6
AV14CMMEUA 3N, 208-230V, 60Hz 25 92 63 63A 100mA below 0.1s 5.5 M6

Installation Checking
AV16CMMEUA 25 92 80 80A 100mA below 0.1s 5.5 M6
AV18CMMEUA 25 92 80 80A 100mA below 0.1s 5.5 M6
AV20CMMEUA 25 92 100 100A 100mA below 0.1s 5.5 M6
AV08IMWEWA 3N~, 6 20 25 25A 30mA below 0.1S 3.5 M5
AV10IMWEWA 380-400V, 10 20 32 32A 30mA below 0.1S 3.5 M5
AV12IMWEWA 50/60Hz 10 20 32 32A 30mA below 0.1S 3.5 M5
AV08CMWEWA 3N~, 16 20 50 50A 30mA below 0.1S 3.5 M5
AV10CMWEWA 208-230V, 16 20 50 50A 30mA below 0.1S 3.5 M5
AV12CMWEWA 60Hz 16 20 63 63A 30mA below 0.1s 3.5 M5
AV08IMSEVA 10 20 32 32A 30mA below 0.1S 3.5 M5
AV10IMSEVA 3N~, 10 20 32 32A 30mA below 0.1S 3.5 M5
AV12IMSEVA 380-400V, 16 20 40 40A 30mA below 0.1S 3.5 M5
AV14IMSEVA 50/60Hz 16 20 40 40A 30mA below 0.1S 3.5 M5
AV16IMSEVA 16 20 40 40A 30mA below 0.1S 3.5 M5
AV08IMSEVA(A) 10 20 32 32A 30mA below 0.1S 3.5 M5
AV10IMSEVA(A) 3N~, 10 20 32 32A 30mA below 0.1S 3.5 M5
AV12IMSEVA(A) 380-400V, 16 20 40 40A 30mA below 0.1S 3.5 M5
50/60Hz
Individual power

AV14IMSEVA(A) 16 20 40 40A 30mA below 0.1S 3.5 M5


AV16IMSEVA(A) 16 20 40 40A 30mA below 0.1S 3.5 M5
AU282FHERA 6 20 30 30A 30mA below 0.1S 6 M5
1PH,220-230V,50Hz
AU282FHERA(H) 6 20 25 25A 30mA below 0.1S 6 M5
AU482FIERAG) 10 20 50 50A 30mA below 0.1S 10 M5
1PH,220-230V,50/60Hz
AU482FIERA(H) 16 20 50 50A 30mA below 0.1S 10 M5
AU042FPERA 10 20 50 50A 30mA below 0.1S 10 M5
AU052FPERA 10 20 50 50A 30mA below 0.1S 10 M5
AU062FPERA 1PH, 10 20 50 50A 30mA below 0.1S 10 M5
AU042FPERB 220-240V~, 50/60Hz 10 20 50 50A 30mA below 0.1S 10 M5
AU052FPERB 10 20 50 50A 30mA below 0.1S 10 M5
AU062FPERB 10 20 50 50A 30mA below 0.1S 10 M5
AU48NFIERA(G) 4 20 20 20A 30mA below 0.1S 4 M5
3N~,
AU60NFIERA(G) 4 20 20 20A 30mA below 0.1S 4 M5
380-400V,
AU48NFIERA(H) 4 20 20 20A 30mA below 0.1S 4 M5
50/60Hz
AU60NFIERA(H) 4 20 20 20A 30mA below 0.1S 4 M5
AU04IFPERA 4 20 20 20A 30mA below 0.1S 4 M5
AU05IFPERA 4 20 20 20A 30mA below 0.1S 4 M5
3N~,
AU06IFPERA 4 20 20 20A 30mA below 0.1S 4 M5
380-415V,
AU04IFPERB 50/60Hz 4 20 20 20A 30mA below 0.1S 4 M5
AU05IFPERB 4 20 20 20A 30mA below 0.1S 4 M5
AU06IFPERB 4 20 20 20A 30mA below 0.1S 4 M5
AV08NMSETA 3N~, 6 20 40 40A 30mA below 0.1S 3.5 M5
AV10NMSETA 380-400V, 10 20 40 40A 30mA below 0.1S 3.5 M5
AV12NMSETA 50/60Hz 10 20 40 40A 30mA below 0.1S 3.5 M5

7
Power Rated current of residual
Wire Ground wire
Power cable Circuit circuit breaker (A)
length
source section breaker (A) Ground fault interrupter Section
(m) Screw
(mm2) (mA) response time (S) (mm2)
AV08IMVEVA 6 20 25 30A 30mA below 0.1S 4 M6
AV10IMVEVA 6 20 25 30A 30mA below 0.1S 4 M6
Individual power

AV12IMVEVA 10 20 32 30A 30mA below 0.1S 4 M6


AV14IMVEVA 10 20 40 30A 30mA below 0.1S 4 M6
3N~,
AV16IMVEVA 10 20 40 30A 30mA below 0.1S 4 M6
380-415V,
AV18IMVEVA 16 20 50 30A 30mA below 0.1S 6 M6
50/60Hz
AV20IMVEVA 16 20 63 30A 30mA below 0.1S 6 M6
AV22IMVEVA 25 20 63 30A 30mA below 0.1S 10 M6
AV24IMVEVA 25 20 63 30A 30mA below 0.1S 10 M6
AV26IMVEVA 25 20 63 30A 30mA below 0.1S 10 M6

8
■■Power cable must be fixed firmly.
■■Each outdoor must be earthed well.
■■When power cable exceeds the range, thicken it appropriately.

b. Indoor power source, communication wire between indoor and outdoor, among indoors
Items Cross sectional
Cross Rated current of residual area of signal line
Sec- Length Rated current of circuit breaker (A)
Total tion 2 (m) overflow Ground fault interrupter(mA) Outdoor Indoor
current of (mm ) breaker (A) Response time (S) -indoor -indoor
indoor units (A) (mm2) (mm2)

Installation Checking
<10 2 23 20 20 A, 30 mA, 0.1S or below

≥10 and <15 3.5 24 30 30 A, 30 mA, 0.1S or below


2 cores×0.75-2.0
mm2 shielded line
≥15 and <22 5.5 27 40 40 A, 30 mA, 0.1S or below

≥22 and <27 10 42 50 50 A, 30 mA, 0.1S or below


The electrical power line and signal lines must be fastened tightly.
■■Every indoor unit must have the ground connection.
■■The power line should be enlarged if it exceeds the permissible length.
■■Shielded layers of all the indoor and outdoor units should be connected together, with the shielded lay at the side
of signal lines of outdoor units grounded at one point.
■■It is not permissible if the whole length of signal line exceeds 1000m.

c. Communication wire for wired controller


Length of signal line (m) Wiring dimensions
≤ 250 0.75mm2 ×(3-core) shielded wire
■■The shielded layer of the signal line must be grounded at one end.
■■The total length of the signal line shall not be more than 250m.

d. Switchover control type


■■Indoor unit can be controlled by wired controller or remote controller.
■■When installation, the installer must set the unit due to the control type and wired type. Switchover between wired
control (master / slave unit) and remote control unit.

9
1N~
1N~ 3N~ 3N~
3N~ 3N~ 3N~
3N~ Outdoor
units

switch
fuse

10
4020
B. Communication & Power Connection Standard

P/Q cables
switch switch switch
fuse fuse Power cables
fuse
Outdoor cables

Indoor unit1 Indoor unit2 Indoor unit3


a. Example of Wiring Diagram of Communication & Power Connection (MRVIII-C TI 380V system)
b. Example of Indoor Power Line Connection
Make sure the position and the connection of live wire (L) and neutral wire (N) correct

Installation Checking

Electric control box of indoor unit which Electric control box of high wall type
use the 0151800113 PCB indoor unit

11
c. Example of Communication Wire Connection

Make sure the position and the connection of P, Q cables correct.


Confirm P cables of all indoors are the same color, so Q cables do.

12
4. Operation

4.1 Wiring Diagram And Dip Switch Setting For Indoor Units
4.1.1 4-way cassette/ Convertible/ Low ESP duct/ Med ESP duct/ High ESP duct/ Fresh air/
Built-in floor standing type indoor unts

0151800113 PCB
(AB*MCERA, AC*MCERA, AC*MFERA, AD*MLERA, AD*MMERA, AD*MZERA, AD*MNERA, AD*MHERA,
AD*MPERA, AE*MLERA)

LED2

LED1

Operation
LED5

LED3 LED4

CN27/28/29

LED7

SW07 J1~J8

SW01 SW03

CN41, CN42
CN43, CN44

13
Wiring diagram
4-way cassette

AB09/12/162MCERA PCB code: 0151800113


Symbol Description
PMV
FM Fan Motor FS SM
RC Running Capacitor
RK
TR Transformer
TA Ambient Temperature Sensor CN13 1 2 3 CN16 1 2 CN10 CN9 CN11
1 2 3 2 3 456 2 3
W 1 2 3 G 1 2 R 4 5 6
W 11 W 11 4 5

RC
1 2 3 4 5 6 2 3 4 56 2 3 4 5
TC1 Gas Pipe Temperature Sensor
1 1

2 CN8 2
TC2 Liquid Pipe Temperature Sensor 3

FM
LED3 LED4 LED7 4
1 5
TW1 Terminal block (Power) 6

Y/G
SW03 7
2 J1~J8
TW2 Terminal block (Control)
10
1 1 9
PMV Electronic Expansion Valve 8
1 2 CN42 1 2 CN43 1 2
PCB
2 2 7 CN44
Float Switch 3 3 6
W 1 2 W 1 2 W 1 2
FS TC1 4
5 SW07
CN18 G 3
CN26 1 2 CN41 1 2 1 1 CN7
PM Pump Motor 2
1 W 1 2 2 2 R
1 1 BL 1 2
SM Swing Motor LED5
2 2 CN21 白
RK Room Card 3 3 SW01 PM
TC2
~
B 1 1
CN19 FUSE
2 2
LED 1 1
LED1 CN31 1 2
CN4
LED1 G Transmission lamp between 2 2 LED2 250 VAC /T6.3A W 1 2
BL
Wired remote controller and TA G
LED2 R I.D Unit CN20 1 2 CN15 1 2 3 CN22 CN24 1 2 3 4 1 2 CN3 1 3 5 CN1
12 B 123 R W 1 3 5 W
1 2 3 4 1 2 W
LED3 R Transmission lamp between
I.D and O.D unit Y/G BL R
LED4 G GR GR OR Y BL
LED5 R Malfunction Lamp of I.D unit
TW2 P Q A B C
LED7 Forced-open lamp for indoor TR
G Electronic Expansion Valve
Transmission A B C
1. is terminal block, the words on it Wiring Y/G
are the sequence number (To O.D unit) Wired Remote Controller R BL
2. is printed circuit board
TW1 L N Y/G
R:RED BR:BROWN OR:ORANGE BL:BLUE G:GREEN GR:GRAY
Y:YELLOW W:WHITE B:BLACK Y/G:YELLOW/GREEN
Power Supply:
1PH,220-230V , 50/60Hz

AB18/24/28/30/38/482MCERA PCB code: 0151800113


Symbol Description
PMV
FM FAN Motor FS
RC Running Capacitor
TR RK

~ SM
Transformer
TA Ambient Temperature Sensor CN13 1 2 3 CN16 1 2 CN10 CN9
TC1 Gas Pipe Temperature Sensor W 1 2 3 G R 1 2 3 4 5 6
W 1 2 3 4 5
1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5
TC2 Liquid Pipe Temperature Sensor FM
1 2 3 4 5 5 5
Y/G

~
TW1 Terminal Block (Power) 1 2 3 4 5
LED7 3 3
TW2 Terminal Block (Control) LED3 LED4 CN11 1 1
PMV Electronic Expansion Valve J1~J8 SW03 CN8
10 W R RC
FS Float Switch 1 1 9 11

PM Pump Motor
2 2
3 3
8
7
6
PCB CN44
W
1 2 CN42 1 2 CN43 1 2
1 2 W 1 2 W 1 2
2 2
CN7 R
RL
TC1 SW07
SM Swing Motor 5 R
RL Relay Unit
CN18 G 4
3 CN26 1 2
CN41
W
1 2
1 2
1 1 2
1 W
LED5 BL 1 2
EH Electronic Heater 2 2
Temperature Switch 3 3 CN21
TS TC2 FUSE SW01 11 SM
F1 Fusion (One-Off Protector) CN19 B 2 2
(PM)
CN31 1 2
Room Card 1 1 LED1 CN4 BL
RK 250 VAC /T6.3A W 1 2
2 2 LED2
TA
LED CN20 G 12
12
CN15 123
123 CN22 CN24 1 2 3 4 1 2 CN3 1 3 5 CN1
1 3 5
B 1 2 3 4 1 2 W
LED1 G Transmission lamp between R W BL
Wired remote controller and Y/G BL R
LED2 R I.D Unit GR GR OR Y BL EH F1 EH TS
B EH
LED3 R Transmission lamp between TW2 P Q A B C
I.D and O.D unit TR
LED4 G
R
LED5 R Malfunction Lamp of I.D unit
Transmission A B C
Forced-open lamp for indoor
LED7 G Electronic Expansion Valve Wiring
(To O.D unit) Wired Remote Controller Y/G
1. is terminal block and the words
on it are sequence number。 TW1 L N
2. is printed circuit board
3.The Parts in the dashed are optional in
Power Supply:
accordance with the reality of manufacture. 1PH,220-230V , 50/60Hz
R:RED BR:BROWN OR:ORANGE BL:BLUE G:GREEN GR:GRAY Y:YELLOW W:WHITE B:BLACK Y/G:YELLOW/GREEN

14
Convertible

AC*M*ERA PCB code: 0151800113


Symbol Description
PMV FM Fan Motor
RC Running Capacitor
TR1 Transformer 1
RK TR2 Transformer 2
W TA Ambient Temperature Sensor
CN9
B 1 2 W 1 2 3 G 1 2 TC1 Gas Pipe Temperature Sensor
R 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
CN15 1 2 CN13 1 2 3 CN16 1 2 CN10 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 CN8 TC2 Liquid Pipe Temperature Sensor
3 4 5 6 FM
W TW1 Terminal Block (Power)
7 7 Y/G

432 1
432 1
5 5 TW2 Terminal Block (Control)
LED3 LED4 LED7 3 3
PMV Electronic Expansion Valve
1 1
SM Swing Motor
CN7 RK Room Card
CN18 G
J1~J8 SW03 3 3 R RC LED
10

PCB
9 11
1 1
8 CN44 1 2 CN42 1 2 CN43 1 2 LED1 G Transmission lamp between
2 2 7
3 3 6 SW07 W 1 2 W 1 2 W 1 2 LED2 R Wired romote controller and I.D unit
TC1 5
CN19 B
4
3 CN41 1 2 LED3 R Transmission lamp between
1 1 W2
1 LED5 CN26 1 2 W 1 2 CN4 SM LED4 G I.D and O.D unit
2 2
3 3
CN21 BL 1 2 BL LED5 R Malfunction Lamp of I.D unit
33
TC2 SW01 Forced-open lamp for indoor
LED7 G
G FUSE 11
Electronic Expansion Valve
CN20 LED2 CN31 1 2
1 1
LED1 250 VAC/T6.3 A W 1 2
2 2
TA W 3 1
N
R 123 W 1 2 3 4 W 5 3 1 W 3 1 CN4A L 3 1 CN2 W
123 1 2 3 4 5 3 1 3 1
CN22 CN24 CN1 CN3 1 1

Operation
2 2
L TR2
W
TW2 P Q A B C TR1 CN4B

1
1
CN3W
W swing board
Transmission A B C 1 1

3
3
3 3
Wiring CN5 W
(To O.D unit) Wired Remote Controller CN1 W

1234 5
1234 5

12345
1234 5
Y/G 1 1 SM1
1. is terminal block, the words on it 2 2
3 3 CN6 W
are the squence number 4 4
L N

1234 5
1234 5
5 5

1234 5
1234 5
2. is printed circuit board 3. dashed part is optional TW1 6 6 SM2

R:RED BR:BROWN OR:ORANGE BL:BLUE G:GREEN GR:GRAY


Power Supply:
Y:YELLOW W:WHITE B:BLACK Y/G:YELLOW/GREEN 1PH,220-230V , 50/60Hz

Low ESP duct

AD*MLERA PCB code: 0151800113


Symbol Description
PMV FM Fan Motor
RC Running Capacitor
TR Transformer
RK TA Ambient Temperature Sensor
TC1 Gas Pipe Temperature Sensor
CN13 1 2 3 CN9
432 1 Liquid Pipe Temperature Sensor
CN16 1 2 CN10 TC2
1 2 3 4 5 6 2 3
W 1 2 3 G 1 2 R 1 2 3 4 5 6 W 11 2 3
4 5
4 5 CN8 W FM TW1 Terminal Block (Power)

M
7 7 TW2 Terminal Block (Control)
432 1
432 1

5 5
PMV Electronic Expansion Valve

~
LED3 LED4 LED7 3 3
1 1
RL Relay Unit
SW03 EH Electronic Heater
10 J1~J8 CN7 Y/G
9
R R TS Temperature Switch
1 1 8 11 RC
2 2
3 3
7
6
5
PCB CN44 1 2 CN42
1 2
1 2 CN43 1 2
1 2 W
1 2
22
R F
RK
Fusion (One-Off Protector)
Room Card
SW07 W W
TC1 CN18 G 4
3 2 RL LED
CN41 1
2 CN26 1 2 1 2 LED1 G Transmission lamp between
1 1 1
W LED5 BL 1 2 W
2 2 LED2 R Wired remote controller and I.D unit
3 3 CN21
LED3 R Transmission lamp between
TC2 CN19 B FUSE SW01 LED4 G I.D and O.D unit
CN31 1 2 LED5 Malfunction Lamp of I.D unit
1 1 R
LED1 250 VAC /T6.3A W 1 2 1 1 CN4
2 2 LED2 BL Forced-open lamp for indoor
TA 22 LED7 G Electronic Expansion Valve
CN20 G 1 2 CN15 1 2 3 CN22 CN24 1 2 3 4 1 2 CN3 1 3 5 CN1
12 B 123 R W 1 3 5 W
1 2 3 4 1 2 W
Y/G BL R TS
GR GR OR Y BL R
TW2 P Q A B C TR EH
B 1. is terminal block and the words
F on it are sequence number。
Transmission A B C Y/G
2. is printed circuit board
Wiring
(To O.D unit) Y/G 3.The Parts in the dashded are optional in
accordance with the reality of manufacture.
TW1 L N
R:RED BR:BROWN OR:ORANGE BL:BLUE G:GREEN GR:GRAY
Y:YELLOW W:WHITE B:BLACK Y/G:YELLOW/GREEN
Power Supply:
1PH,220-230V , 50/60Hz

15
Med ESP duct

AD*MMERA PCB code: 0151800113


Symbol Description
FM Fan Motor
Running Capacitor PMV
RC
TR Transformer FS
RK FM
TA Ambient Temperature Sensor Y/G
M RC
TC1 CN13 1 2 3 CN16 1 2 CN10 CN9
Gas Pipe Temperature Sensor
W 1 2 3 G 1 2 R 1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 W
1 2 3 4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 CN8 W ~ FM
TC2 Liquid Pipe Temperature Sensor 7 7

4 3 2 1
4 3 2 1
5 5
LED3 LED4 LED7 3 3
TW1 Terminal block (Power) 1

~
1 1
10 SW03
TW2 Terminal block (Control) 2 9 J1~J8 Y/G
8 R RC
Electronic Expansion Valve 1 1 7
PMV
PCB
11
2 2 6 CN44 1 2 CN42 1 2 CN43 1 2 R RL
5 22
Float Switch SW07 1 2 W 1 2 W 1 2 CN7
FS TC1
3 3 4
3
W R 5 6
CN18 G 2 CN41 1 2
PM Pump Motor 1 W 1 2 W 1 2
1 1
LED5
CN26
BL 1 2 4 1
RL Relay 2 2
CN21 R W
3 3
RK Room Card TC2 SW01
FUSE
~PMM
CN19 B 11
CN31 1 2 22
1 1 LED1 1
CN4
LED2 W 2
2 2 250 VAC /T6.3A BL
TA CN20
LED G 12 CN15 123 CN22 CN24 1 2 3 4 1 2 CN3 1 3 5 CN1
12 B 123 R W 1 2 3 4 1 2 W 1 3 5 W
LED1 G Transmission lamp between
Wired romote controller and Y/G BL R TS
LED2 R GR GR OR Y BL R TS
I.D Unit
EH
LED3 R Transmission lamp between TW2 P Q A B C TR EH EH
LED4 I.D and O.D unit
G
Transmission A B C B F EH
LED5 R Malfunction Lamp of I.D unit
Wiring Y/G
LED7 Forced-open lamp for indoor
G Electronic Expansion Valve (To O.D unit) Wired Remote Controller Y/G
1. is terminal block, the words on it TW1 L N
are the squence number
2. is printed circuit board
3.The Parts in the dashded are optional in Power Supply:
accordance with the reality of the manufacture. 1PH,220-230V , 50/60Hz
R:RED BR:BROWN OR:ORANGE BL:BLUE G:GREEN GR:GRAY
Y:YELLOW W:WHITE B:BLACK Y/G:YELLOW/GREEN

AD*MZERA PCB code: 0151800113


Symbol Description
FM Fan Motor
Running Capacitor PMV
RC
TR Transformer FS
RK FM
TA Ambient Temperature Sensor Y/G
M RC
TC1 CN13 1 2 3 CN16 1 2 CN10 CN9
Gas Pipe Temperature Sensor
W 1 2 3 G 1 2 R 11 2 3 4 5 6
2 3 4 5 6 W 1
1 2 3 4 5 6
2 3 4 5 6 CN8 W ~ FM
TC2 Liquid Pipe Temperature Sensor 7 7
4 3 2 1
4 3 2 1

5 5
LED3 LED4 LED7 3 3
TW1 Terminal block (Power) 1

~
1 1
10 SW03
TW2 Terminal block (Control) 2 9 J1~J8 Y/G
8
7
R RC
PMV Electronic Expansion Valve 1 1

PCB
11
2 2 6 CN44 1 2 CN42 1 2 CN43 1 2 R RL
5 22
Float Switch W 1 2 W 1 2 CN7
FS SW07 W 1
3 3 2
TC1 4 R 5 6
CN18 G 3
Pump Motor 2 CN41 1 2
PM 1 W 1 2
1 1
LED5
CN26
BL 1 2
W 1 2
4 1
RL Relay 2 2
CN21 R W
3 3 SW01
RK Room Card TC2
~PMM
CN19 B 11

FUSE CN31 1 2 22
1 1 LED1 W 1 2
CN4
2 2 LED2 250 VAC T6.3A BL
TACN20
LED G 12 CN15 123 CN22 CN24 1 2 3 4 1 2 CN3 1 3 5 CN1
12 B 123 R W 1 2 3 4 1 2 W 1 3 5 W
LED1 G Transmission lamp between
Wired romote controller and Y/G BL R TS
LED2 R GR GR OR Y BL R TS
I.D Unit
EH
LED3 R Transmission lamp between TW2 P Q A B C TR EH EH
LED4 I.D and O.D unit
G
Transmission A B C B F EH
LED5 R Malfunction Lamp of I.D unit
Wiring Y/G
LED7 Forced-open lamp for indoor
G Electronic Expansion Valve (To O.D unit) Wired Remote Controller Y/G

1. is terminal block, the words on


TW1 L N
it are the squence number
2. is printed circuit board
Power Supply:
3.The Parts in the dashded are optional in
accordance with the reality of the manufacture. 1PH,220-230V , 50/60Hz
R:RED BR:BROWN OR:ORANGE BL:BLUE G:GREEN GR:GRAY
Y:YELLOW W:WHITE B:BLACK Y/G:YELLOW/GREEN

16
AD*MNERA PCB code: 0151800113
Symbol Description
FM Fan Motor
PMV
RC Running Capacitor
TR Transformer
RK
TA Ambient Temperature Sensor
CN13 1 2 3 CN16 CN10 CN9 CN8 RL
TC1 Gas Pipe Temperature Sensor W 1 2 3 G
1 2
1 2 R 1 2 3 4 5 6
W 1 2 3
3
4 5 6
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 4 5 6 W
TC2 Liquid Pipe Temperature Sensor 7 7
5 5 RL RL
TW1 Terminal block (Power) LED3 LED4 LED7 3 3

J1~J8 SW03 1 1

TW2 Terminal block (Control)


1 1
10
9
8
PCB 11
R
RC
PMV Electronic Expansion Valve 2 2
7
6
CN44 1 2 CN42 1 2 CN43 1 2 2 2
R
5

Electronic Heater
4
1 2 W 1 2 W 1 2 FM
R CN7
3 3
EH TC1 3
2
1 CN26 1 2
SW07 W
CN18 G CN41 1 2
TS Temperature Switch CN21 W BL 1 2
1 1 W 1 2
LED5
F Fusion (One-Off Protector) 2 2
R R
3 3
TC2 5 6
Pump Motor FUSE
~
PM CN19 B SW01
11
RL
LED1 CN31 1 2 2 2
RL Relay 1 1
LED2 BL 4 1
250VAC /T6.3A W 1 2
PM
2 2 CN4 R W
RK Room Card TA
CN20 G 12
CN15 123 CN22 CN24 1 2 3 4 1 2 CN3 1 3 5 CN1
12 123 1 3 5
B R W 1 2 3 4 1 2 W W
AC12.5V Y/G BL R
LED GR GR OR Y BL W
LED1 G
Transmission Lamp between

Operation
TW2 P Q A B C TR TS TS
LED2 R Wired remote controller and I.D Unit EH
LED3 R Transmission Lamp between Transmission
A B C B EH EH
LED4 G I.D and O.D unit Wiring
F EH
LED5 R Malfuction lamp for I.D unit (To O.D unit) Wired Remote Controller Y/G
Forced-open lamp for indoor Y/G
LED7 G
Electronic Expansion Valve
TW1 L N
1. is terminal block, the words on it
are the squence number
2. is printed circuit board
3.The Parts in the dashded are optional Power Supply:
1PH,220-230V , 50/60Hz
R:RED BR:BROWN OR:ORANGE BL:BLUE G:GREEN GR:GRAY
Y:YELLOW W:WHITE B:BLACK Y/G:YELLOW/GREEN

High ESP duct

AD18/24/28/30/38/482MHERA PCB code: 0151800113


Symbol Description
FM Fan Motor
RC Running Capacitor PMV
TR Transformer FS
TA Ambient Temperature Sensor RK
TC1 Gas Pipe Temperature Sensor CN13 1 2 3 CN16 CN10 CN9 RL
1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6
CN8
TC2 W 1 2 3 G 1 2 R 1 2 3 4 5 6
W W
Liquid Pipe Temperature Sensor 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6
7 7
TW1 Terminal Block (Power) LED3LED4 LED7 5 5 RL RL
3 3
TW2 Terminal Block (Control) 1 1
J1~J8 SW03
PMV Electronic Expansion Valve
PCB M
10 Y/G
9
1 1 8
11 RC
FS pump switch 2 2
7
6
CN44 1 2 CN42 1 2 CN43 1 2 R
5 2 2
4
SW07 W 1 2 W 1 2 W 1 2 FM
RL Relay Unit TC1 CN18
3 3 3
2
1 CN7
G CN26 2 CN41 1 2
RK Room Card CN21 W BL
1
W 1 2
1 1 1 2
2 2 LED5
3 3 11
TC2
CN19 B FUSE SW01 2 2 BL
1 1 CN4
LED1
2 2 250VAC /T6.3A
TA LED2
CN20 G 12 123 CN24 1 2 3 4 1 2 CN3 1 3 5 CN1
CN15 CN22
12
B
123
W 1 2 3 4 1 2 W 1 3 5 W
LED R
Y/G BL R
LED1 G Transmission lamp between GR GR OR Y BL
LED2 R Wired romote controller and I.D unit TW2 P Q A B C
TR R(W)
LED3 R Transmission lamp between
LED4 G I.D and O.D unit BL(B)
Transmission A B C
LED5 R Malfunction Lamp of I.D unit Wiring wired controller
(To O.D unit)
Forced-open lamp for indoor Y/G
LED7 G Electronic Expansion Valve

1. is terminal block and the words


on it are sequence number。
TW1 L N
2 . is printed circuit board
3.The Parts in the dashded are optional in
accordance with the reality of manufacture. Power Supply:
R:RED BR:BROWN OR:ORANGE BL:BLUE G:GREEN
1PH,220-230V , 50/60Hz
GR:GRAY Y:YELLOW W:WHITE B:BLACK Y/G:YELLOW/GREEN

17
AD72/922MHERA PCB code: 0151800113
Symbol Description
FM Fan Motor
RC Running Capacitor PMV
TR Transformer FS
TA Ambient Temperature Sensor RK
TC1 Gas Pipe Temperature Sensor CN13 1 2 3 CN9
CN16 1 2 CN10
1 2 3 4 5 6 CN8 RL
TC2 W 1 2 3 G 1 2 R 1 2 3 4 5 6
W
Liquid Pipe Temperature Sensor 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 W
7 7
TW1 Terminal Block (Power) 5 5 RL RL
LED3 LED4 LED7 3 3
TW2 Terminal Block (Control) 1 1
SW03
PMV Electronic Expansion Valve J1~J8 RC M
PCB M Y/G
1 1 CN44 1 2 CN42 1 2 CN43 1 2 1 1 RC
FS Float Switch 2 2
10
9
W 1 2 W 1 2 W 1 2 2 2
8
7 SW07 FM FM Y/G
RL Relay Unit TC1
3 3 6
4
5
CN26 1 2 CN41 1 2 CN7
CN18 G R
BL 1 2 W 1 2
3
RK Room Card 1 1
2
1

2 2 CN21 W LED5
3 3 SW01 11
TC2
CN19 B FUSE 2 2

1 1 LED1 CN31 1 2 CN4


W
LED 2 2
LED2 250 VAC /T6.3A 1 2 BL

LED1 G Transmission lamp between TA CN20 G 12


CN15 123 CN22 CN24 1 2 3 4 1 2 CN3 CN3 1 3 5 CN1
Wired romote controller and 12
B 123
R W 1 2 3 4 1 2 W W 1 3 5 W
LED2 R I.D Unit
Y/G BL R
Y
LED3 R Transmission lamp between GR GR OR Y BL
LED4 G
I.D and O.D unit TW2 P Q A B C TR
LED5 R Malfunction Lamp of I.D unit Wired Remote Controller
Forced-open lamp for indoor Transmission BL
LED7 G Electronic Expansion Valve Wiring
(To O.D unit)
1. is terminal block and the words
on it are sequence number。 Y/G
2. is printed circuit board
3.The dashed parts are optional in
accordance with the reality of manufacture.
TW1 L N
4. AD722/962MHERA:About the motor,please
refer to the dashed part.
Power Supply:
R:RED BR:BROWN OR:ORANGE BL:BLUE G:GREEN 1PH,220-230V , 50/60Hz
GR:GRAY Y:YELLOW W:WHITE B:BLACK Y/G:YELLOW/GREEN

Fresh air

AD482MPERA PCB code: 0151800113


PMV
FS

CN 15 CN 13 CN14 CN10 CN12


LED3 LED4 FS LED7 R K B
CN32 CN28 CN27 CN29
Tc12 CN8
BL

FAN B
CN25 J1~J8 SW03
Taf W

CN17
PCB SW07 CN44 1 2
W 1 2
CN42 1 2
W 1 2
CN43 1 2
W 1 2
Tc22 CN26 1 2
CN41 1 2 R
BL 1 2
CN18 CN21 W 1 2 CN7
Tc1(1) SW01 FAN
LED5 RL
CN19
C N 3
Tc2(1) LED2 LED1 T R 1
CN22 CN24 CN31 1 2
CN20 C B A TR2 CN1 T6.3A/250VAC
W 1 2
Tas FUSE
Y/G BL R

FAN TERMINAL BL W B W

TR BL
B
B
BL R W BL
FAN
TERMINAL

RL RL
CAPACITOR

R BL Y/G

P Q A B C L N Symbol Description
Power Supply: TR Transformer
FAN Fan Motor
LED 1PH,220-230V , 50/60Hz
PMV Electronic Expansion Valve
LED1 G Transmission lamp between R:RED BR:BROWN OR:ORANGE FS Pump Switch
LED2 R Wired romote controller and I.D unit BL:BLUE G:GREEN GR:GRAY
RK Room Card
LED3 R Transmission lamp between Y:YELLOW W:WHITE
PQ Transmission lamp between I.D and O.D unit
LED4 G I.D and O.D unit B:BLACK Y/G:YELLOW/GREEN
Transmission lamp between Wired remote
LED5 R Malfunction Lamp of I.D unit ABC controller and I.D unit
Forced-open lamp for indoor RL Relay Unit
LED7 G Electronic Expansion Valve

18
AD72/922MPERA PCB code: 0151800113
PMV
FS

CN 13 CN 14 C N 10 CN12
CN15 LED3 LED4 FS LED7 RK W
CN31 CN28 CN27 CN29
Tc12 CN8
BL

FAN Y
CN16 J1~J8 SW03
Taf R

CN20
PCB SW07 CN44 1 2
W 1 2
CN42 1 2
W 1 2
CN43 1 2
W 1 2
Tc22 CN26 1 2
CN41 1 2 R
BL 1 2
CN17 CN21 W 1 2 CN6
Tc12 SW01 FAN
LED5 RL
CN19
C N 3
Tc21 LED2 LED1 TR 1
CN 22 CN24 T6.3A/250VAC CN31 1 2
CN18 C B A TR2 CN1 FUSE W 1 2
Tas
Y/G BL R

Y W BL W W W
TR
FAN
OR OR
TERMINAL
BL W
CAPACITOR Y Y BL W
FAN
TERMINAL B
OR OR

Operation
CAPACITOR R BL Y/G

P Q A B C L N Symbol Description
TR Transformer
LED FAN Fan Motor
PMV Electronic Expansion Valve
LED1 G Transmission lamp between R:RED BR:BROWN OR:ORANGE
Wired romote controller and I.D unit FS Pump Switch
LED2 R BL:BLUE G:GREEN GR:GRAY
R RK Room Card
LED3 Transmission lamp between Y:YELLOW W:WHITE
I.D and O.D unit B:BLACK Y/G:YELLOW/GREEN PQ Transmission lamp between I.D and O.D unit
LED4 G
Transmission lamp between Wired remote
LED5 R Malfunction Lamp of I.D unit ABC controller and I.D unit
Forced-open lamp for indoor RL Relay Unit
LED7 G Electronic Expansion Valve

Built-in floor standing

AE*MLERA PCB code: 0151800113


Symbol Description
PMV FM Fan Motor
RC Running Capacitor
TR Transformer
RK TA Ambient Temperature Sensor
TC1 Gas Pipe Temperature Sensor
CN13 1 2 3
4321 Liquid Pipe Temperature Sensor
CN16 1 2 CN10 CN9 TC2
W 1 2 3 G 1 2 R 1
1 2 3
2 3
4 5 6
4 5 6 W 11 2 3
2 3
4 5
4 5 CN8 W FM TW1 Terminal Block (Power)
TW2 Terminal Block (Control)
M
7 7
432 1
432 1

5 5
PMV Electronic Expansion Valve
LED3 LED4 LED7 3 3
RL Relay Unit

~
1 1
SW03 EH Electronic Heater
J1~J8 CN7 Y/G
10
9
R R TS Temperature Switch
1 1 11 RC
PCB Fusion (One-Off Protector)
8 R F
2 2 7 CN43 1 2
6 CN44 1 2 CN42 1 2 2 2
SW07 W 1 2 W 1 2 5 6 RK Room Card
W 1 2
3 3 5
TC1 CN18 G 4
3 RL LED
2 CN26 1 2 CN41 1 2 4 1
1 1 1 W BL 1 2 W 1 2 LED1 G Transmission lamp between
LED5 Wired remote controller and I.D unit
2 2
CN21 LED2 R
3 3
FUSE SW01 LED3 R Transmission lamp between
TC2 CN19 B I.D and O.D unit
LED4 G
CN31 1 2
1 1
LED1 250 VAC/T6.3A W 1 2 LED5 R Malfunction Lamp of I.D unit
1 1 CN4
LED2 Forced-open lamp for indoor
2 2 BL LED7 G
TA 2 2
Electronic Expansion Valve
CN20 G 1 2 CN15 1 2 3 CN22 CN24 1 2 3 4 1 2 CN3 1 3 5 CN1
12 B 123 R W 1 3 5 W
1 2 3 4 1 2 W
Y/G BL R TS
GR GR OR Y BL R
TW2 P Q A B C TR EH
B
1. is terminal block and the words
Y/G F
Transmission A B C on it are sequence number。
Wiring 2. is printed circuit board
(To O.D unit) Y/G
Wired Remote Controller
3.The Parts in the dashded are optional in
TW1 L N accordance with the reality of manufacture.
R:RED BR:BROWN OR:ORANGE BL:BLUE G:GREEN GR:GRAY
Y:YELLOW W:WHITE B:BLACK Y/G:YELLOW/GREEN

Power Supply:
1PH,220-230V , 50/60Hz

19
LED light introduction:
• LED1, LED2: communication lamp between indoor unit and wired controller.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.
• LED3, LED4: communication lamp between indoor unit and outdoor unit.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.
• LED5: malfunction lamp of indoor unit.
This lamp not light under normal condition; once indoor unit occurs malfunction this lamp will flicker, flicker
times indicate the corresponding failure code.
• LED7: forced-open lamp for indoor electronic expansion valve.
This lamp not light under normal condition; during adjusting the electronic expansion valve by hand this lamp
will flicker.

Dip switch introduction


SW01 is used for indoor unit group control address setting and capacity selection. CN44, CN42, CN43 are
used for indoor unit type selection. CN41 is used for addressing by wired controller. SW03 is used for indoor
unit address setting (including physical address and central address). SW07 is used for running mode setting.
J1-J8 are used for fan motor setting.

(1) Description of SW01

[1] [2] [3] [4] Wired control address


OFF OFF OFF OFF Master unit in group control
SW01_1 OFF OFF OFF ON Slave unit 1 in group control
SW01_2 Wired control address OFF OFF ON OFF Slave unit 2 in group control
SW01_3
SW01_4 OFF OFF ON ON Slave unit 3 in group control
… … … … ……
ON ON ON ON Slave unit 15 in group control
[5] [6] [7] [8] Indoor unit capacity
OFF OFF OFF OFF 0.6HP
OFF OFF OFF ON 0.8HP
OFF OFF ON OFF 1.0HP
OFF OFF ON ON 1.2HP
OFF ON OFF OFF 1.5HP
OFF ON OFF ON 1.7HP
SW01_5 OFF ON ON OFF 2.0HP
SW01_6 Indoor unit OFF ON ON ON 2.5HP
SW01_7 capacity
SW01_8 ON OFF OFF OFF 3.0HP
ON OFF OFF ON 3.2HP
ON OFF ON OFF 4.0HP
ON OFF ON ON 5.0HP
ON ON OFF OFF 6.0HP
ON ON OFF ON 8.0HP
ON ON ON OFF 10.0HP
ON ON ON ON 15.0HP

20
Type Model 0.6HP 0.8HP 1.0HP 1.2HP 1.7HP 2.0HP 2.5HP 3.0HP 3.2HP 4HP 5HP 8HP 10HP

4-way cassette AB*MCERA


05 07 09 12 16 18 24 28 30 38 48
type AB*MCERA(C)

AC*MCERA 09 12 16 18 24
Convertible type
AC*MFERA 28 30 38 48
Low ESP duct
AD*MLERA 07 09 12 16 18 24
type (0/20Pa)
Med ESP duct
AD*MMERA 18 24 28 30 38 48
type(50/96Pa)
Med ESP duct AD*MZERA 18 24 28
type(80/120Pa) AD*MNERA 30 38 48
High ESP duct
AD*MHERA 18 24 28 30 38 48 72 96
type (100/196Pa)

Operation
Built-in floor
AE*MLERA 07 09 12 16 18 24
standing type

(2) CN41,CN42,CN43,CN44 plug explanation

Set address by OFF Set the address automatically(default)


CN41 wired controller ON Set the address by wired controller (when SW03_1 is off)
CN44 CN42 CN43 Indoor type
OFF OFF OFF Normal indoor (default)
OFF OFF ON Wall mounted
CN42 OFF ON OFF Fresh air unit
Indoor
CN43 OFF ON ON OEM(HRV)
type
CN44 ON OFF OFF Convertible
ON OFF ON Reserve (general indoor unit)
ON ON OFF Reserve (general indoor unit)
ON ON ON Reserve (general indoor unit)

Note:
• CN41 must be in short circuit, and SW03_1 at OFF when addressing by wired controller
• Using wired controller modifying physical address or central control address, the other corresponding
address can change automatically, meeting as follows:
• Central control address equals to physical address plus 0 or 64

21
(3) Description of SW03

Communication Central control


[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] address address
0 0
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF (default) (default)
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1 1
Set the
communication ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2 2
and central … … … … … … … … … …
control address ON OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON 63 63
SW03 by dip switch
(*Note 2) ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 0 64
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1 65
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2 66
… … … … … … … … … …
ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON 63 127
Set the address by wired controller
OFF … … … … … … … or automatically (default)

Note 2
• The address must be set by dip switch if central control is used.
• SW03-2=OFF, central control address = physical address +0
• SW03-2=ON, central control address=physical address +64
• The address must be set by manual if 0151800113 and 0010451181A are used together.

(4) Description of SW07

[1] [2] Tdiff correction valve in AUTO mode


OFF OFF Tdiff: 0
SW07_1 Tdiff correction valve in OFF ON Tdiff: 1
SW07_2 AUTO mode
ON OFF Tdiff: 2
ON ON Tdiff: 3 (default)
ON One by one (defaulted)
SW07_3 WIFI control mode
OFF One by multi
[4] [5] Inlet air temp. Tai correction valve Tcomp2 (EEPROM)

In heating, inlet air OFF OFF Tai correction valve= 12OC


SW07_4 temp. Tai correction OFF ON Tai correction valve= 5OC
SW07_5 valve Tcomp2 ON OFF Tai correction valve= 8OC
ON ON Tai correction valve=3OC (default)
Room card. ON Room card is unavailable, HRV linkage is unavailable (default)
SW07_6 OEM HRV linkage OFF Room card is available, HRV linkage is available
[7] [8] Function

Operation mode OFF OFF [FAN] [COOL] [DRY] [HEAT]


SW07_7 changeover of wired OFF ON [FAN] [COOL] [DRY]
SW07_8 controller ON OFF [FAN] [COOL] [DRY] [HEAT] [ELECTRIC-HEAT]
ON ON [AUTO] [FAN] [COOL] [DRY] [HEAT](default)

22
Room card using method:
1. If the room card available: (the room card is priority)
Insert the room card, the unit on action, the unit can be controlled by remote controller or wired controller.
Take away the room card, the running unit will stand by, the unit can’t be controlled by remote controller or wired
controller.
2. If the room card unavailable:
Insert the room card, the unit open, the running mode is the last mode, the unit can be controlled by remote control-
ler or wired controller.
Take away the room card, the running unit will stand by, the unit can be controlled by remote controller or wired
controller.

(5) Description of jump wire:SW08 (1:ON, 2:OFF)

ON Normal mode (default)


J1 Fix air volume
OFF Air volume is fixed at high speed(for duct type)
ON Normal mode (default)

Operation
Run at Mid speed when Hi
J2
Speed is selected in heating OFF Run at Mid speed when Hi Speed is selected in heating
ON Normal mode (default)
J3 Quiet running mode
OFF Quiet running mode
This indoor has highest ON Normal mode (default)
J4 priority OFF This Indoor has highest priority
Indoor and outdoor 90 meters ON Normal mode (default)
J5 drop selection OFF High drop
J6 Reserved ON Reserved
ON Normal mode (default)
Indoor installation height
J7 Above 2.7m, uses next higher fan speed(indoor fan speed improve 1
selection OFF grade)
ON Reserved
J8 Reserved
OFF Reserved
Note:
• Default position:
• SW01: Depend on unit capacity
• CN41, CN42, CN43: open circuit.
• CN44: Open circuit except of floor ceiling unit
• SW07: All ON
• J1-J8: All ON

(6) Jumper explanation


a) EEV operation manually (CN27, CN29)
CN27: short circuit CN27 2 seconds continuously, EEV is opened fully.
CN29: short circuit CN29 2 seconds continuously, EEV is closed fully.
b) time-short and self-check (CN28)
Short circuit CN28 2 seconds after power ON, process into time-short (factory use).
Short circuit CN28 before power ON, process into self-check (factory use).

(7) Setting methods of 26℃ lock function:


Power on the unit, in cooling mode, low speed, setting the temperature 26℃ . Press the “HEALTH” button of the
remote controller 8 times in 5 minutes, buzzer echoes 4 times, the 26℃ lock function is available; repeat above
operations, buzzer echoes 2 times, the 26℃ lock function is unavailable. Factory default the 26℃ lock function is
unavailable.

23
Note: For fresh air (AD*MPERA) the 0151800113 PCB dip switch setting as follows

(1) Description of SW01

[1] [2] [3] [4] Wired control address


OFF OFF OFF OFF Master unit in group control
SW01_1 OFF OFF OFF ON Slave unit 1 in group control
SW01_2 Wired control address OFF OFF ON OFF Slave unit 2 in group control
SW01_3
SW01_4 OFF OFF ON ON Slave unit 3 in group control
… … … … ……
ON ON ON ON Slave unit 15 in group control
[5] [6] [7] [8] Indoor unit capacity
SW01_5
SW01_6 Indoor unit OFF OFF OFF OFF 5HP (AD482MPERA)
SW01_7 capacity OFF OFF OFF ON 8HP (AD722MPERA)
SW01_8
OFF OFF ON OFF 10HP (AD962MPERA)
(2) CN41,CN42,CN43,CN44 plug explanation
Set address by Allow the wired controller to set the indoor address, after restart, the indoor
wired controller OFF address need to reset
CN41 or automatically
(when SW03_1 is ON Allow the wired controller to set the indoor address, after restart, the indoor
OFF) address which is set by wired control is same as before and needn't to reset
CN42 CN44 CN42 CN43 Indoor type
Indoor
CN43 type OFF ON OFF Fresh air unit
CN44

Note:
OFF: the plug is open circuit
ON: the plug is short circuit
(3) Description of SW03
Communication Central control
[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] address address
0 0
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF (default) (default)
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1 1
Set the
communication ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2 2
and central … … … … … … … … … …
control address ON OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON 63 63
SW03 by dip switch
(*Note 2) ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 0 64
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1 65
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2 66
… … … … … … … … … …
ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON 63 127
Set the address by wired controller
OFF … … … … … … … or automatically (default)

(4) SW07 are reserved functions, factory setting are all ON and cannot be changed at random.
(5) SW08 (J1-J8) are reserved functions, factory setting are all ON and cannot be changed at random.

24
4.1.2 Round-way smart air flow cassette type indoor units
0151800227 PCB (AB*MRERA)

Operation
SW01

LED7 LED3
CN29 LED4
LED5
CN27

SW03

LED1 LED2

25
AB*MRERA PCB code:0151800227
AC220V Wring diagram
Liquid Pipe
PMV1 Up/Down Sensor Tc1 Gas Pipe
L N Swing
Room Sensor Tc2
M Card
BR BL Y/G ~ G B
WH WH G WH Y WH Display Board
1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5
WH
1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5
CN12 CN10 BL CN36 CN16 CN18CN19 CN17CN38 CN14 CN2
Fuse 1 2 3 4 5
CN101 CN6 CN11-1 11 22 33 44 55 1 2 3 4 5
T5A/250VAC WH CN35
L-IN L
CN11 1 2 3 4 5 WH CN15
N
P Q

M LED3 LED4
With Outdoor

N-IN CN32 BL
CN108 CN102 SV0 LED5 LED2
PUMP WH CN5
CN106 WH SW01
WH PCB LED1
DCFAN 1 1

26
L WH 2 2
WH SW03 CN22-1
R CN105 CN33
A B C

N CN29 CN27
CN109 WH LED7 FCV FOV CN22
Wired Controller Communication

WH WH A B C
HEATER CN107 CN37 CN34 CN20 CN13 CN26
CN3 CN9
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2 3 1 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 WH
Relay WH WH Wifi WH G PC-COM
R
Module Float
红 Ambient Sensor TA Switch
Colours:
B:Black BL:Blue
BR:Brown G:Green LED Definition
R:Red WH:White LED1、2 Wire Controller With Indoor Unit

EH
Y:Yellow
LED3、4 Indoor Unit &Outdoor Unit

EH F1 EH TS
LED5 Error Indicate
LED light introduction:
• LED1, LED2: communication lamp between indoor unit and wired controller.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.
• LED3, LED4: communication lamp between indoor unit and outdoor unit.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.
• LED5: malfunction lamp of indoor unit.
This lamp not light under normal condition; once indoor unit occurs malfunction this lamp will flicker, flicker
times indicate the corresponding failure code.
• LED7: for factory testing.

Dip switch introduction


SW01 is used for indoor unit group control address setting and capacity selection. SW03 is used for indoor
unit address setting (including physical address and central address).

Operation
(1) Description of SW01
[1] [2] [3] [4] Wired control address
OFF OFF OFF OFF Master unit in group control
SW01_1 OFF OFF OFF ON Slave unit 1 in group control
Wired
SW01_2 control OFF OFF ON OFF Slave unit 2 in group control
SW01_3 address OFF OFF ON ON Slave unit 3 in group control
SW01_4
… … … … ……
ON ON ON ON Slave unit 15 in group control
[5] [6] [7] [8] Indoor unit capacity
OFF OFF OFF OFF 0.6HP
OFF OFF OFF ON 0.8HP (AB072MRERA)
OFF OFF ON OFF 1.0HP (AB092MRERA)
OFF OFF ON ON 1.2HP (AB122MRERA)
OFF ON OFF OFF 1.5HP
OFF ON OFF ON 1.7HP (AB162MRERA)
SW01_5 OFF ON ON OFF 2.0HP (AB182MRERA)
Indoor
SW01_6 unit OFF ON ON ON 2.5HP (AB242MRERA)
SW01_7 capacity ON OFF OFF OFF 3.0HP (AB282MRERA)
SW01_8
ON OFF OFF ON 3.2HP (AB302MRERA)
ON OFF ON OFF 4.0HP (AB382MRERA)
ON OFF ON ON 5.0HP (AB482MRERA)
ON ON OFF OFF 6.0HP (AB602MRERA)
ON ON OFF ON 8.0HP
ON ON ON OFF 10.0HP
ON ON ON ON 15.0HP

27
(2) Description of SW03

Communication Central control


[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] address address
0 0
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF (default) (default)
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1 1
Set the
communication ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2 2
and central … … … … … … … … … …
control address ON OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON 63 63
SW03 by dip switch
(*Note 1) ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 0 64
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1 65
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2 66
… … … … … … … … … …
ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON 63 127
Set the address by wired controller
OFF … … … … … … … or automatically (default)

Note 1
■■The address must be set by dip switch if central control is used.
■■SW03-2=OFF, central control address = physical address+0
■■SW03-2=ON, central control address=physical address+64

(3) CN27, CN29 plug explanation

a) Electronic expansion valve PMV manual control setting (CN27, CN29)


Manual control open fully CN27: After power on, short CN27 for 2 seconds, PMV open fully;
Manual control close fully CN29: After power on, short CN29 for 2 seconds, PMV close fully.
b) Shorten time running and self-inspection
After power on, short CN27 and CN29 for 2 seconds at the same time, enter shorten time running the
running time;
Before power on, short CN27, after power on the unit enter self-inspection;
Before power on, short CN 27 and CN29, enter the production line test.

(4) Setting methods of 26℃ lock function:


Power on the unit, press the “LIGHT” button 12 times, buzzer echoes 4 times, the unit panel will display “A”, then
press the “LIGHT” button again, the unit panel will display “A0”, press the temp. adjusting key, until the panel dis-
play “Ab”, press the “LIGHT” button to confirm, then the panel will display “00” or “01” (00: 26OC lock function is un-
available; 01:26OC lock function is available), press the temp. adjusting key to select the “00” or “01” , then press
the “LIGHT” button to confirm. After 60s, the unit will exit the setting mode automatically.

28
4.1.3 MINI 4-way cassette and one way cassette type indoor units
0151800244BA PCB (AB*MCERA(M), AB*MAERA)

LED2
LED5

LED1

Operation
LED4 LED3

SW3
SW1

LED6

29
AB052-182MCERA(M) PCB code: 0151800244BA
Wring diagram
Float switch
WIFI
MINI 4-way cassette
4
R HUM PM2.5 TTL-PC
L-RXD
CN15 CN36 WH RELAY
2 B WH Y
B
LED2 CN13 CN14 CN24 CN27 CN26 R
CN34 CN23 SW01
Wired LED1 LED3 485-PC CN8
Controller
CN22 LED4 CN41
SST LED6 R 5
CN22-1
RK CN43 CN28
CN16 MAIN BOARD SW03
G LED5 CN33 M
WH
WH R L-TXD WH
CN21 R Y WH G DC FAN
WH CN46-1 CN46 CN38 CN17 CN20
CN31 WH T5A/250VAC
CN31-1 WH WH WH R R
3 CN11-1 CN11 CN7 CN9 CN10 BL WH WH WH
CN19 CN18
CN1

30
10
G B CN4 CN35 CN5
5 5 5
10
PUMP
Display
SWING4 SWING1 SWING3 SWING2 PMV Tc1 Tc2 TA
Board
3

2
Symbol:
Comm.add:communication
address
CC.add:Central P Q A B C L N Y/R
Control address
LED Definition Colours: Communication BR BL
LED1、2 Wire Controller With Indoor Unit B:Black BL:Blue With Outdoor Wired Controller AC220V
BR:Brown G:Green
LED3、4 Indoor Unit &Outdoor Unit R:Red WH:White
LED5 Error Indicate Y:Yellow
AB*MAERA PCB code: 0151800244BA One way cassette

EH F1 EH TS
Float switch
WIFI EH

4
R HUM PM2.5 TTL-PC
L-RXD
CN15 CN36 WH RELAY Communication with outdoor
B WH Y
B AC220V
2 CN13 CN14 CN24 CN27
LED2 CN26 R
CN34 CN23 SW01
LED1 LED3 485-PC CN8
Wired
N L
Controller LED4 CN41 Q(C2) P(C1)
SST LED6 R 5
RK
CN16 CN43 CN28
G MAIN BOARD SW03
LED5 M
CN33
WH 2
LED L-TXD WH
CN21 R WH R DC FAN
WH CN46-1 CN46 Y WH G
WH

31
CN31 CN38 CN17 CN20 T5A/250VAC
CN31-1 WH WH WH R R Up/Down
CN11-1 CN11 CN7 CN9 CN10 BL WH WH
WH
CN19 CN18
CN1
10
G B CN4 CN35 CN5
10 5
Display 10
Board M PUMP
9 Left/Right
~
PMV Tc1 Tc2 TA
Up/Down

Symbol:
Comm.add:communication
address
CC.add:Central
Control address
LED Definition Colours:
LED1、2 Wire Controller With Indoor Unit B:Black BL:Blue
BR:Brown G:Green
LED3、4 Indoor Unit &Outdoor Unit R:Red WH:White
LED5 Error Indicate Y:Yellow

Operation
LED light introduction:
• LED1, LED2: communication lamp between indoor unit and wired controller.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.
• LED3, LED4: communication lamp between indoor unit and outdoor unit.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.
• LED5: malfunction lamp of indoor unit.
This lamp not light under normal condition; once indoor unit occurs malfunction this lamp will flicker, flicker
times indicate the corresponding failure code.
• LED6: power light

Dip switch instruction:


SW1 is used to set wire controlled address of and set capabilities of master; SW03 is used to set indoor unit
address (combine original communication address and address of centralized controller).
(A) Definition and description of SW1

[1] [2] [2] [2] Address of wire controlled indoor unit (group address)
OFF OFF OFF OFF 0#(wire controlled master unit ) (default )
OFF OFF OFF ON 1# (wire controlled slave unit)
SW1_1
Address of wire OFF OFF ON OFF 2# (wire controlled slave unit)
SW1_2
controlled indoor OFF OFF ON ON 3# (wire controlled slave unit)
SW1_3
unit OFF ON OFF OFF 4# (wire controlled slave unit)
SW1_4
OFF ON OFF ON 5# (wire controlled slave unit)
∙∙∙ ∙∙∙ ∙∙∙ ∙∙∙ ∙∙∙
ON ON ON ON 15# (wire controlled slave unit)
[5] [6] [6] [6] Capability of indoor unit
OFF OFF OFF OFF 0.6HP (AB052MCERA(M) / AB052MAERA)
SW1_5
OFF OFF OFF ON 0.8HP (AB072MCERA(M) / AB072MAERA)
SW1_6 Capability of in-
OFF OFF ON OFF 1.0HP (AB092MCERA(M) / AB092MAERA)
SW1_7 door unit
OFF OFF ON ON 1.2HP (AB122MCERA(M) / AB122MAERA)
SW1_8
OFF ON OFF ON 1.7HP (AB162MCERA(M))
OFF ON ON OFF 2.0HP (AB182MCERA(M))

32
(B) Definition and description of SW3

Communication Central control


[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] address address
0 0
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF (default) (default)
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1 1
Set the
communication ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2 2
and central … … … … … … … … … …
control address ON OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON 63 63
SW03 by dip switch
(*Note 2) ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 0 64
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1 65
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2 66
… … … … … … … … … …

Operation
ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON 63 127
Set the address by wired controller
OFF … … … … … … … or automatically (default)

Note *:
•  Set the address by code when connecting the centralized controller or gateway or charge system.
•  Address of centralized controller=communication address+0 or+64.
SW3_ 2=OFF, address of centralized controller=communication address+0=communication address
SW3_ 2=ON, address of centralized controller=communication address+64 (applies when centralized controller
is used and there are more than 64 indoor units)
•  To use with 0010451181A in use, it is required to use code for address setting. Set SW3_1=0N
and SW3_ 2=OFF; SW3_3, SW3_ 4, SW3_5, SW3_6, SW3_7 and SW3_ 8 are address codes which are set
according to actual address.
•  Address setting function of wired controller for ultrathin card machine is disabled.

33
4.1.4 2-way cassette type indoor units
0151800161B PCB (AB*MBERA)
Note: 0151800161B is used for 2-way cassette type indoor units and replaces the 0010451181A PCB

SW01
SW03

SW08

LED7

LED4

LED3

LED5

LED2

LED1

34
Wring diagram

AB*MBERA PCB code: 0151800161B


Symbol Description
FM Fan Motor PMV
FS RK
RC Running Capacitor
TR Transformer PCN15Q CN10
CN13 1 2 3 CN16 1 2 CN35 CN11
B
TA Ambient Temperature 1 2
R 1 2 3 W 1 2 W
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 1
BL 1
2 3 4 5
3 R
CN8
1 2 1 2 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 3 4 5
Sensor FM

4 3 2 1
4 3 2 1
Gas Pipe Temperature BL
Y/G
1 2 3 4 5 7 7
1 1
TC1 CN21 CN31 CN11-1 5 5
Sensor 2 2 3 3
Liquid Pipe Temperature 1 1
TC2 CN17 W W
Sensor
TW1 Terminal block (Power) 1 1
PM RC
TW2 Terminal block (Control)
TC1
2 2
3 3 PCB 1 1

PMV Electronic Expansion Valve CN18 G LED2 SW08 SW03 2 2

1 1 LED5 BL CN4 ~
FS Float Switch 2 2 SW01
PM Pump Motor TC2
3 3 SM
CN19 B LED1
CN36 1 2 FUSE
SM Swing Motor W 1 2
1 1
1 1 A B C BL 250VACT5A 2 2
A B C CN22-1
2 2
TA B CN5
CN20 G

Operation
A BC
A BC
CN22 CN24 1 2 3 4 1 2 CN3 CH3 CH1 CH4 CH2
BL W 1 2 3 4 1 2 W
TR2 TR1

W B R Y/G TW1
R:RED BL R
BR:BROWN
OR:ORANGE
BL:BLUE
TW2 A B C P Q N L
G:GREEN
GR:GRAY
Transmission 220-240VAC,50/60Hz
A B C To Power Supply
Y:YELLOW (To O.D unit)
W:WHITE Wired Controller
B:BLACK
Y/G:YELLOW/GREEN

LED light introduction:


• LED1, LED2: communication lamp between indoor unit and wired controller.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.
• LED3, LED4: communication lamp between indoor unit and outdoor unit.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.
• LED5: malfunction lamp of indoor unit.
This lamp not light under normal condition; once indoor unit occurs malfunction this lamp will flicker, flicker
times indicate the corresponding failure code.
• LED7: forced-open lamp for indoor electronic expansion valve.
This lamp not light under normal condition; during adjusting the electronic expansion valve by hand this lamp
will flicker.

35
Dip switch introduction
(1) Description of SW01

OFF [AUTO][FAN][COOL][DEHUMIDIFY][HEAT]
SW01-1 Mode selection
ON [FAN] [COOL] [DEHUMIDIFY]
OFF OFF OFF 0# master unit (default)
OFF OFF ON 1# slave unit
OFF ON OFF 2# slave unit
SW01-2~ Wired control OFF ON ON 3# slave unit
SW01-4 address ON OFF OFF 4# slave unit
ON OFF ON 5# slave unit
ON ON OFF 6# slave unit
ON ON ON 7# slave unit
OFF OFF OFF ON 0.8HP (AB072MBERA)
OFF OFF ON OFF 1.0HP (AB092MBERA)
SW01-5~ Indoor unit OFF OFF ON ON 1.2HP (AB122MBERA)
SW01-8 capacity
OFF ON OFF ON 1.7HP (AB162MBERA)
OFF ON ON OFF 2.0HP (AB182MBERA)

(2) Description of SW03

Communication Central control


[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] address address
0 0
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF (default) (default)
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1 1
Set the ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2 2
communication … … … … … … … … … …
and central
SW03 control address ON OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON 63 63
by dip switch ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 0 64
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1 65
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2 66
… … … … … … … … … …
ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON 63 127
OFF … … … … … … … Set the address automatically (default)

(3) Description of SW08

OFF One by multi


SW08-1 WIFI mode selection
ON One by one
OFF Available
SW08-2 Rome card
ON Unavailable (default)
SW08-3 Reserved ON Default
SW08-4 Reserved ON Default

36
0010451181A PCB (Old AB*MBERA)

SW02

Operation
SW03 SW01

SW08

SW07

LED4
LED3

LED5
LED2

LED1

37
Wring diagram

AB*MBERA PCB code: 0010451181A


Symbol Description
FM Fan Motor PMV
RC Running Capacitor FS
TR Transformer
TA Ambient Temperature Sensor Y W R
B CN13 1 3 2 5 6 W W
TC1 Gas Pipe Temperature
Sensor 白 1 2 3 5 6 9
Liquid Pipe Temperature
FM
77
CN16 G

4 321
4 3 21
TC2
Sensor 55 Y/G
TW1 Terminal block (Power) 33
CN17 Y 11
TW2 Terminal block (Control)
LED3 LED4 SW08
PMV Electronic Expansion Valve TC1 10 33
11
11
PCB
9
FS Float Switch 8
22
PM Pump Motor
CN18 33 7
SW07 33 G
SM Swing Motor G 6
5
W 11
PG Plastic Motor TC2 4
11 CN30
22
3
2
LED5 W SM
33 1 33
CN19 B CN21 W 11
11
11 PM
LED1 LED2
~
2 2
22 CN4
TA BL
R:RED G CN20 R 1 2 3 BL 1 2 W 1 2 3 4 W 5 3 1 W 3 1
1 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 3 1 3 1
BR:BROWN CN22
OR:ORANGE CN23 CN24 CN1 CN3
BL:BLUE
G:GREEN
TR1
GR:GRAY
Y:YELLOW
TW2 PQA B C
W:WHITE
B:BLACK
Y/G:YELLOW/GREEN Transmission A B C
(To O.D unit) Y/G
Wired Remote Controller
1. is terminal block, the words on it
are the sequence number
TW1 L N
2. is printed circuit board 1PH.220V~.50/60Hz
TO POWER SUPPLY

LED light introduction:


• LED1, LED2: communication lamp between indoor unit and wired controller.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.
• LED3, LED4: communication lamp between indoor unit and outdoor unit.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.
• LED5: malfunction lamp of indoor unit.
This lamp not light under normal condition; once indoor unit occurs malfunction this lamp will flicker, flicker
times indicate the corresponding failure code.

38
Dip switch introduction
(1) Indoor address setting when in group control by wired controller: SW01
SW01
Description
[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8]
OFF OFF OFF OFF —— —— —— —— Wired controller address=1
OFF OFF OFF ON —— —— —— —— Wired controller address=2
—— —— —— —— —— —— —— —— ——
ON ON OFF ON —— —— —— —— Wired controller address=5
ON ON ON ON —— —— —— —— Wired controller address=6
—— —— —— —— OFF OFF OFF OFF Indoor horse power=0.6HP
—— —— —— —— OFF OFF OFF ON Indoor horse power=0.8HP (AB072MBERA)
—— —— —— —— OFF OFF ON OFF Indoor horse power=1.0HP (AB092MBERA)
—— —— —— —— OFF OFF ON ON Indoor horse power=1.25HP

Operation
—— —— —— —— OFF ON OFF OFF Indoor horse power=1.5HP (AB122MBERA)
—— —— —— —— OFF ON OFF ON Indoor horse power=1.7HP (AB162MBERA)
—— —— —— —— OFF ON ON OFF Indoor horse power=2.0HP (AB182MBERA)
—— —— —— —— OFF ON ON ON Indoor horse power=2.5HP
—— —— —— —— ON OFF OFF OFF Indoor horse power=3.0HP
—— —— —— —— ON OFF OFF ON Indoor horse power=3.2HP
—— —— —— —— ON OFF ON OFF Indoor horse power=4.0HP
—— —— —— —— ON OFF ON ON Indoor horse power=5.0HP
—— —— —— —— ON ON OFF OFF Indoor horse power=6.0HP
—— —— —— —— ON ON OFF ON Indoor horse power=8.0HP
—— —— —— —— ON ON ON OFF Indoor horse power=10.0HP
—— —— —— —— ON ON ON ON Indoor horse power=15.0HP

(2) Indoor address setting when in central control by central controller: SW02 (only on the master unit).

SW02
Description
[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8]
—— OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Central control address=0
—— OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON Central control address=1
—— —— —— —— —— —— —— —— ——
—— ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF Central control address=126
—— ON ON ON ON ON ON ON Central control address=127
OFF Set central control address by wired controller
ON Forbidden to set address by wired controller

39
(3) Indoor communication address
SW03
Indoor communication address
[ 1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8]
ON —— OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 0
ON —— OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1
ON —— —— —— —— —— —— —— ——
ON —— ON ON ON ON ON OFF 62
ON —— ON ON ON ON ON ON 63
OFF Set central control address by wired controller
ON Forbidden to set address by wired controller
OFF Set address automatically

There are three kinds of address setting method for indoor units: automatically address setting, manual address
setting, and wired controller setting. Any one of them can set the address and wired controller setting type has the
highest priority.

(4) TA correction value in AUTO mode and Tdif: SW07-1 SW07-2 (written in EEPROM)
When out of factory, SW05 has been set and cannot be changed at random.

SW07-1 Function
ON TA correction value is available in AUTO mode
OFF TA correction value is unavailable in AUTO mode
SW07-2 Function
ON Tdif =3℃
OFF Tdif =2℃

Note:
• Mode changeover condition: when TA<set temp.-1-Tdif, running mode is HEAT; when TA ≥ set temp.+TA
correction value+1+Tdif, running mode is COOL

(5) Indoor temp. sensor selection:SW07-3

SW07-3 Function
ON Indoor ambient temp. and heating set temp. correction value be controlled individually
OFF Indoor ambient temp. and heating set temp. correction value be controlled simultaneously

Note:
• "Indoor ambient temp. and heating set temp. correction value be controlled simultaneously" is that when in group
control (wired controller: 1 to x), the indoor ambient temp. and heating set temp. correction value of slave unit are
as the same as that of the master unit; "indoor ambient temp. and heating set temp. correction value is controlled
individually" is that the two values of slave unit and master unit are controlled by the individual indoor unit.

(6) Inlet air temp. TA correction value: (SW07-4,SW07-5, be written in EEPROM)


■■When out of factory, SW05 has been set and cannot be changed at random.

SW07-5 SW07-4 Function


OFF OFF TA correction value=12℃
OFF ON TA correction value=8℃
ON OFF TA correction value=4℃
ON ON TA correction value=0℃

40
(7) Filter cleaning time selection:SW07-6
SW07-6 Function
ON 2500 hrs
OFF 120 hrs

(8) Operation mode changeover of wired controller (SW07-7, SW07-8)


SW07-8 SW07-7 Function
OFF OFF [AUTO] [FAN] [COOL] [DRY] [HEAT]
OFF ON [FAN] [COOL] [DRY] [HEAT] [ELECTRIC HEAT]
ON OFF [FAN] [COOL] [DRY]
ON ON [FAN] [COOL] [DRY] [HEAT]

Operation
(9) Air volume: SW08-1
SW08-1 Function
ON Normal operation
OFF Air volume is fixed ( for duct unit)

(10) In heating, fan speed selection:SW08-2


SW08-2 Function
ON Normal operation
OFF Run at mid. speed when in heating high speed

(11) 26OC lock function (SW08 3): in heating mode, though set temp. exceeds 20OC, count as 20OC; in
cooling mode, though set temp. is below 26OC, count as 26OC.
SW08-3 Function
ON Normal mode
OFF 26OC lock is available

(12) Indoor priority selection (SW08-4)


SW08-4 Function
ON Normal mode
OFF Indoor priority is higher

(13) Room card function selection (SW08-5)


SW08-5 Function
ON Room card is available
OFF Room card is unavailable

(14) Wired control/remote control selection: SW08-6


SW08-6 Function
ON Wired control type
OFF Remote control type

41
(15) Indoor installation height selection (SW08-7)
SW08-7 Function
ON normal mode
When height is over 2.7m, indoor motor speed will be increased one class: in low
OFF speed, unit will run at med speed; in med speed, unit will run at high speed; in high
speed, unit will run at high speed (not increased)

(16) For twin energy source or not be used (SW08-8)


SW08-8 Function
ON TES is not available
OFF TES is available

(17) EEV open angle setting manually (CN27, CN29)


When being electrified, short connect CN27, EEV will open fully for 2 minutes; short connect CN29, EEV will
open fully for 2 minutes.

(18) Time shorting input (CN28)


Function
OFF Normal
1. Short connected after being electrified, enter time shorting function
ON 2. Short connected when being electrified and reset, enter auto check function

(19) Float switch input


Function
ON Normal
OFF Float switch is close (full of water)

(20) Room card input


Function
ON Room card is disconnected
OFF Room card is connected

42
Indoor control type selection (only for 0010451181A PCB)

Wired control Wired control


Indoor PCB Remote control Remarks
master unit slave unit
CN23 Short connected Disconnected Disconnected
CN30 Short connected Short connected Disconnected 1. The communication address
between master/slave wired
CN21 Blank Blank To remote receiver
controller and the outdoor is
SW08-[6] ON ON OFF
different.
1-15 (different 2. If central control is necessary, all
dialing setting on indoor central control addresses in
SW01-1 2 3 4 "0" "0"
SW01 for the slave one group are identical, while the
units in one group indoor address in different groups is
Signal A, B, C to wired B, C to wired A, B, C not to wired different too.
terminal block controller controller controller

Note:
1. In the above figure, the state in the frame is set when out of factory.

Operation
2. The indoor controlled by master/slave wired controller and the indoor controlled by individual wired controller
are all wired controlled master indoor.
3. The remote receiver is equipped with a multi-wire which can be inserted in CN21.
4. For the indoor unit controlled by wired controller, if indoor unit is with the remote receiver, MU5T pull out the
white wire from the remote receiver connector.

5. Correct procedure to shut off the unit: switch off the unit by the controller, then cut off the power source.
FORBIDDEN to cut off the power directly!
6. All the indoor EEVs are at open state which are set out of factory.

43
4.1.5 DC Slim low ESP duct and constant air volume duct type indoor units
0151800244 PCB
(AD*MSERA(D), AD07/09/12/15/18/24/28/302MQERA)

LED5 LED7

SW01 SW03

LED3

LED4

LED6
LED1

LED2

44
AD*MSERA(D) PCB code:0151800244
Up/Down Swing1 Left/Right Swing2
Gas Pipe Liquid Pipe Ambient Wiring diagram
Sensor TC1 Sensor TC2 Sensor TA
CN11 CN35
BL 1 2 3 4 5 WH 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2
DC Slim low ESP duct
1 2 3 4 5 3
CN18 G 1 2 3 CN19 B 1 2 3 CN20 G 1 2
1 2 4 5

EEV 1 2 3 4 5 CN11-1 BL DCFAN


PMV 6 6
Up/Down CN21 WH 5 5
LED5 4 4
3
CN31 R 2 2
1 1

LED7 CN6 WH
CN10 R PCB PUMP
LED3 SW01 SW03
Room Card LED6 1 1
2 2
M LED Definition
1 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 4
LED4 CN17 WH CN18 G CN4 BL LED1、2 Wired controller &Indoor unit
CN16 BL CN19 B CN20 G CN14 WH ~
CH5 LED3、4 Indoor unit &Outdoor unit
Float Switch
1 1
LED5 Error indicate
2 2

45
CH3
3 3 Colours:
FUSE
CN13 R B : Black G : Green
L-RXD 250VACT5A
1 1 BL: Blue R : Red
2 2 Y : Yellow WH: White
CN36 WH CN22 WH
P Q A B C C B A L N * Dashed parts are optional

CN15 CN22-1 CH4 CH2 CN1 CH1

R/G

A B C 220-240VAC,50/60Hz
Transmission Wired Controller
To Power Supply
(To O.D unit)

Operation
AD*MQERA PCB code: 0151800244
Up/Down Swing1 Left/Right Swing2
Gas Pipe Liquid Pipe Ambient
Sensor TC1 Sensor TC2 Sensor TA
CN11 CN35
BL 1 2 3 4 5 WH 1 2 3 4 5 CN18 G 1 2 3 CN19 B 1 2 3 CN20G 1 2
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2

EEV 1 2 3 4 5 CN11-1 BL
PMV DCFAN

6
6
Up/Down CN21 WH 5V 1 1
6 6
LED5 5 5 COM 2 2

4 5
4 5
CN31 R 4 4
GND 3 3
3

3
3
3
2 2 CN9 WH
1 1

1 2
1 2
LED7 Y/ G
CN6 WH
CN10 R PCB
LED3 SW 01 SW 03
Room Card LED6
PUMP

1 2
1 2
1 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 Y 1 2 3 4
CN16 BL
LED4CN17 WH CN18 G CN19 B CN20 G CN38 TC5 CN23 WH 1 1
2 2
M
220-240VAC
Float Switch
CN4BL

46
1 1
2 2 CH5 ~
3 3 CH3
Constant air volume duct: AD07/09/12/15/18/24/28/302MQERA

Dcfan1-L
CN13 R Dcfan1-N

FUSE
1 1

250VACT5A
L-RXD CH2
2 2 Heater-N
CN36 WH CN22 WH
A C B A CH4
P Q B C L N
LED2 LED1 Heater-L

CN15 CN22-1 CN1 CH1

Y/ G

A B C 220-240VAC,50/60Hz
Transmission Wired Controller
(To OD unit) To Power Supply
Colours: LED Definition
B : Black G : Green LED1、2 Wired controller &Indoor unit
BL: Blue R : Red LED3、4 Indoor unit &Outdoor unit
*Dashed parts are optional LED5 Error indicate
Y : Yellow WH: White
LED light introduction:
• LED1, LED2: communication lamp between indoor unit and wired controller.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.
• LED3, LED4: communication lamp between indoor unit and outdoor unit.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.
• LED5: malfunction lamp of indoor unit.
This lamp not light under normal condition; once indoor unit occurs malfunction this lamp will flicker, flicker
times indicate the corresponding failure code.
•LED6, LED7: for factory testing
Dip switch introduction
SW01 is used to set wire controlled address of and set capabilities of master; SW03 is used to set indoor unit
address (combine original communication address and address of centralized controller)
(A) Definition and description of SW01

Operation
[1] [2] [3] [4] Address of wire controlled indoor unit (group address)
OFF OFF OFF OFF 0# (wire controlled master unit) (default)
Address of
SW01_1
wire controlled OFF OFF OFF ON 1# (wire controlled slave unit)
SW01_2
indoor unit OFF OFF ON ON 2# (wire controlled slave unit)
SW01_3
(group
SW01_4 OFF OFF ON ON 3# (wire controlled slave unit)
address)
… … … … ……
ON ON ON ON 15# (wire controlled slave unit)
[5] [6] [7] [8] Capability of indoor unit
OFF OFF OFF OFF 0.6HP(AD052MSERA(D))
OFF OFF OFF ON 0.8HP (AD072MSERA(D), AD072MQERA)
OFF OFF ON OFF 1.0HP (AD092MSERA(D), AD092MQERA)
OFF OFF ON ON 1.2HP(AD122MSERA(D), AD122MQERA)
OFF ON OFF OFF 1.5HP
OFF ON OFF ON 1.7HP (AD162MSERA(D), AD152MQERA)
SW01_5 OFF ON ON OFF 2.0HP (AD182MSERA(D), AD182MQERA)
SW01_6 Capability of
OFF ON ON ON 2.5HP (AD242MSERA(D), AD242MQERA)
SW01_7 indoor unit
SW01_8 ON OFF OFF OFF 3.0HP (AD282MQERA)
ON OFF OFF ON 3.2HP (AD302MQERA)
ON OFF ON OFF 4.0HP
ON OFF ON ON 5.0HP
ON ON OFF OFF 6.0HP
ON ON OFF ON 8.0HP
ON ON ON OFF 10.0HP
ON ON ON ON 15.0HP

47
(B) Definition and description of SW03
Communication Central control
[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] address address
0 0
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF (default) (default)
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1 1
Set the
communication ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2 2
and central … … … … … … … … … …
control address ON OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON 63 63
SW03 by dip switch
(*Note 2) ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 0 64
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1 65
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2 66
… … … … … … … … … …
ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON 63 127
Set the address by wired controller
OFF … … … … … … … or automatically (default)

Note 2:
• Set the address by dip switch when connecting the centralized controller or gateway or charge system.
• Address of centralized controller =communication address + 0 or +64.
SW03_ 2=OFF, address of centralized controller =communication address+0=communication address SW03_
2=ON, address of centralized controller=communication address+64 (applies when centralized controller is used
and there are more than 64 indoor units)
•To use with 0010451181A in use, it is required to use code for address setting. Set SW03_1=0N and SW03_
2=OFF; SW03_3, SW03_ 4, SW03_5, SW03_6, SW03_7 and SW03_ 8 are address codes which are set
according to actual address.

(C) Jumper definition description


Electronic expansion valve PMV manual control settings (CN27, CN29)
Manually fully open CN27: short circuit CN27 for 2 seconds after power, the PMV fully opened.
Manually fully close CN29: short circuit CN29 for 2 seconds after power, the PMV fully closed.

(D) 26°C Lock function Activation:


Default: Deactivated
Activation: Press "Health" button on remote controller 8 times in 5 seconds, and you hear 4 times beep, then
activate the function.
Deactivation: Press "Health" button on remote controller 8 times in 5 seconds, and you hear 2 times beep, then
deactivate the function.

48
0151800227A PCB
(AD36/42/48/542MQERA)

SW03

Operation
LED3
LED7
LED4
LED5

SW01

LED2 LED1

49
AD*MQREA PCB code:0151800227A
Wiring diagram
WH CN39
Y/G CN8 R
R

ON
OFF
CN12 CN10

1 2
1 2
WH

3
3
CH5 N L R EEV
WH CN10 PMV

1234 56 78
4 5
4 5
CH3 WH

6
6

M
CN6 SW01
CN37 BL
Power Supply DC FAN Room
CN16
FUSE MOTOR Main Control Card
Board LED3
B

M
Board
Constant air volume duct: AD36/42/48/542MQERA

T8A/250VAC LED4 Gas Pipe Sensor T C 1

1
CN2 LED5 G

ON
2

OFF
CN18

50
CN8 WH 3

CN1 Liquid Pipe


Sensor TC2
WH
1 2

1234 56 78
CN19
3

Float Switch SW03


1 R CN21 Ambient
2 CN13 Sensor TA
3 G
LED1
1 2

CN20
LED2
AB C CN22 CN15 P Q

Y/G LED Definition


A B C P Q L N LED1、2 Wired controller &Indoor unit
LED3、4 Indoor unit &Outdoor unit
LED5 Error indicate
Colours
WIRED Tr a nsmissio n 1PH,220-240V B : Black G : Green WH: White
CONTROLLER ( To O.D unit ) (208/230V)~,50/60Hz BL: Blue R : Red Y : Yellow
To P ower S upply
LED light introduction:
• LED1, LED2: communication lamp between indoor unit and wired controller.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.
• LED3, LED4: communication lamp between indoor unit and outdoor unit.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.
• LED5: malfunction lamp of indoor unit.
This lamp not light under normal condition; once indoor unit occurs malfunction this lamp will flicker, flicker
times indicate the corresponding failure code.
• LED7: for factory testing.

Dip switch introduction


SW01 is used for indoor unit group control address setting and capacity selection. SW03 is used for indoor
unit address setting (including physical address and central address).

Operation
(A) Definition and description of SW01

[1] [2] [3] [4] Address of wire controlled indoor unit (group address)
OFF OFF OFF OFF 0# (wire controlled master unit) (default)
SW01_1 OFF OFF OFF ON 1# (wire controlled slave unit)
Address of
SW01_2
wire controlled OFF OFF ON OFF 2# (wire controlled slave unit)
SW01_3
indoor unit
SW01_4 OFF OFF ON ON 3# (wire controlled slave unit)
… … … … ……
ON ON ON ON 15# (wire controlled slave unit)
[5] [6] [7] [8] Capability of indoor unit
SW01_5
SW01_6 Capability of ON OFF ON OFF 4.0HP (AD362MQERA)
SW01_7 indoor unit ON OFF ON ON 5.0HP (AD422MQERA, AD482MQERA)
SW01_8
ON ON OFF OFF 6.0HP (AD542MQERA)

51
(B) Definition and description of SW03
Communication Central control
[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8]
address address
0 0
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF
(default) (default)
Set the ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1 1
communication ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2 2
and central … … … … … … … … … …
control address ON OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON 63 63
SW03
by dip switch
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 0 64
(*Note 2)
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1 65
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2 66
… … … … … … … … … …
ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON 63 127
Set the address by wired controller
OFF … … … … … … …
or automatically (default)

Note 2:
•  Set the address by dip switch when connecting the centralized controller or gateway or charge system.
•  Address of centralized controller =communication address + 0 or +64.
SW03_ 2=OFF, address of centralized controller =communication address+0=communication address SW03_
2=ON, address of centralized controller=communication address+64 (applies when centralized controller is used
and there are more than 64 indoor units)

52
4.1.6 Slim low ESP duct and Med ESP duct (AD*MJERA) type indoor units
0151800161C PCB
(AD*MSERA and AD*MJERA)

LED1
LED2

Operation
LED5

LED3
LED4

LED7

SW08

SW01 SW03

53
Wring diagram

Slim low ESP duct

AD*MSERA PCB code:0151800161C


Float Switc h E EV
L eft /Right PM V U p/Down
Room Card
PQ
B 12 1 2 3 1 2 CN35 CN10 CN11
WH 1 BL 1
CN15 1 2 R 1 2 3 1 2 2 3 4 5
R
1 2 3 4 5 6 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5
ACFAN
Dehumidification CN13 CN16 BL 1 2 3 4 5
7 7
sensor
TC3
1 1
2 2 LED4 U p/Down C N 1 1-1 5
3
5
3
M
CN17 1 1
LED3 CN8 ~
11
PCB WH
22 CN18 PUMP
LED2 11
Pipe 33
22
M
G
Sensor T C1
11
22 CN19
LED5
CN36 1 2
SW08 SW03 CN4
BL ~
1 2 SW01
33 LED1
Pipe Fuse
Sensor TC2 B 11
2 2
11 CN20 A B C BL
A B C CN22-1 250VAC T5A B
22 CN 5 SV0
Ambient
Sensor T A G A B C CN22
A B C BL
CN24 1 2 3 4 1 2 CN 3 C H2 C H1 C H4 C H3
WH 1 2 3 4 1 2 WH

Trans- Heater
former
Y/G
WH B R B/ R/
Y/G BL BR

1 2 3 4 5 N L
Colours:
B : Black
BL: Blue
Symbol: Y : Yellow
A B C Communication Power Source Comm.add:communication G : Green
with Outdoor 220V~,50/60Hz address R : Red
Wired Controller CC.add:Central WH: White
Control address BR: Brown
*Dashed parts are optional

54
Med ESP duct (AD*MJERA)

AD*MJERA PCB code:0151800161C


Float Switc h E EV
L eft /Right PM V U p/Down
Room Card
PQ
B 12 1 2 3 1 2 CN35 CN10 CN11
WH 1 BL 1
CN15 1 2 R 1 2 3 1 2 2 3 4 5
R
1 2 3 4 5 6 2 3 4 5
1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5
ACFAN
Dehumidification CN13 CN16 BL 1 2 3 4 5
7 7
sensor
TC3
1 1
2 2 LED4 U p/Down C N 1 1-1 5
3
5
3
M
CN17 1 1
LED3 CN8 ~
PCB WH

Operation
11
22 CN18 PUMP
LED2 11
Pipe 33
22
M
G
Sensor T C1
11
22 CN19
LED5
CN36 1 2
SW08 SW03 CN4
BL ~
1 2 SW01
33 LED1
Pipe Fuse
Sensor TC2 B 11
2 2
11 CN20 A B C BL
A B C CN22-1 250VAC T5A B
22 CN5 SV0
Ambient
Sensor T A G A B C CN22
A B C BL
CN24 1 2 3 4 1 2 CN 3 C H2 C H1 C H4 C H3
WH 1 2 3 4 1 2 WH

Trans- Heater Colours:


former B : Black
Y/G BL: Blue
WH B R B/ R/ Symbol: Y : Yellow
Comm.add: G : Green
Y/G BL BR communication address R : Red
CC.add: central WH: White
1 2 3 4 5 N L control address BR: Brown

A B C Communication Power source LED Definition


Wired controller with outdoor 220V~,50/60Hz LED1、2 Wired controller &Indoor unit
LED3、4 Indoor unit &Outdoor unit
*Dashed parts are optional LED 5 Error indicate

55
LED light introduction:
• LED1, LED2: communication lamp between indoor unit and wired controller.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.
• LED3, LED4: communication lamp between indoor unit and outdoor unit.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.
• LED5: malfunction lamp of indoor unit.
This lamp not light under normal condition; once indoor unit occurs malfunction this lamp will flicker, flicker
times indicate the corresponding failure code.
• LED7: forced-open lamp for indoor electronic expansion valve.
This lamp not light under normal condition; during adjusting the electronic expansion valve by hand this lamp
will flicker.

Dip switch introduction:


SW01

[1] [2] [3] [4] Wired control address


SW01_1 OFF OFF OFF OFF 1# (wired control master unit) (default)
SW01_2 Wired control OFF OFF OFF ON 2# (wired control slave unit)
SW01_3 address OFF OFF ON OFF 3# (wired control slave unit)
SW01_4 … … … … …
ON ON ON ON 16# (wired control slave unit)
[5] [6] [7] [8] Capacity of indoor unit
OFF OFF OFF OFF 0.6HP(AD052MJERA, AD052MSERA)
OFF OFF OFF ON 0.8HP(AD072MJERA, AD072MSERA)
SW01_5
OFF OFF ON OFF 1.0HP(AD092MJERA, AD092MSERA)
SW01_6 Capacity of
OFF OFF ON ON 1.2HP(AD122MJERA, AD122MSERA)
SW01_7 indoor unit
OFF ON OFF ON 1.7HP(AD162MJERA, AD162MSERA)
SW01_8
OFF ON ON OFF 2.0HP(AD182MJERA, AD182MSERA)
OFF ON ON ON 2.5HP(AD242MJERA, AD242MSERA)
ON OFF OFF OFF 3.0HP(AD282MJERA, AD282MSERA)

56
SW03 is used to set indoor unit address
Communication Central control
[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8]
address address
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 0(default) 0(default)
Set the com- ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1 1
munication and ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2 2
… … … … … … … … … …
central control
ON OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON 63 63
SW03 address by dip
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 0 64
switch ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1 65
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2 66
… … … … … … … … … …
ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON 63 127
Set the address automatically
OFF … … … … … … …
(default)

Operation
SW08

ON One by one (default)


SW08_1 WIFI control mode
OFF One by multi
ON Room card is unavailable (default)
SW08_2 Room card
OFF Room card is available
ON No dual heat source control (default)
SW08_3 Dual heat source
OFF Dual heat source control
Operation mode displayed on ON [auto] [fan] [cooling] [dehumidification] [heating]
SW08_4
wired controller OFF [fan] [cooling] [dehumidification]

57
0151800161 PCB (old AD*MSERA)

LED2

LED1

LED3

LED5

LED4

LED7

SW08

SW01 SW03

58
Wring diagram

AD*MSERA PCB code: 0151800161

PCB

Operation
VACT5A

LED light introduction:


• LED1, LED2: communication lamp between indoor unit and wired controller.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.
• LED3, LED4: communication lamp between indoor unit and outdoor unit.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.
• LED5: malfunction lamp of indoor unit.
This lamp not light under normal condition; once indoor unit occurs malfunction this lamp will flicker, flicker
times indicate the corresponding failure code.
• LED7: forced-open lamp for indoor electronic expansion valve.
This lamp not light under normal condition; during adjusting the electronic expansion valve by hand this lamp
will flicker.

59
Dip switch introduction
SW01 is used to set capabilities of master and slave indoor units as well as indoor unit; SW03 is used to set
indoor unit address (combine original communication address and address of centralized controller); SW08 is
used to set room card and 26℃ lock.

(1) Definition and description of SW01

Operation mode displayed ON [fan] [cooling] [dehumidification] [heating]


SW01_1 on wired controller OFF [auto] [fan] [cooling] [dehumidification] [heating]
[2] [3] [4] Address of wire controlled indoor unit (group
address)
OFF OFF OFF 1# (wire controlled master unit) (default)
OFF OFF ON 2# (wire controlled slave unit)
SW01_2 Address of wire controlled OFF ON OFF 3# (wire controlled slave unit)
SW01_3 OFF ON ON 4# (wire controlled slave unit)
indoor unit (Note 1)
SW01_4
ON OFF OFF 5# (wire controlled slave unit)
ON OFF ON 6# (wire controlled slave unit)
ON ON OFF 7# (wire controlled slave unit)
ON ON ON 8# (wire controlled slave unit)
[5] [6] [7] [8] Capability of indoor unit
OFF OFF OFF OFF 0.6HP
OFF OFF OFF ON 0.8HP(AD072MSERA)
OFF OFF ON OFF 1.0HP(AD092MSERA)
OFF OFF ON ON 1.2HP
OFF ON OFF OFF 1.5HP(AD122MSERA)
OFF ON OFF ON 1.7HP(AD162MSERA)
SW01_5 OFF ON ON OFF 2.0HP(AD182MSERA)
SW01_6 Capability of indoor unit OFF ON ON ON 2.5HP(AD242MSERA)
SW01_7
SW01_8 ON OFF OFF OFF 3.0HP
ON OFF OFF ON 3.2HP
ON OFF ON ON 4.0HP
ON OFF ON ON 5.0HP
ON ON OFF OFF 6.0HP
ON ON OFF ON 8.0HP
ON ON ON OFF 10.0HP
ON ON ON ON 15.0HP

Note 1:
• One wired controller may be connected to at max. eight slim duct indoor units.

60
(2) Definition and description of SW03

Communication Central control


[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] address address
0 0
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF (default) (default)
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1 1
Set the ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2 2
communication … … … … … … … … … …
and central
SW03 control address ON OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON 63 63
by dip switch ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 0 64
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1 65
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2 66
… … … … … … … … … …
ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON 63 127
OFF … … … … … … … Set the address automatically (default)

Operation
Note 2:
• Set the address by code when connecting the centralized controller or gateway or charge system.
• Address of centralized controller =communication address + 0 or +64.
• SW03_ 2=OFF, address of centralized controller =communication address+0=communication address.
• SW03_ 2=ON, address of centralized controller=communication address+64 (applies when
central controller is used and there are more than 64 indoor units).
• To use with 0010451181A in use, it is required to use code for address setting. Set SW03_1=0N
and SW03_ 2=OFF; SW03_3, SW03_ 4, SW03_5, SW03_6, SW03_7 and SW03_ 8 are address codes which
are set according to actual address.
• Address setting function of wired controller for slim duct is unavailable.

(3) Definition and description of SW08

ON One by one
SW08_1 WIFI control mode
OFF One by multi
ON Generally room card is disabled and there is no linkage control
in the unit with total heat exchanger
SW08_2 Room card contact, total heat
exchanger linkage
OFF Room card is enabled, there is linkage control in the unit with
total heat exchanger
ON General (default)
SW08_3 Selection of indoor unit priority
OFF High priority
ON General 90m high drop between indoor
SW08_4 and outdoor units
OFF High drop

(4) Setting methods of 26℃ lock function:


Power on the unit, in cooling mode, low speed, setting the temperature 26℃ . Press the “HEALTH” button of the
remote controller 8 times in 5 minutes, buzzer echoes 4 times, the 26℃ lock function is available; repeat above
operations, buzzer echoes 2 times, the 26℃ lock function is unavailable. Factory default the 26℃ lock function is
unavailable.

61
4.1.7 Console type indoor units
0151800086A PCB
0151800086A replace 0151800086 PCB is used for AF*MAERA
The unit with 0151800086A PCB can connect with MRVIII-RC outdoor unit, also can connect with wired controller

LED2
LED1

SW1

LED3
SW3
LED4

LED5

62
Wring diagram

AF*MAERA PCB code: 0151800086A


Symbol Description
TC2

Ambient Temperature
TC1
TA

TA
sensor
TC1 Gas Pipe Temperature
sensor
TC2 Liquid Pipe Temperature
LED sensor
RC TW Terminal Block
EEV Electronic Expansion
CN8 CN9 CN10 CN2 CN3 CN18 CN22 CN22-1 CN17 Valve
SWING G G B RC Room Card
CN7
M

LED1 LED2
MOTOR LED5

LED

Operation
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CN16
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

LED1 R Transmission lamp


CN12

SWING between I.D and


CN5
M

MOTOR R LED2 G wired Controller


LED3 R Transmission lamp
ON

ON

SW3 between I.D and


SW1 LED4 G O.D unit
M

EEV
LED5 R Malfunction indicator lamp
CN14
C0N2
LED4 LED3
C0N1

CN4 CN6

P/G
MOTOR M
P/G
MOTOR
M

W B Y/G BR
R
L N P Q
TW
R:RED BR:BROWN OR:ORANGE
TO POWER SUPPLY Transmission Wiring
BL:BLUE G:GREEN GR:GRAY
1PH,220-230V ,50Hz (To O.D unit) Y:YELLOW W:WHITE B:BLACK
Y/G:YELLOW/GREEN

63
LED light introduction:
• LED1, LED2: communication lamp between indoor unit and wired controller.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.
• LED3, LED4: communication lamp between indoor unit and outdoor unit.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.
• LED5: malfunction lamp of indoor unit.
This lamp not light under normal condition; once indoor unit occurs malfunction this lamp will flicker, flicker
times indicate the corresponding failure code.
SW1 is used for setting indoor model and wired control address

[1] [2] [3] [4] Wired control address


OFF OFF OFF OFF Master unit in group control

Wired OFF OFF OFF ON Slave unit 1 in group control


SW1-1 SW1-2
control OFF OFF ON OFF Slave unit 2 in group control
SW1-3 SW1-4
address
OFF OFF ON ON Slave unit 3 in group control
… … … … ……
ON ON ON ON Slave unit 15 in group control
[5] [6] [7] [8] Indoor unit capacity
OFF OFF OFF OFF 0.6HP (AF052MAERA)
Indoor OFF OFF OFF ON 0.8HP (AF072MAERA)
SW1-5 SW1-6
unit
SW1-7 SW1-8 OFF OFF ON OFF 1.0HP (AF092MAERA)
capacity
OFF OFF ON ON 1.2HP (AF122MAERA)
OFF ON ON OFF 2HP (AF182MAERA)

SW3 is used for setting indoor communication address and central control address
Communication Central control
[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8]
address address
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 0 0
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1 1
Set the indoor ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2 2
communication
… … … … … … … … … …
address and
central control ON OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON 63 63
SW3
address by dip ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 0 64
switch
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1 65
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2 66
… … … … … … … … … …
ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON 63 127
Set the address by wired controller or
OFF … … … … … … …
automatically (default)

64
0151800086 PCB (old AF*MAERA)

LED4 LED1

Operation
LED3 LED2

SW01
SW03

SW02

65
Wring diagram

AF*MAERA PCB code: 0151800086


Symbol Description
TC1
TC2
TA

TA Ambient Temperature
sensor
TC1 Gas Pipe Temperature
sensor
TC2 sensorPipe Temperature
Liquid
LED
RC TW Terminal Block
CN8 CN9 CN10 CN2 CN3 CN18 CN17 EEV Electronic Expansion
Valve
SWING G G B ON RC Room Card

ON
CN7
M

MOTOR
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 LED
CN12

Malfunction Lamp for


LED1 R I.D unit
CN5

SWING
M

MOTOR LED2 G Transmission lamp


CN16
LED3 R Transmission lamp
R SW2 SW1
between I.D and
LED4 G O.D unit
ON
M

EEV
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

LED3 LED4
C0N2
LED2 LED1
C0N1

CN4 SW3
CN6

P/G
MOTOR M
P/G
MOTOR M

R
WB Y/G BR
TW L N P Q R:RED BR:BROWN OR:ORANGE
BL:BLUE G:GREEN GR:GRAY
Y:YELLOW W:WHITE B:BLACK
Y/G:YELLOW/GREEN
TO POWER SUPPLY Transmission Wiring
1PH,220-230V,50/60Hz (To O.D unit)

LED light introduction:


• LED1: malfunction lamp of indoor unit.
This lamp not light under normal condition; once indoor unit occurs malfunction this lamp will flicker, flicker
times indicate the corresponding failure code.
• LED2: 807 chip communication lamp.
It will flicker under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, it is not light.
• LED3, LED4: communication lamp between indoor unit and outdoor unit.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.

248

66
Dip switch introduction
(1) The central control address setting of indoor units: SW02
The setting of SW02 can be done by installation personnel during installation.
SW2 Switching Description
[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8]
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Central control address = 0
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON Central control address = 1
---- --
ON ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF Central control address = 126
ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON Central control address = 127
OFF ---- Set the control address automatically

(2) Indoor units number and function setting: SW03


The setting of SW03 can be done by installation personnel during installation.
SW03 Switching Description
[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8]

Operation
ON -- OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Communication address of indoor units = 0
ON -- OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON Communication address of indoor units = 1
---- --
ON -- ON ON ON ON ON OFF Communication address of indoor units = 62
ON -- ON ON ON ON ON ON Communication address of indoor units = 63
-- OFF Reserved
OFF Indoor address setting automatically

(3) Other function setting: SW01


SW01 Switching Description
[1] [2] [3] [4]
OFF OFF --     -- AF072MAERA
OFF ON --     -- AF092MAERA
ON OFF --     -- AF122MAERA
ON ON --     -- AF182MAERA
--     -- OFF --   Room card invalid
--     -- ON  -- Room card Valid
--     -- --     OFF 26 ℃ lock function invalid
--     -- -- ON 26 ℃ lock function valid

Note:
• SW01-5~SW01-8 are reserved, default all OFF

67
4.1.8 High wall type indoor units
0010451751AF and 0151800141A PCB (AS*MGERA wired controller is available )
A: 0010451751AF PCB (AS07-162MGERA)

LED1
SW02
LED2

LED3 LED4

LED5

SW03

SW08 SW01

68
Wring diagram

AS072/092/122/162MGERA PCB code: 0010451751AF


Wired Remote Controller 1.Wired controller connects to CN22 on PCB.
M SM PMV 2.Under group control with one wired controller,
1 2 1 2 1 23 4 5 6 5 4 3 2 1
the wired controller connects to CN22 on PCB
PQ CN15 SWITCH SWING CN11 PMV CN10
of master unit, then connects all of CN22-1 ports
TA
A
B
2 from master PCB to all slave PCB in serial.In this
2
C

CN group, the max qty of indoor units is 16.


A
1
2-
B
TC2 TA1 2 C
2 3.If two wired controllers control one indoor unit,
CN
TC 3 4
CN master controller connects to CN22 while slave
TC1
controller connects to CN22-1.
18
1
Motor
TC 2 3

ONSW03
LED5

12345 67 8
CN
1 1
Symbol Description
9
CN 2 3
2D 4 5 LED4 LED3
CF 6 7 A PCB Primary PCB
AN
A B PCB Subsidiary PCB
SW02

CON11
12 34

PCB
ON

(CON5) L Ambient
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

Operation
CON5 TA
CON3 CON12 L (CON3) Temperature Sensor
310V Gas Pipe
CN21

PC CN26 FLASH CN30


TC1 Temperature Sensor

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CON8)
L (CON10) Liquid Pipe
B (CON8)
CON10
TC2 Temperature Sensor
1 2 RK
1 2 3
CN13

CON13 Terminal Block of


PCB
FS

L (CON4) TW Power and Control


CN16

CON4
(CON13)
15V FM DC Fan Motor
12 34 5 67 8
VAC/T3.15A

SW08 SW01

Electronic Expansion
CON7 N FUSE

PMV
CN7
1 2 3 4

Valve
CN1 N7
ON ON

1 2

SM
250

C Flirt Motor
CON6 L
CON2
CON1

WHI TE CN5 PM Water Pump


12

BLAC CN34
FLZ/PUMP 1 2 3 4 12 3 4

Y/G

PM
TWL N 3 4 Transmission Wiring
To Power (To O.D unit)
Supply

LED light introduction:


• LED1, LED2: communication lamp between indoor unit and wired controller.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.
• LED3, LED4: communication lamp between indoor unit and outdoor unit.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.
• LED5: malfunction lamp of indoor unit.
This lamp not light under normal condition; once indoor unit occurs malfunction this lamp will flicker, flicker
times indicate the corresponding failure code.

69
B: 0151800141A PCB picture (AS18/242MGERA)

SW01
LED1

LED2
LED4

SW08 LED3

SW03 LED5

SW02

70
Wring diagram

AS182/242MGERA PCB code: 0151800141A

SM 1 SM2
PMV LCD

PM M M Wired Remote Controller 1.Wired controller connects to CN22 on PCB.


2.Under group control with one wired controller,
the wired controller connects to CN22 on PCB
FM 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 56 7 8 1 2
of master unit, then connects all of CN22-1 ports
Motor TA CN20 TC2 CN19 TC1 CN18 IR REMOTE CN21 PQ CN15
from master PCB to all slave PCB in serial.In this
12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
group, the max qty of indoor units is 16.
FLZ/PUMP CN7 step motor CN9 A BC
CN22
1 2
3.If two wired controllers control one indoor unit,
A BC Emergency CN31 master controller connects to CN22 while slave
CN22 -1 LED3 LED4 controller connects to CN22-1.
1 2 3 4 5 6
L CON1 PMV CN10 SW
N CON2 LED5
1

FS CN13
2

1 23

Operation
ON

FS
3

Symbol Description
250 VAC/T3.15A

FLASH
4 5

12 34 5 6 7 8
FUSE

Flirt Motor1
6

310V
SW01
SM 1
7

GND15V FG Vsp
8 9 10

1 2 3 4 5 6 7
ON ON SM2 Flirt Motor2
CN4 DC FAN CN34 NET Ambient
TA Temperature Sensor
1 2 34 56 7 8 1 2 34
1 2 3 4 SW03 SW02
ON Gas Pipe
CN26 PC CN16 RK TC1 Temperature Sensor
12
SW08 1 2 1 2 Liquid Pipe
TC2 Temperature Sensor
Terminal Block of
TW
Power and Control
FM DC Fan Motor
PMV Electronic Expansion
L N 3 4 Valve
TW Transmission Wiring
To Power(To O.D unit) PM Water Pump
Supply

LED light introduction:


• LED1, LED2: communication lamp between indoor unit and wired controller.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.
• LED3, LED4: communication lamp between indoor unit and outdoor unit.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.
• LED5: malfunction lamp of indoor unit.
This lamp not light under normal condition; once indoor unit occurs malfunction this lamp will flicker, flicker
times indicate the corresponding failure code.

71
Dip switch introduction
(1) SW01: function selection, WIFI mode control choice, passive element setting and indoor capacity
setting.
Default: Allow the wired controller setting
OFF address. If power again, the address
Wired controller setting conflicts can be automatically set.
SW01_1 address
Wired controller is forced to set fixed
ON address. Do not set automatically.
OFF [AUTO] [HEAT] [DRY] [COOL] [FAN]
SW01_2 Function selection
ON [DRY] [COOL] [FAN]
ON One by one
SW01_3 WIFI control mode
OFF One by multi
OFF Passive element null
SW01_4 Passive element setting
ON Passive element valid
[5] [6] [7] [8] Indoor capacity setting
OFF OFF OFF OFF 0.6HP
OFF OFF OFF ON 0.8HP (AS072MGERA)
OFF OFF ON OFF 1.0HP (AS092MGERA)
OFF OFF ON ON 1.2HP (AS122MGERA)
OFF ON OFF OFF 1.5HP
OFF ON OFF ON 1.7HP (AS162MGERA)
SW01_5 OFF ON ON OFF 2.0HP (AS182MGERA)
SW01_6 Indoor capacity setting OFF ON ON ON 2.5HP (AS242MGERA)
SW01_7
SW01_8 ON OFF OFF OFF 3.0HP
ON OFF OFF ON 3.2HP
ON OFF ON OFF 4.0HP
ON OFF ON ON 5.0HP
ON ON OFF OFF 6.0HP
ON ON OFF ON 8.0HP
ON ON ON OFF 10.0HP
ON ON ON ON 15.0HP

(2) Setting methods of 26℃ lock function:


Power on the unit, in cooling mode, low speed, setting the temperature 26℃ . Press the “HEALTH” button of the
remote controller 8 times in 5 minutes, buzzer echoes 4 times, the 26℃ lock function is available; repeat above
operations, buzzer echoes 2 times, the 26℃ lock function is unavailable. Factory default the 26℃ lock function is
unavailable.

72
(3) SW02 dip switch definition
Wired controller indoor address (group
[1] [2] [3] [4] address)
OFF OFF OFF OFF 0# (wired controller master) (default)
SW02_1 Wired controller
SW02_2 address (group OFF OFF OFF ON 1# (wired controller slave)
SW02_3 OFF OFF ON OFF 2# (wired controller slave)
address)
SW02_4 OFF OFF ON ON 3# (wired controller slave)
-- -- -- -- --
ON ON ON ON 15# (wired controller slave)

(3) SW08 dip switch definition: temperature compensation selection and quiet function selection

Temperature compensation OFF Temperature compensation 3 select (heating) (default)


SW08_1 selection ON Temperature compensation 3 cancel (heating)
OFF Quiet function valid

Operation
SW08_2 Quiet function selection
ON Quiet function null (default)

(4) SW03 dip switch definition: communication address setting between indoor and outdoor

Communication Central control


[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] address address
0 0
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF (default) (default)
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1 1
Set the ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2 2
communication … … … … … … … … … …
and central
SW03 control address ON OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON 63 63
by dip switch ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 0 64
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1 65
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2 66
… … … … … … … … … …
ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON 63 127
Set the address by wired controller or
OFF … … … … … … … automatically

Note:
• When connecting central controller, gateway or counting system, set address by dip switch.

73
0010451751AE and 0151800141 PCB (AS*MGERA wired controller is unavailable)
A. 0010451751AE PCB picture (AS07-162MGERA)

SW08

SW01

LED4

SW03

LED5

LED3

74
Wring diagram

AS072/092/122/162MGERA PCB code: 0010451751AE

M SM PMV

1 2 1 2 1 2 3 4 5 6 5 4 3 2 1
PQ CN15 SWITCH SWING CN11 PMV CN10
TA

TC2 TA1 2
TC 3
CN 4
TC1 1
18
Motor
TC 2 3
CN
1
19
CN 2 LED5

12345 67 8
3
4 2
5 DC
6

SW03
Symbol Description
7 FA
LED4 LED3
N
CON11

Operation
ON
(CON5) L A PCB Primary PCB
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

CON5
CON3 CON12 L (CON3) A PCB
B PCB Subsidiary PCB
310V N
FUSE Ambient

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
CN21

CON8) TA Temperature Sensor


L (CON10)

FLASH CN30
Gas Pipe
(CON8) 250VAC/T3.15A TC1 Temperature Sensor
B CON10
CON13
PCB CON4 L (CON4) Liquid Pipe
12 34 5 67 8

(CON13) TC2 Temperature Sensor


SW01

15V
Terminal Block of
TW Power and Control
1 2 3 4

PC CN26
CN7

ON

CON6
CON7 FM DC Fan Motor
CN1
1 2

N
SW08

CO Electronic Expansion
12

PMV
ON

L WHITE Valve
CON7
BLAC CN5 CN16 CN34
1 2 3 4 1 2 RK 12 34 SM Flirt Motor

Y/G

TW L N 3 4 Transmission Wiring
To Power (To O.D unit)
Supply

LED light introduction:


• LED3, LED4: communication lamp between indoor unit and outdoor unit.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.
• LED5: malfunction lamp of indoor unit.
This lamp not light under normal condition; once indoor unit occurs malfunction this lamp will flicker, flicker
times indicate the corresponding failure code.

75
B. 0151800141 PCB picture (AS18/242MGERA)

SW03

LED4 SW08

LED3

SW01

LED5

76
Wring diagram

AS182/242MGERA PCB code: 0151800141

SM 1 SM2
PMV LCD
ION M M
GENERATOR

FM 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 12 3 456 78 1 2
Motor TA CN20 TC2 CN19 TC1 CN18 IR REMOTE CN21 PQ CN15

12 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
Symbol Description
FLZ CN7 step motor CN9 1 2

Emergency CN31 SM 1 Flirt Motor1


LED3 LED4 SM2 Flirt Motor2
Ambient
1 2 3 4 5 6 TA Temperature Sensor
L CON1

Operation
PMV CN10
Gas Pipe
N CON2 LED5 SW TC1 Temperature Sensor
1

ON Liquid Pipe
2

TC2
250VAC/T3.15A

Temperature Sensor
3 4 5
FLASH

12 34 5 6 7 8 ON Terminal Block of
FUSE

SW01 TW
Power and Control
6

310V GND15V FG Vsp


7

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 1 2 34 56 7 8
FM DC Fan Motor
8 9 10

SW03
CN4 DC FAN CN34 NET
Electronic Expansion
ON PMV
1 2 3 4 Valve
12
SW08
CN26 PC CN16 RK
1 2 1 2

TW L N 3 4
Transmission Wiring
To Power(To O.D unit)
Supply

LED light introduction:


• LED3, LED4: communication lamp between indoor unit and outdoor unit.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.
• LED5: malfunction lamp of indoor unit.
This lamp not light under normal condition; once indoor unit occurs malfunction this lamp will flicker, flicker
times indicate the corresponding failure code.

77
Dip switch introduction
(1) SW01 definition:
SW01: function selection, WIFI control setting, room card setting and indoor capacity setting.
SW01_1 Pre-set Pre-set Pre-set
OFF [AUTO] [HEAT] [DRY] [COOL] [FAN]
SW01_2 Function selection
ON [DRY] [COOL] [FAN]
OFF One by multi
SW01_3 WIFI control mode
ON One by one
OFF room card invalid
SW01_4 Room card setting
ON room card valid
[5] [6] [7] [8] Indoor capacity setting
OFF OFF OFF ON 0.8HP (AS072MGERA)
SW01_5 OFF OFF ON OFF 1.0HP (AS092MGERA)
SW01_6 Indoor capacity OFF OFF ON ON 1.2HP (AS122MGERA)
SW01_7 setting
SW01_8 OFF ON OFF ON 1.7HP (AS162MGERA)
OFF ON ON OFF 2.0HP (AS182MGERA)
OFF ON ON ON 2.5HP (AS242MGERA)

(2) Setting methods of 26℃ lock function:


Power on the unit, in cooling mode, low speed, setting the temperature 26℃ . Press the “HEALTH” button of the
remote controller 8 times in 5 minutes, buzzer echoes 4 times, the 26℃ lock function is available; repeat above
operations, buzzer echoes 2 times, the 26℃ lock function is unavailable. Factory default the 26℃ lock function is
unavailable.

(3) SW08 definition:


SW08: temperature compensation selection and quiet function selection

Temperature compensation OFF Temp. compensation 3 ℃ available (heating)


SW08_1 selection ON Temp. compensation 3 ℃ unavailable (heating)
OFF Quiet function is available
SW08_2 Quiet function selection
ON Quiet function is unavailable

78
(4) SW03 definition:
SW03: communication address setting between indoor and outdoor

Communication Central control


[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] address address
0 0
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF (default) (default)
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1 1
Set the ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2 2
communication … … … … … … … … … …
and central
SW03 control address ON OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON 63 63
by dip switch ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 0 64
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1 65
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2 66
… … … … … … … … … …
ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON 63 127

Operation
OFF … … … … … … … Set the address automatically

Note:
• When connecting central controller, gateway or counting system, setting address by dip switch.
• Central control address = communication address+ 0 or 64
SW03_2 = OFF, central control address = communication address + 0
SW03_2 = ON, central control address = communication address + 64

79
4.1.9 N platform high wall type indoor units
0151800244B PCB (AS*MNERA and AS*MFERA)

LED2

LED5 LED1

LED4 LED3

SW03
SW01

LED6

80
Wring diagram

AS*MN/FERA PCB code: 0151800244B

UP/DOWN
SWING

CN 15 1 2 CN46-1 CN46 CN11-1 CN11


1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
B 12 WH 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 R WH 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
WH
1 2
1 2

L-RXD P Q
CN34 CN14
CN36 WH LED2 WH B DCFAN
7 7
LED1
6 6

SW01
1 2 3
1 2 3

FS 5 5

ON
LED3 4 4
A BC LED4 3 3

PCB
CN22-1 CN22

CN13 R 2 2
WH

1 1

SW03

Operation
A BC
1 2
1 2

CN8 WH
ON

RK
WH

CN16 G 8 8
CN21 CN31 CN31-1 CN38 CN17 7 7
LED5 WH R WH WH 6 6
6
6

Y
1 2
1 2

controller
5 5
FUSE
4 5
4 5

4 4

Remote
3 3
2
3
3

2
250VACT5A
1 1
1 2
1 2

YJ TC1 TC2 TC5 TC3 TAI PM2.5 SV0 L N CN31-1


PMV WH
CN10 R 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 CN38 1 2 CN17 1 2 CN20 1 2 CN35 1 2 CN5 1 3 5
SW4 1
3 CN19 1 3 CN18 1 CN1
1 2
G
2
B 1 2 Y 1 2 WH 2
G 1 2 WH 1 2 Y 1 3 5

Gas Pipe Liquid Pipe Ambient


Y/G
Sensor Sensor Sensor
WH B

1(L) 2(N) 3 4
LED Definition (To O.D unit)
LED1、2 Wired controller &Indoor unit
Colours: LED3、4 Indoor unit &Outdoor unit
B :Blac k G :Green LED5 Error indicate 220~240VAC,50/60Hz
BL:Blue R :Red To Power Supply
Y :Yellow WH:White *Dashed parts are optional

81
LED light introduction:
• LED1, LED2: communication lamp between indoor unit and wired controller.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.
• LED3, LED4: communication lamp between indoor unit and outdoor unit.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.
• LED5: malfunction lamp of indoor unit.
This lamp not light under normal condition; once indoor unit occurs malfunction this lamp will flicker, flicker
times indicate the corresponding failure code.
• LED6: power light

Dip switch instruction:


SW01 is used to set wire controlled address of and set capabilities of master; SW03 is used to set indoor unit
address (combine original communication address and address of centralized controller).
(A) Definition and description of SW01

[1] [2] [3] [4] Address of wire controlled indoor unit (group address)
Address of OFF OFF OFF OFF 0#(wire controlled master unit)(default)
SW01_1
wire controlled OFF OFF OFF ON 1#(wire controlled slave unit)
SW01_2
indoor unit OFF OFF ON OFF 2#(wire controlled slave unit)
SW01_3
(group OFF OFF ON ON 3#(wire controlled slave unit)
SW01_4 ... ... ... ... ......
address)
ON ON ON ON 15#(wire controlled slave unit)
[5] [6] [7] [8] Capability of indoor unit
OFF OFF OFF OFF 0.6HP(AS052MN/FERA)
OFF OFF OFF ON 0.8HP(AS072MN/FERA)
SW01_5 OFF OFF ON OFF 1.0HP(AS092MN/FERA)
SW01_6 Capability of OFF OFF ON ON 1.2HP(AS122MN/FERA)
SW01_7 indoor unit OFF ON OFF ON 1.7HP(AS162MN/FERA)
SW01_8 OFF ON ON OFF 2.0HP(AS182MN/FERA)
OFF ON ON ON 2.5HP(AS242MN/FERA)
ON OFF OFF OFF 3.0HP(AS282MNERA)
ON OFF OFF ON 3.2HP(AS302MNERA)

82
(B)Definition and description of SW03

Communication Central control


[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] address address
0 0
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF (default) (default)
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1 1
Set the
communication ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2 2
and central … … … … … … … … … …
control address ON OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON 63 63
SW03 by dip switch
(*Note 2) ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 0 64
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1 65
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2 66
… … … … … … … … … …
ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON 63 127
Set the address by wired controller

Operation
OFF … … … … … … … or automatically (default)

Note:
•  Set the address by code when connecting the centralized controller or gateway or charge system.
•  Address of centralized controller =communication address+0 or +64.
SW03_2=OFF, address of centralized controller =communication address+0=communication address
SW03_2=ON, address of centralized controller=communication address+64(applies when centralized controller is
used and there are more than 64 indoor units)
•  The address must be set by dip switch if 0151800244B and 0010451181A are used together. Set SW03_1=ON
and SW03_2=OFF;SW03_3, SW04, SW03_05, SW03_06, SW03_07 and SW03_08 are address codes which
are set according to actual address.
•  When connecting central controller, gateway or counting system, set address by dip switch.

83
4.2 Wiring Diagram And Dip Switch Setting For Valve Box
4.2.1 MRVIII-RC valve box
0151800186 PCB

SW03

LED3

LED2

LED1

84
Wiring diagram

CN8

LED3
SW03
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

LX1
IC5 LED2 LED1

T3.15A-250VAC
DIP ON

FUSE

Operation
CN1
220V_L CN2
220V_N
CN6 CN7 CN3 CN5 CN2 CN4
Qo Po Qi Pi SVB3 SVB2 SVB1 4WVBS

R B Y B R W

Terminal Block for Terminal Block


P Q B C Communication for Power L N

Connect Connect Notice: To power supply


outdoor indoor The colours use these letters for short 1PH,220-230V~,50/60Hz
P&Q P&Q W:White B:Black R:Red Y:Yellow

85
LED light introduction:
• LED1, LED2: communication lamp.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; if not there is communication failure occurs.
• LED3: malfunction lamp of indoor unit.
This lamp not light under normal condition; once indoor unit occurs malfunction this lamp will flicker, flicker
times indicate the corresponding failure code.

Dip switch introduction


SW03 is used for VB address setting

Communication
[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] address
0
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF (default)
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1
Set the ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2
communication … … … … … … … … …
and central
SW03 control address ON OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON 63
by dip switch ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 0
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2
… … … … … … … … …
ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON 63
OFF … … … … … … … Set the address automatically

86
4.2.2 AHU valve box
0151800113A PCB

LED2

LED1

LED5
LED3

Operation
LED4

LED7

SW07

SW01 SW03

87
Wiring diagram

PMV1 PMV2
M M

CN33
CN15 CN13 CN16 CN10 CN12

SW03 ON
SW07 ON CN8
TC1 12345678
CN18
12345678 CN31
SW01 ON
TC2
CN19 12345678
CN7
TA CN22 CN24 3.15A 250VAC
CN20 CN1
FUSE1
CN3

PQABC HMLN NL V1 V2 D1 D2 P1 P2 K1 K2
{

{
{
{
{
{
{
Outdoor Controller FAN Speed Power Output Output Output Input
unit AC 220V Input 220V DC 12V Dry AC 220V ON/OFF
contact

LED light introduction:


• LED1, LED2: communication lamp between indoor unit and wired controller.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.
• LED3, LED4: communication lamp between indoor unit and outdoor unit.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.
• LED5: malfunction lamp of indoor unit.
This lamp not light under normal condition; once indoor unit occurs malfunction this lamp will flicker, flicker
times indicate the corresponding failure code.
• LED7: forced-open lamp for indoor electronic expansion valve.
This lamp not light under normal condition; during adjusting the electronic expansion valve by hand this lamp
will flicker.

88
Dip switch introduction
1. SW01 is used for wired control address and valve box capacity setting

SW01 Definition Instruction


[1] [2] [3] [4] Wired control address
OFF OFF OFF OFF 0# (wired control master unit) (default)
SW01_1 OFF OFF OFF ON 1# (wired control slave unit)
SW01_2 Wired control
OFF OFF ON OFF 2# (wired control slave unit)
SW01_3 address
SW01_4 OFF OFF ON ON 3# (wired control slave unit)
… … … … ……
ON ON ON ON 15# (wired control slave unit)
Indoor unit capacity which connected to the
[5] [6] [7] [8] valve box
11.2kW < connected indoor unit's cooling
ON OFF ON ON capacity ≤ 14kW
SW01_5 14kW < connected indoor unit's cooling
ON ON OFF OFF

Operation
SW01_6 Valve box capacity capacity ≤ 16.8kW
SW01_7 setting 16.8kW < connected indoor unit's cooling
SW01_8 ON ON OFF ON
capacity ≤ 22.4kW
22.4kW < connected indoor unit's cooling
ON ON ON OFF capacity ≤ 28kW
28kW < connected indoor unit's cooling
ON ON ON ON capacity ≤ 56kW

2. SW03 is used for valve box address setting


Communication Central control
[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] address address
0 0
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF (default) (default)
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1 1
Set the ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2 2
communication … … … … … … … … … …
and central
SW03 control address ON OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON 63 63
by dip switch ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 0 64
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1 65
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2 66
… … … … … … … … … …
ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON 63 127
OFF … … … … … … … Set the address automatically

89
Notes:
The valve box address setting is written in the chip when the valve box is energized
1) Make sure that the address code is set before the valve box is energized.
a. Dip switch setting by hand when connect with center controller, gate way and BMS
b. Dip switch setting method as below:
SW03_2 = OFF, central control address = communication address + 0 = communication address
SW03_2 = ON, central control address = communication address + 64
c. In the system, when PCB code of indoor unit is 0010451181A, you must use dip switch for address setting.
SW03_1=ON, SW03_2=OFF, SW03_3/SW03_4/SW03_5/SW03_6/SW03_7/SW03_8 are address No.
2) Be sure to close the cover of the electrical cabinet after setting.

3. SW07 default are all OFF

4. CN41, CN42, CN43, CN44 plug explanation

Plug Definition Instruction

Set address by OFF Set the address with wired controller is unavailable(default)
CN41
wired controller ON Set the address with wired controller is available(When SW03_1 is OFF)
CN42 CN44 CN42 CN43 Type
CN43 Indoor type
CN44 OFF OFF OFF AHU valve box

90
4.2.3 Easy MRV valve box
0151800213 PCB

SW4

SW5

Operation
SW01 SW03

91
Wiring diagram

LED light introduction:


• LED1: malfunction lamp of indoor unit.
This lamp not light under normal condition; once indoor unit occurs malfunction this lamp will flicker, flicker
times indicate the corresponding failure code.
• LED2: communication lamp between indoor unit and wired controller.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.
• LED3, LED4: communication lamp between indoor unit and outdoor unit.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.

92
Dip switch introduction
1. SW01 definition
SW01 Instruction
OFF No indoor unit is connected to A position
SW01_1
ON One indoor unit is connected to A position
OFF No indoor unit is connected to B position
SW01_2
ON One indoor unit is connected to B position
OFF No indoor unit is connected to C position
SW01_3
ON One indoor unit is connected to C position
SW01_6 SW01_5 SW01_4 The PMV open angle in cooling
OFF OFF OFF EEPROM setting valve (default 52pls)
SW01_4 ~ SW01_6 OFF OFF ON 90pls
OFF ON OFF 120pls
ON OFF OFF 150pls

Operation
SW01_5 SW01_4 Indoor communication protocol selection
SW01_7 ~ SW01_8
OFF OFF Default (oversea products protocol)

2. SW03 definition

Communication Central control


[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] address address
0 0
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF (default) (default)
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1 1
Set the ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2 2
communication … … … … … … … … … …
and central
SW03 control address ON OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON 63 63
by dip switch ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 0 64
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1 65
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2 66
… … … … … … … … … …
ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON 63 127
OFF … … … … … … … Set the address automatically

93
Notes:
1) When the system connects with central control or BMS or charge system, the address of the valve box
must be set by dip switch.
2) the central control address setting
SW03_2 = OFF, central control address = communication address + 0 = communication address
SW03_2 = ON, central control address = communication address + 64
3) In the system, when PCB code of indoor unit is 0010451181A, the address must be set by dip switch.
SW03_1=ON, SW03_2=OFF, SW03_3/SW03_4/SW03_5/SW03_6/SW03_7/SW03_8 are address
number.
4) The corresponding relation of valve box address and indoor communication address
MS1 valve box address= indoor communication address;
MS3 valve box address= indoor A communication address,
MS3 valve box address +1= indoor B communication address
MS3 valve box address +2= indoor C communication address
5) In one system, the addresses of indoor A and other valve boxes can't repeat.
6) The addresses of the indoor units which connect with one valve box are continuous.

Example: a system contains four valve box (such as No. 1, No. 2, No. 3, No. 4), No. 3 valve box connect
2 indoor units, one indoor unit is connected to A position and other indoor unit is connected to C position;
No. 4 valve box connect 2 indoor units, one indoor unit is connected to A position and other indoor unit is
connected to B position; then valve box address can be set as follow:

MS1 address Indoor address


MS1 No. 1
0# 0#
MS3 address Indoor A address Indoor B address Indoor C address
MS3 No. 2 1 1 2 3
MS3 No. 3 4 4 5
MS3 No. 4 6 6 7
MS3 No. 5 8 9 10 11

94
4.3 Wiring Diagram And Dip Switch Setting For Outdoor Units
4.3.1 MRVIII-C outdoor units
0151800084 PCB (AV*MVESA, AV*NMVERB)

LED1 LED2 LED3 LD1 LD2 LD3 LD4

BM1
BM2
BM3
BM4

SW9
SW10
SW11
SW1

Operation
SW2

BM5

95
0150506477

1
COMP In v e r t e r
FG
CN50 W

3 2
CN21 HPS1 U Co m p r es s o r
FAN1 V

P
Inverter

1
1 2 3 4 5 2 1 DCCT_W

1 2 1 2
High pressure CN20 HPSi CN49 DCCT_U
sensor

3 2
4WV

4
1 2
CN2 CN3 CN19 HPS2 LD1 LD2 LD3 LD4

1
V

2
CN1 SW 9 SW 1 0 SW 1 1 CN48 U W

3 2

1 2 3
1
CN18 WQS SV1
SW2 SW1 CNDC2

2
Fan Driver P

1
CN12 Toci 1 CN11 UP DOWN CN47
Wiring diagram

4 3 2

1 2 3
Tao I nver t er Dr i ver

4 3 2
SV6

1 2
CN10 TSi CN13 N

1 2
LED1 LED2 LED3
Tl i qsc CNDC1 CN15V1 CNDR1
P( +) L N N( - ) W V U CN46
CN14 out door i ndoor I NV 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2
Y

4 3 2
CN15 Toi l p Tsco SV9

1
CN16

1 2
CN17 Toi l CN45 BL
Tdef

1 2 3 1 2 3
B WR SV10

4 3 2
CN7

1 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9
High 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1
R GR Toci 2

3 4
p re s su re
se n s o r
CN4 CN44
CN5 Pd CN10 CN9 CN5 CN6

1 23

1 2
4
SV11

1
Tdi

4 3 2
2
Low CN3 CN7

1
CN4

3 4
p re s sure

3 2 1
CN6 Ps Td1 CN43 LED1 LED2 LED3 Radiator
se n s o r Fuse

3 2
SV13i

1 2
CN2 T3. 15A- 250V temperature

1 2 3 1 2 3
Tsuc CN42 Sen so r

12
3 2
CN1 Ts SV3i
CN8

1 2 3
CT2 CN41
MRVIII-C (T1, T3)380V outdoor units

Y BL CN9 CT1 ( pump ) SV3

3 2

1 23
1
CN8 I nver t er Cont r ol boar d

1 2 3

3 4
2 1 CN40

3 2
CN51 750W

1 2
COMP1

1
+ - Cont r ol boar d CN39

2
1
4 3 2
CN30 APY- COM COMP2 CN2 CN3 CN1

1
3 2 1 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1
AV08NMVESA, AV10NMVESA, AV08NMVERB

CN38 Y BL

3 2

1 2
CN29 CHa

1
Capacitor board
CN26 LEVA2 Y/ G
CN25 LEVA1 CN37

3 2
Capacitor
+

CHi -

12 3 4 5 6
AC Cont act or B -

12 3 4 5 6
Fus e CN33

3 2

96
+ - T 15 A- 250VAC CH1 R
2 1 Shunt
CN52 GR
R GR Y Resistance
CN24 LEVB T6.3 A- 250VAC CN53 Y

12 3 4 5 6
1
R R (+) PTC Y
R (~) Y

3
CN32 W W React or
CN31

4 3 2
Pow er S Capacitor

1 2
(~)

1 2
BUS1 B
3P Rectifier

CN27 T B

3
CN28 CN34 GR B B
(~) (- )

7 6 5


I NV COM 375W FAN N

1 2
7
6
5
4
2
1

3
R S T N

L1 L1
R
L2 L2
W
Filter B
L3 L3
N N
BL Notice :

1. The filter in the dashed part is


R R R B W R W B BL optional 。
2. The colours use these letters for short
Terminal P Q A B C L1 L2 L3 N Terminal
W:White B:Black R:Red GR:Gray
Block for Block for
BL:Blue Y:Yellow G:Green BR : Brown
Communication Po w e r OR:Orange
In do or O u t d o o r Power :3~N~, 380V,
Units Units
DC FAN
Fixed Frequency

1
COMP In v e r t er

P
M M High pressure FG
sensor CN50 U

3 2
CN21 HPS1 W Co m p r es s o r
FAN1 V

P
1
Inverter DCCT_W

1 2 1 2

1
3
3

2
1
2

4
4

5
6
5
6
High pressure CN20 HPSi CN49 DCCT_U

3 2
sensor 4WV
CN8 C N7

1 2
CN19 HPS2 LD1 LD2 LD3 LD4

1
FA N- R F A N- L

2
SW9 SW10 SW11 CN48 U V W
CN9

3 2

1
CN18 WQS SV1
SW2 SW1 CNDC2

2
Fan Dr i ver

7 6 5 43 2 1
4
P

1
CN12 Toci 1 CN11 UP DOWN CN47

3 2

1 2 3
Tao I nver t er Dr i ver

4 3 2
+310V CN5 CN6 G ND SV6

1 2
CN10 TSi CN13 N

1 2
LED1 LED2 LED3
Tl i qsc CNDC1 CN15V1 CNDR1
CN46
CN14 out door i ndoor I NV 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

1 2
Y

4 3 2
CN15 Toi l p Tsco SV9

1
CN16

1 2
CN17 Toi l CN45 BL
Tdef

1 2 3 1 2 3
SV10

4 3 2
CN7

1 2
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4

1
Hi gh Toci 2

3 4
+ pressure CN4 CN44
R CN5 Pd CN10 CN9
CN5 CN6

1 23
sensor

1 2
4
SV11

1
Tdi

4 3 2
2
- CN3 CN7

1
3 2
L ow CN4

3 4
1
GR pressure CN6 Ps Td1 CN43 LED1 LED2 LED3 Fuse Radiator

3 2
sensor SV13i T3. 15A- 250V

1 2
GR R CN2 temperature

1 2 3 1 2 3
Tsuc CN42 Sensor

12
3 2
2 1 CN1 Ts SV3i
CN8

1 2 3
CT2 CN41
- + CN9 CT1 ( pump ) SV3

3 2

1 2 3
I nver t er Cont r ol boar d

1
Y BL CN8

1 2 3

3 4
CN40

3 2
CN51 750W

1 2
COMP1

1
Capacitor board Cont r ol boar d CN39

2
1
4 3 2
CN30 APY- COM COMP2 CN2 CN3 CN1

1
- + CN38 3 2 1 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1
2 1 Y BL

3 2

1 2
CN29

97
CHa

1
Y/ G
CN26 LEVA2 Capacitor
CN25 LEVA1 CN37

3 2
+

CHi - -

1
B

12 3 4 5 6
AC Cont act or

12 3 4 5 6
CN33

3 2
Fus e CH1 R
T 15 A- 250VAC GR Shunt
CN52 R GR Y
CN24 LEVB Resistance
T6.3 A- 250VAC CN53 Y

12 3 4 5 6
R

1
R (+) Y PTC Y
R (~)

3
W W React or
CN32 CN31 CN27 S

4 3 2

1 2
(~) Capacitor

1 2
BUS1 POWER T B
B
3P Rectifier

3
CN28 CN34 GR B B
(~) (- )

7 6 5


I NV COM 375W FAN N

1 2
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
R S T N

R AC Cont act or
AV12IMVESA, AV14IMVESA, AV16IMVESA, AV10NMVERB, AV12NMVERB

L1 L1 R
L2 L2
W W
Filter B R U
L3 L3 B
BL 3 2 1
N N V
W
R W B BL M
B W
R R R B W CT Fi x ed Fr eq u ency
L1 L2 L3 N Terminal
Notice : Co m p r es s o r
Terminal P Q A B C
Block for Block for 1. The filter in the dashed part is optional。
Communication Power 2. The colours use these letters for short
~
Indoor Outdoor Power :3N~, 380V W:White B:Black R:Red GR:Gray BL:Blue
Units Units Y:Yellow G:Green BR: Brown OR:Orange
0150506478

Operation
M

CN21 HPS1 R CN50


43 2 1 B FAN1
Inverter

P
CN608

1 2 1 2
High CN20 HPSi R C
pressure
BL N49
U V W 4WV
sensor CN19 HPS2 R LD1 LD2 LD3 LD4
5
4 SW9 SW 10 SW11 CN48
3 CN603
2 CN18 WQS W R SV1
1 SW2 SW1
Fan Dr i ver CN12 Toci 1 W CN11 Y UP DOWN CN47

1 2 3
Tao R SV6
CN10 TSi BL CN13 G LED1 LED2 LED3
DCN Tl i qsc
ACN
B COMP
ACL
CN14 BL out door i ndoor I NV Y CN46 U W
CN15 Toi l p R Tsco SV9 V
R
DCP CN16 G
CN17 Toi l R CN45
Tdef

1 2 3 1 2 3
WSV10
CN7
High Toci U V W
pressure
sensor
CN4 R
CN5 Pd R BL CN44

1 23
Tdi SV11 G
AV08CMVESA, AV10CMVESA

Low CN3 CN7


pressure R
MRVIII-C 208~230V outdoor unit

Td1 Y CN43 LED1 LED2 LED3 Fuse Radi at or


sensor
CN6 Ps BL P T3. 15A- 250V
SV13i Temper at ure
CN2 Sensor
R N

1 2 3 12 3
Tsuc

12
CN1 Ts BL W CN42
CN8 SV3i

1 2 3
CT2 Y R CN41
CN9 CT1 W

1 23
W BR (pump)SV3
CN8 I nver t er
CN51 750WW R CN40
C o n tr ol B o ad COMP1
- + B CN39
CN30 APY- COM W COMP2 B CN2 Y CN3 W CN1
Capacitor board CN38 Y
G BL

1 2
CN29 R CHa
CN26 LEVA2

98
CN25 LEVA1 CN37 Capacitor
R G CHi
R

12 3 4 5 6
AC Cont act or

12 3 4 5 6
- + CN33 R
W CH1
R Shunt
Fuse CN53 W Y
CN24 LEVB B Resistance
T15A- 250VAC CN52

12 3 4 5 6
R R Y
R~ + Y PTC Y
R
CN32 W W
CN31 CN27 S
BUS1 BL T6. 3A- 250VAC B ~
W Power T B React or
CN28 CN34 W W
-
P Reactifier

BL ~


I NV COM W 375W FAN W N
React or

7
6
5
4
3
1
2
W W

R
W
B

R W B

Notice :
R BL OR Y BL
1. The filter in the dashed part is optional.
P Q A B C L1 L2 L3 2. The colours use these letters for short
W:white B:Black R Red GR :Gray B L:Blue
Y:Yellow G : Green BR:Brown OR:Orange。
Indoor Outdoor Power:3N~, 220V, 60Hz
Units Units
0150510481
Fixed Frequency
High pressure

P
sesor CN50
CN21 HPS1 FAN1

P
Inverter

1 2 1 2
High pressure CN20 HPSi CN49
D C FA N Sensor 4WV
CN19 HPS2 LD1 LD2 LD3 LD4
M M SW 9 SW 10 SW 11 CN48
CN18 WQS SV1
SW2 SW1

1
2
2

3
4
1
3
4

5
6
5
6
CN12 Toci 1 CN11 UP DOWN CN47

1 2 3
CN8 CN7 Tao SV6
FA N -R FA N -L CN10 TSi CN13 LED1 LED2 LED3
CN 9 Tl i qsc COMP
CN14 CN46
Fan Dr i ver out door i ndoor I NV U W

7 6 5 43 2 1
CN15 Toi l p Tsco SV9 V
CN16 CN45
+310V CN5 CN6 GND CN17 Toi l Tdef

1 2 3 1 2 3
SV10
CN7
High Toci U V W
pressure
sensor
CN4 CN44
CN5 Pd

1 23
Tdi SV11
Low CN3 G CN7
pressure CN43 LED1 LED2 LED3 Fuse Radi at or
sensor
CN6 Ps Td1 P
SV13i T3. 15A- 250V Temper at ure
CN2 Sensor
+ N

1 2 3 1 2 3
R Tsuc CN42

12
CN1 Ts SV3i
- CN8

1 2 3
B CT2 CN41
CN9 CT1

1 23
W BR (pump)SV3
CN8 I nver t er
CN40
CN51 750W
Control board COMP1
- + CN39
AV12CMVESA, AV14CMVESA, AV16CMVESA

CN30 APY- COM COMP2 CN2 CN3 CN1


BR W
Capacitor board CN38 Y BL

1 2
CN29 CHa
W R
CN26 LEVA2
CN25 LEVA1 CN37 Cap acito r

99
CHi

12 3 4 5 6
AC Cont act or

12 3 4 5 6
- + CN33
CH1
B S h unt
CN52 R Y
CN24 LEVB R esi stanc e
Fuse CN53

12 3 4 5 6
T15A- 250VAC R R~ + Y PTC Y Y
R
CN32 W W
CN31 CN27 S
BUS1 B ~ React or
电源 T B B B
CN28 CN34 T6. 3A- 250VAC
~ -
P Reactifier

I NV COM 375W FAN N BL


React or
B B

7
6
5
4
3
1
2
AC Cont act or
R R
W W
Filter B R U
B
W V
R W B
B W
Fixed
R BL OR Y BL CT F req u e ncy
Terminal Block for L1 L2 L3 Notice : Co mpress or
P Q A B C
Communication
1. The filter in the dashed part is optional.
2. The colours use these letters fo r short
In door O utdoor Power:3N~, 220V, 60Hz W :white B:Black R Red GR :Gray B L:Blue
U n its U n i ts Y:Yellow G : Green BR:Brown OR:Orange 。 0150510483

Operation
0150812001

COMP High

1 2
CN2 1 HPS1 CN5 0 FG

3 2 1
Pressure Sensor F AN1

1 2
COMP FAN CN2 0 HPSi CN4 9
4 WV

1 2
U W U W CN1 9 HPS2
V V LD1 LD2 LD3 LD4
CN4 8
SW 9 SW 1 0 SW 1 1

1 2
CN1 8 W Q S

3 2 1 3 2 1
SV1
R W B
S W2 S W1

1 2
U W CN1 2 T o c i 1 CN4 7
V B R W B R CN1 1 UP DOWN SV6

1 2 3
4 3 2 1
Ta o

1 2
B CN1 0 T Si
N DCN W V U DCP CN1 3 L ED1 L ED2 L ED3

1 2
N
Tl i q s c CN4 6
P
R CN1 5 T o i l p CN1 4 out door i ndoor I NV SV9

1 2 3
4 3 2 1

1 2
P
Ts c o
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD CN 603
CN1 6 CN4 5

1 2
(INV) CN1 7 T o i l

5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD Td e f SV1 0

4 3 2 1
(FAN) CN7

1 2
MRVIII-C 460V outdoor units

To c i 2
CN 602 PSH CN5 Pd CN4 4
CN4

1 2
CN1

4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4

1 2 3
AV08GMVESA, AV10GMVESA

SV1 1

1 2 3
4 3 2 1
Led601 Td i
Fuse
T3. 15A- 250V CN3 CN4 3
PSL

1 2 3 4
CN2 CN6 Ps

1 23
1 2 3
Td 1 SV1 3 i

1 2 3 4
CN 601

4 3 2 1
LED1 LED2 LED3 CN 609 CN2

1 23
CN4 CN4 2

1 2 3

1 23
3 2 1 3 2 1

W CN3 Ts u c

1 2
CN1 T s

1 23
SV3 i
CN8
CN4 1

1 2 3
CT 2 ( pum p )
CN9 CT 1
3 2 1

SV3

1 2 3
CN4 0
3 2 1

CN5 1 7 5 0 W COMP1

1 2 3 4
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
(Main) CN3 9

1 2
COMP2
4 3 2 1

CN3 0 APY- COM

2
1
CN2 9 P Q CN3 8
S h u nt
3 2 1

Terminal Block CHa


R e s is t a n c e
B B (AC220V Power )
CN26 LEVA2

100
R CN3 7
R CN2 5 L EVA1
3 2 1

W CH i

12 3 4 5 6
12 3 4 5 6
ACL ACN

+
+
- R AC Contactor CN3 3
3 2 1

Capacitor R R BL BL Fuse1 CH1


T15.0A-250VAC CN5 2

12 3 4 5 6
Fuse CN2 4 L EVB Fuse2
B CN5 3
Re ac t o r R
1

T5A-600VAC T6.3A-250VAC
Rectifier CN3 2 R
Y PTC Y

1 2
BUS1

1 2 3
3 2

(~) (+)
W W
CN31 Pow er S
4

(~)
CN34 T
5

W W CN2 8
6

(~) (- ) Transformer 375W FAN CN2 7 N

1 2 3
I NV- COM
7

BL
R (460V/220V)
L1 L1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
W R
L2 Filter L2
L3 L3
B
W BL

W
W
R B 12 14 R BL OR Y BL T e r m in a l
R 11
R NOTICS:
A P Q A B C B lo c k fo r
Terminal W R G Y
B C o m m u n ic a t io n 1. THIS WIRING DIAGRAM IS APPLIED ONLY TO THE OUTDOOR UNIT.
L1 L2 L3 Block for B C
Po w e r 2. : PROTECTIVE GROUND.
Phase Reversal Detect Switch
In do or O u t d o o r 3.COLORS B : BLACK R : RED BL : BLUE W : WHITE : GREEN Y:YELLOW
Power :3~N~, 460V, Units Units OR:ORANGE GR:GRAY.

AR14014169
0150812000
COMP1 High
Pressure Sensor

1 2
CN2 1 HPS1 CN5 0 FG

3 2 1
F AN1

1 2
COMP1 COMP FAN1 FAN2 CN2 0 HPSi CN4 9
COMP High 4 WV

1 2
U W U W W U W U CN1 9 HPS2
V V V V Pressure Sensor LD1 LD2 LD3 LD4
CN4 8
SW 9 SW 1 0 SW 1 1

1 2
CN1 8 W Q S

3 2 1 3 2 1
R W B B R W B R W B SV1
R W
S W2 S W1

1 2
R R CN1 2 T o c i 1 CN4 7
U V W
B B CN1 1 UP DOWN SV6

1 2 3
4 3 2 1
Ta o

1 2
CN1 0 T Si
B DCN W V U DCP DCN W V U DCP CN1 3 L ED1 L ED2 L ED3
N

1 2
N Tl i q s c CN4 6
CN1 5 T o i l p CN1 4 out door i ndoor I NV SV9

1 2 3
4 3 2 1

1 2
P
P Ts c o
R C N 603 C N 603
CN1 6 CN4 5

1 2
CN1 7 T o i l

5 4 3 2 1

5 4 3 2 1
1 2 3
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD PRINTED CIRCUIT Td e f SV1 0
PRINTED CIRCUIT
4 3 2 1

(INV) BOARD(FAN1) CN7

1 2
BOARD(FAN2)
To c i 2
C N 602 C N 602 PSH CN5 Pd CN4 4
CN4

4 3 2 1

4 3 2 1
1 2 3 4
CN1

1 2
SV1 1

1 2 3

1 2 3
4 3 2 1

Led601 Led601 Td i
Fuse CN3
T3. 15A- 250V PSL CN6 Ps CN4 3

1 2 3 4
1 2 3
CN2 Td 1

1 23
SV1 3 i

1 2 3 4
C N 601 C N 601

4 3 2 1

4 3 2 1
CN 609 CN 609 CN2

1 23

1 23
LED1 LED2 LED3 CN4 2

1 2 3
3 2 1 3 2 1

CN4 Ts u c

1 2
CN1 T s

1 23
CN3 SV3 i

1 23
CN8
CN4 1

1 2 3
CT 2 ( pum p )
CN9 CT 1
3 2 1

SV3

1 2 3
CN4 0
3 2 1

CN5 1 7 5 0 W COMP1

1 2 3 4
PRINTED CIRCUIT BOARD
CN3 9
AV12GMVESA, AV14GMVESA, AV16GMVESA

(Main)

1 2
COMP2
4 3 2 1

CN3 0 APY - COM

1 2 3
1
CN2 9 P Q CN3 8
S h u nt
3 2 1

B Terminal Block CHa


B R e s is t a n c e
(AC220V Power ) CN26 LEVA2
R CN3 7

101
CN2 5 L EVA1
W
3 2 1

CH i

12 3 4 5 6
ACL
12 3 4 5 6

R ACN

+
+
AC Contactor CN3 3
-
3 2 1

Capacitor R R R R BL BL CH1
Fuse1
CN5 2

12 3 4 5 6
Fuse CN2 4 L EVB
T15.0A-250VAC
Fuse2 CN5 3
Re ac t o r T5A-600VAC R
1

B Rectifier CN3 2 T6.3A-250VAC R


Y PTC Y
1 2

BUS1

1 2 3
3 2

(~) (+)
CN31
W
Pow er S
4

(~) W CN34 T
5

W W CN2 8
6

(~) (- ) Transformer 375W FAN CN2 7 N


1 2 3 I NV- COM
7

BL
R R (460V/220V)
L1 L1 7 6 5 4 3 2 1
W L2 Filter L2 W
B L3 L3
B
W
AC contactor

R W B W

12 14
W R BL OR Y BL
R B T e r m in a l
11
R NOTICS:
A P Q A B C B lo c k fo r
Terminal R G Y
B C o m m u n ic a t io n 1. THIS WIRING DIAGRAM IS APPLIED ONLY TO THE OUTDOOR UNIT.
L1 L2 L3 Block for C
Po w e r 2. : PROTECTIVE GROUND.
Phase Reversal Detect Switch
In do or O u t d o o r 3.COLORS B : BLACK R : RED BL : BLUE W : WHITE : GREEN Y:YELLOW
Power :3N~, 460 V Units Units OR:ORANGE GR:GRAY.

AR14014170

Operation
LED light introduction

• LED1: communication lamp among outdoor units.


The lamp flicker frequency is 0.5s/time under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, the
lamp flicker frequency is 1s/time.
• LED2: communication lamp between indoor units and outdoor units.
The lamp flicker frequency is 0.5s/time under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, the
lamp flicker frequency is 1s/time.
• LED3: communication lamp between outdoor PCB and inverter board.
The lamp flicker frequency is 0.5s/time under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, the
lamp flicker frequency is 1s/time.

Dip switch introduction


• Master unit: Manage all of the outdoor units and as a communications center between indoor and outdoor units.
All monitoring tools need to connect to the master unit. Set by dip switch BM1-7 & BM1-8
• Slave unit: work with master unit. Set by dip switch BM1-7 & BM1-8
• BM1 is usually set by the engineer on site; BM2, BM3, BM4 are pre-set in the factory.
• BM1_1: Master outdoor unit searches the total outdoor units after power on at first time. The quantity of total
outdoor units is floating from right to left on LED. "1=0" is one outdoor unit, "2=01" is two outdoor units, "3=012" is
three outdoor units.
• BM1_2: Master outdoor unit searches the total indoor units after locked the quantity of the outdoor units. The
quantity of total indoor units is floating from right to left on LED. "-04-" is 4 indoor units, "-06-" is 6 indoor units, "-15-"
is 15 indoor units.
Note: In the following tables the grey background is default setting.

102
(1) BM1 introduction

BM1 Definition Introduction

OFF Begin to search outdoor


Outdoor searching after
BM1-1
startup
ON Stop searching outdoor and lock the quantity

OFF Begin to search indoor


Indoor searching after
BM1-2
startup
ON Stop searching indoor and lock the quantity

Default: unit shall startup after 6 hours preheat


Power on, no action
or oil temp. reaches the target value
Group class
BM1-3 Start up
Power on, change OFF to ON
Unit shall startup after 6 hours preheat or oil (physical master
or change from ON to OFF then
temp. reaches the target value (note: here the unit is valid)
target value is lower than the target value when
to ON.
the BM1-3 on "OFF" position).
OFF Ambient temp.>25 ℃ , available. Group class

Operation
BM1-4 25oC heating function (physical master
ON Ambient temp.>25 ℃ , unavailable. unit is valid)
Indoor total capacity >130%, system function Group class
OFF
BM1-5 Over match setting normally (physical master
unit is valid)
ON Indoor total capacity>130%, system alarm
OFF Available. Group class
BM1-6 Sensor backup running (physical master
ON Unavailable. unit is valid)
BM1-7 BM1-8
BM1-7 Address OFF OFF 0# (physical master unit)
BM1-8 setting OFF ON 1#
ON OFF 2#

Note:
1. Sensor backup running
a. When an outdoor unit is in combination or as a single unit, if the outdoor unit shows a failure, as described in 1-6,
and the dip switch BM1-6 is in position OFF, then the unit will automatically switch to backup mode.
b. Backup running condition:
When system is working, the following failures will make the unit to run in backup mode:
Cooling: 20(Tdef: defrost sensor failure), 25-1(Toci1: sensor 1 of condenser piping temperature failure), 25-2
(Toci2: sensor 2 of condenser piping temperature failure), 35 (4-way valve reversing failure)
Heating: 22-1(Ts: suction temperature sensor failure), 32-1 (Tsco: branch sub cooler sensor failure), 32-2 (Tliqsc:
sub cooler sensor failure)
2. Oil temperature too low protection
See BM1-3(BM1 introduction table).

103
(2) BM2 instruction
BM2 Definition Introduction

OFF Quiet running function is unavailable (default) Group class


Quiet running
BM2-1 (physical master unit
function
ON Quiet running function is available is valid)

OFF Anti-snow function is unavailable (default) Group class


Anti-snow
BM2-2 (physical master unit
function
ON Anti-snow function is available is valid)

BM2-3 Reserved OFF Default is OFF

BM2-4 Reserved OFF Default is OFF

BM2-5 BM2-6

Default setting (Normal installation


OFF OFF condition )
Group class
BM2-5 Defrosting judge Low humidification in winter
OFF ON (physical master unit
BM2-6 condition condition is valid)
High humidification in winter
condition (when outdoor unit
ON OFF defrosting is not clear, can set the
dip switch on this position)

BM2-7 BM2-8
Piping length
selection Default setting (Medium piping
(Main pipe OFF OFF Group class
BM2-7 length: 30<L≤60m
length: between (physical master unit
BM2-8 is valid)
outdoor to 1st OFF ON Long piping length:60m<L≤90m
branch)
ON OFF Short piping length: 0<L≤30m

(3) BM3 introduction


BM3 Definition Introduction

BM3-1 The type of outdoor OFF


Default (MRVIII-C outdoor unit) Local class
BM3-2 unit OFF

OFF Heat pump Group class


Cooling only or heat (physical
BM3-3
pump selection master unit is
ON Cooling only valid)
OFF Default (Haier module)
BM3-4 Inverter board type Local class
ON APY module

Switch over power OFF 50Hz


BM3-5 Local class
supply of 50/60Hz ON 60Hz
BM3-6 BM3-7 BM3-8 T1 T3
OFF OFF ON 8HP
BM3-6
Outdoor horse power OFF ON OFF 10HP 8HP
BM3-7
setting OFF ON ON 12HP 10HP
BM3-8
ON OFF OFF 14HP
ON OFF ON 16HP 12HP

104
(4) BM4 instruction

BM4 Definition Introduction

Group
OFF Locking indoor quantity (default) class
BM4-1 Locking indoor quantity (physical
master unit
ON Do not lock indoor quantity is valid)

In heating, when the master unit


BM4-2 running, the fan motor of the stop OFF Default is OFF ( Don't running) Local class
slave unit running setting
The maximum speed of outdoor
OFF
Outdoor external pressure fan motor is 14 (default)
BM4-3 Local class
selection The maximum speed of outdoor
ON fan motor is 15
OFF T1
BM4-4 Climate condition selection
ON T3

Operation
OFF Not 208V power supply unit Group
BM4-5 3Ph, 208V power supply selection class
ON 208V power supply unit (physical
master unit
BM4-6 Outdoor compressor type OFF Default (MRVIII-C compressor) is valid)
OFF Not 460V power supply unit
BM4-7 460V power supply selection
ON 460V power supply unit
BM4-8 Reserved OFF Default is OFF

Note:
• If set BM4-1 “on”, the system will not alarm when lost indoor unit. And this may cause compressor damage. Such
as liquid into compressor.

(5) BM5 instruction

BM5 Definition Introduction

BM5-1 BM5-1 BM5-2 BM5-3 BM5-4


Outdoor motor
BM5-2
quantity ON ON OFF OFF Dual fan motor
BM5-3
selection
BM5-4 OFF OFF ON ON Single fan motor

BM5-5 OFF

BM5-6 Inverter board OFF


Default (Haier module)
BM5-7 selection ON

BM5-8 ON

105
Monitor tooIs
The following switches are included in the master PCB board of the outdoor unit.
Press button: SW2, SW1
Rotary switch: SW9, SW10, SW11, 0-15 can be set.
Display section: LD1, LD2, LD3, LD4, digital tube.
During start-up and trial operation, you can check the indoor and outdoor information by them.
Master unit can display the other outdoor’s parameter and all the indoor’s parameter, but the slave unit can only
display itself parameter.

1) Indoor parameter
Check the parameters of indoor whose address is from 1 to 64.
SW11 is set from 3~15 to check indoor parameter.
SW9 and SW10 show indoor unit number.

SW9 SW10 Indoor unit address


0 0-15 1-16
1 0-15 17-32
2 0-15 33-48
3 0-15 49-64

SW11 Function Digital tube LD1 ~ 4 display

Indoor communication
3 checking Communication available, display 1111; indoor unavailable, display ----

4 Indoor abnormal Display indoor failure code; no failure, display 0

5 Indoor capacity Indoor capacity: 1.5HP displays 1.5

6 Indoor EEV open angle Electronic expansion valve(EEV) open angle

7 Indoor ambient temp. Tai Ambient temperature: -2oC displays -2

8 Indoor gas pipe temp. Tc1 Gas pipe temperature: -2oC displays -2

Indoor liquid pipe temp.


9 Liquid pipe temperature: -2oC displays -2
Tc2

10 Indoor mode Cooling: COOL; heating: HEAT; stop: OFF

11 Indoor set temp. test Set temperature: 16oC displays 16

12 Reserved Insignificance

0 shows no failure, 79 shows wiring connection failure (indoor no


13 Wrong wiring inspection display)

14 Reserved Insignificance

15 Reserved Insignificance

106
2) Outdoor parameter
0~2 of SW9 are used to select outdoor unit number, SW10 and SW11 working together to show outdoor parameter.
For example, SW9 is set 0, that shows No. 0 outdoor parameter; set as 1, that shows No. 1 outdoor parameter.
(master unit can display the other outdoor parameter and indoor parameter, but the slave unit only displays itself
parameter).
Start up for trial operation, search slave units and display flashing 0 from left to right. If one slave unit is found,
display 1, two slave units are found, display 2.
After searching slave units, display outdoor failure code; if no failure, display 0.

SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Digital tube LD1~4 display


Failure code transmitted by outdoor bus data. If no failure,
Display outdoor failure
0 0 display the time as second counting down from the 6 hours for
code pre-heating
Display priority of
1 0 Display outdoor priority
outdoor number

Operation
2 0 Display operation mode HEAT: heating; COOL: cooling; OFF: stop
3 0 Outdoor capacity 16.0 shows 16HP, 8.0 shows 8HP
Outdoor capacity output
4 0 60 shows 60% of capacity output
Ratio
110.0 shows 110.0HZ. Press SW2 (UP) for 2s continuously,
display 1111, then to set: flashing and press SW2 (UP) once, the
frequency will go up 1Hz; press SW1 (DN) once, the frequency
Current frequency of
5 0 will decrease 1Hz; 5 min later, quit the setting state automatically.
Inverter compressor Press SW1 (DN) for 2s continuously, display 0000, then quit
the setting state, and stop flashing. When system failures,
compressor is forbidden to start up.

Speed of outdoor fan 345 shows 345rpm.


6 0 Press SW2 (UP) for 2s continuously, display 1111, then to set:
Unit motor 1
flashing and press SW2 (UP) once, the frequency will go up 1Hz;
No. 0-2 press SW1 (DN) once, the frequency will decrease 1Hz; 5 min
Speed of outdoor fan later, quit the setting state automatically.
7 0 Press SW1 (DN) for 2s continuously, display 0000, then quit the
motor 2
setting state, and stop flashing
LD1: 4WV: 1 ON 0 OFF
Outdoor solenoid valve LD2: SV1: 1 ON 0 OFF
8 0 output indication LD3: SV6: 1 ON 0 OFF
LD4: SV9: 1 ON 0 OFF
LD1: SV10: 1 ON 0 OFF
Outdoor solenoid valve LD2: SV11: 1 ON 0 OFF
9 0 Output indication LD3: SV13: 1 ON 0 OFF
LD4: insignificance
Outdoor LEVa1 valve
10 0 open angle 0--500 steps.
Press SW2 (UP) for 2s continuously, display 1111, then to set:
flashing and press SW2 (UP), valve opens fully; press SW1 (DN),
Outdoor LEVa2 valve valve closes fully; 2 min later, quit the setting state automatically.
11 0 Press SW1 (DN) for 2s continuously, display 0000, then quit the
open angle
setting state, and stop flashing

107
SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Digital tube LD1~4 display
LD1: Insignificance
FAN_PTC output indication LD2: FAN_PTC: 1 ON 0 OFF
12 0 Fixed frequency compressor output LD3: COMP1: 1 ON 0 OFF
indication LD4: Insignificance
LD1: CHi: 1 ON 0 OFF
LD2: CHa: 1 ON 0 OFF
13 0 Heater output LD3: CH1: 1 ON 0 OFF
LD4: Insignificance

0--500 steps.
Press SW2 (UP) for 2s continuously, display 1111,
then to set: flashing and press SW2 (UP), valve
14 0 Outdoor LEVb valve open angle opens fully; press SW1 (DN), valve closes fully; 2
min later quit the setting state automatically. Press
SW1 (DN) for 2s continuously, display 0000, later,
quit the setting state automatically.

15 0 Outdoor unit No. (address) 1 shows 1# outdoor unit

0 1 Pd pressure 10.00 shows 10.00kg

1 1 Ps pressure 10.00 shows 10.00kg

2 1 Tdi discharging temp. 25 shows 25oC

3 1 Tsi suction temp. 25 shows 25oC


Unit
No. 0-2 4 1 Tdef defrosting temp. 25 shows 25oC

5 1 Tao ambient temp. 25 shows 25oC

6 1 Toilp temp. 25 shows 25oC

7 1 Toil temp. 25 shows 25oC

8 1 Toci1 temp. 25 shows 25oC

9 1 Toci2 temp. 25 shows 25oC

10 1 Tsco temp. 25 shows 25oC

11 1 Tliqsc temp. 25 shows 25oC

12 1 Td1 temp. 25 shows 25oC

13 1 Tsuc temp. 25 shows 25oC

14 1 Current of inverter compressor 10.2 shows 10.2A

Current of fixed frequency


15 1 10.2 shows 10.2A
compressor

108
Master unit information center: display parameters of the whole system

SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Digital tube LD1~4 display


407C stands for R407C
0 0 2 Refrigerant type 410A stands for R-410A (default)
R22 stands for R22

0 1 2 Outdoor total capacity 48.0 stands for 48HP

0 2 2 Outdoor QTY in one system E.g.: 3 outdoors (including master outdoor)

0 3 2 Indoor QTY in one system E.g.: 64 indoors

0 4 2 Running indoor QTY E.g.: 13 indoors

Indoor QTY whose operation


0 5 2 modes are as the same as that of E.g.: 13 indoors
outdoor

Operation
0 6 2 Reserved Insignificance

0 7 2 Reserved Insignificance

Press SW2 (UP) for 2s continuously, display 1111


Refrigerant evacuation Setting and start up; digital tube displays "YES", detailed
*Only for outdoor evacuation. response: SV9, SV10, SV11 open; LEVa1,2, LEVb
0 8 2 If indoor evacuation, do not set. open for 100pls, the other valves close compulsorily.
When it finishes, Press SW1 (DN) for 2s continuously, display 0000 and
cancel the setting or re- electricity stops (setting is invalid when unit is running).

Refrigerant charging Setting Press SW2 (UP) for 2s continuously, display 1111
*Only for gas charged outdoor. and start up; digital tube displays "YES", detailed
If indoor is charged, do not set. response: LEVa1, 2 open for 500pls, the other
0 9 2 When it finishes, valves close compulsorily. Press SW1 (DN) for 2s
cancel the setting or re- electricity continuously, display 0000 and stops (setting is invalid
when unit is running).

0 10 2 Wrong wiring inspection in cooling Press SW2 (UP) for 2s continuously, display 1111
and start up; digital tube counts down judging time at
second; after time arrives, display the result: "00.00"
shows the result is in conformity with the actual
connection; "01.05" shows one outdoor and 5 indoors
are abnormal, to check the abnormal units by digital
0 11 2 Wrong wiring inspection in heating tube (indoor: X_ X_13, outdoor X_0_0); Press SW1
(DN) for 2s continuously, display 0000 and stops

109
SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Digital tube LD1~4 display

Press SW2 (UP) for 2s continuously, display 1111


0 12 2 Indoor expansion valve open fully and indoor valves open fully for 2 minutes, then
indoor valves close automatically.

Press SW2 (UP) for 2s continuously, display 1111


and start up;
0 13 2 All indoor units running in cooling Press SW1 (DN) for 2s continuously, display 0000
and stops.

Press SW2 (UP) for 2s continuously, display 1111


and start up;
0 14 2 All indoor units running in heating Press SW1 (DN) for 2s continuously, display 0000
and stops.

Press SW2 (UP) for 2s continuously, display 1111


and start up; Press SW1 (DN) for 2s continuously,
Cancel all manual controls display 0000 and stops. Cancel items: wrong
0 15 2 (running type) wiring inspection in cooling/heating mode; indoor
running/stop totally; compulsory operation; rated
operation, etc.

0 shows short piping length; 1 shows medium


15 0 2 Capacity correction class piping length; 2 shows long piping length

15 1 2 Defrosting compensation 10, 8, 6

15 2 2 Set temperature in cooling 25 shows 25oC

15 3 2 Set temperature in heating 25 shows 25oC

15 4 2 Reserved Insignificance

15 5 2 Over match inspection 135 stands for limitation; 0: without limitation

Heating limit when outdoor temp.


15 6 2 25 shows limitation; 0 shows no limitation
Over 25degree

15 7 2 Silent operation setting 0: without silent operation; 1: with silent operation

110
SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Digital tube LD1~4 display
0: without snow-proof operation; 1: with
15 8 2 Snow-proof operation setting snow-proof operation
In heating, when the master unit running,
15 9 2 0: don't running; 1: running
the slave unit fan motor running setting

15 10 2 Outdoor condition selection 0: T1; 1: T3

15 11 2 Reserved Insignificance

50 shows 50Hz
15 12 2 Power supply of 50/60Hz 60 shows 60Hz

15 13 2 Inverter board selection 0: self-made module; 1: APY module

15 14 2 Outdoor type 0: MRVIII-C; 1: other

Operation
15 15 2 Software version 1.0 shows Ver. 1.0

In each outdoor we're able to review the following functions


SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Digital tube LD1~4 display

Press SW2 (UP) for 2s continuously, display 1111 then to quit.


Or press SW1 (DN) to 2s continuously, display 0000 then quit
Cancel all the the set, Cancel items: movable component control by hand, such
6 15 2 manual controls as compressor, motor, electronic expansion valve LEV, solenoid
(component type) valve SV and so on (including evacuation, charging, excluding
rated operation, compulsory operation, indoor run/stop etc.)

111
4.3.2 MRV SII outdoor units
0151800146B PCB (AV*NMSETA)

BM2 BM1

LED2
LED4

LED3
SW1
SW2
SW3
SW4
LED1

112
Wiring diagram
New (the unit with relay)

Operation
Symbol Signification
Suction
Ts temperature
sensor
SYMBOL Ambient
Symbol Signification Ta temperature
WARNING sensor
HEAT- Crankcase High pressure
Please power off firstly for about 10 minutes ER, 2 heater Pd sensor
before checking control box, and make sure the Unloading Low pressure
SV1 Ps
valve sensor
voltage between P and N below 20V.
SV2 Spray valve Oil temperature
Notes Toil
4WV 4-way valve sensor
• Please check the power firstly before test, and CA Capacitor Electronic
make sure the crankcase heater powering on for EEV expansion valve
12 hours at least to protecting compressor.The ACFAN2 AC fan motor
switch BM1-1 is used for locking the indoor units IPM temperature
DC- Tfin
number, the initial situation is "OFF". After power on, DC fan motor sensor
the display board will display【U**】,"**"indicates
FAN1
the number of indoor units that the outdoor unit High pressure CB1, 2 Electrolytic
HPS capacitor
can communicate with. If it can match the actual switch
number of indoor units, please change "OFF" to R Red
Discharging
"ON", or else fix the communication problem firstly. Td W White
Forbid connecting the power wire to the "P" and "Q", temp. sensor
otherwise the control board will be damaged.Please BL Blue
Defrost
make sure the earth wire connecting the grounding Te1, 2 temperature B Black
hole on the electric box firmly.
sensor Y Yellow

113
Old (the unit with AC contactor)

HPS Td Te1 Te2 Ts Ta Ps Pd Toil 0150513195


P
ACL
6.3A 250VAC
LD1 LD2 LD3
FUSE1
ACN CN1 CN2 CN3 CN4 CN5 CN6 CN7 CN29 CN28 CN30
HEATER2
CN21
CN26
BM2 BM1 CN32
LED4 LED2 LED
ON

ON

CN9
12345678

12345678

CN31
SV2 Display
CN18 CN30
CN20

EEV
SV1 CN17 M
CN8
SW01 SW02
Control board
4WV CN16 Tfin

CN24 CN2
HEATER
CN25
SW3 SW1
INV Board CN3

ACFAN2 SW4 SW2 LED3 CN1


M CN10
~ M CN11 B CN7 CN8
LED1
P
CA
U V W
DCFAN1 N
W R1 R2 R W B
REACTOR
W
rectifier W


B
R ~
Y PTC CB1 CB2 COMP
3


5

W Y
Earth Wire

2

B T3 L3
+ ~
4

B B
1

T2 L2
T1 L1
W AC Contactor
L1 L2 L3 N E
Noise Filter

L1 L2 L3 N E
Symbol Signification
Suction temperature
L1L2L3 N PQ Ts
sensor

R WBL B
Ambient temperature
<WARNING> <SYMBOL> Ta sensor
Please power off firstly for about 10 symbol signification
minutes before checking control box, Pd High pressure sensor
Crankcase
and make sure the voltage between HEATER,2 Low pressure
heater Ps
P and N below 20V. SV1 Unloading valve
sensor
<NOTES> SV2 Spray valve
Toil Oil temperature
· Please check the power firstly before test , and make sensor
4WV 4-way valve
sure the crankcase heater powering on for 12 hours EEV Electronic expansion
at least to protecting compressor. CA Capacitor valve
· The switch BM1-1 is used for locking the indoor units AC fan motor IPM temperature
ACFAN2 Tfin
number, the initial situation is “ OFF”. After power on, sensor
DCFAN1 DC fan motor Electrolytic
the display board will display 【U**】 , “** ” indicates
High pressure CB1,2 capacitor
the number of Indoor units that the outdoor unit can HPS
communicate with. If it can match the actual number switch Red
R
Discharging
of indoor units, please change “OFF” to “ON”, or else Td W White
temperature
fix the communication problem firstly.
sensor BL Blue
· Forbid connecting the power wire to the “P” and “Q”,
otherwise the control board will be damaged. B Black
Te1,2
· Please make sure the earth wire connecting the ground- Y Yellow
ing hole on the electric box firmly.

114
LED light introduction

• LED1: malfunction lamp of indoor unit.


This lamp not light under normal condition; once indoor unit occurs malfunction this lamp will flicker, flicker
times indicate the corresponding failure code.
• LED2, LED4: communication lamp between indoor units and outdoor units.
These two lamps flicker alternately under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, these
two lamps will light or not light at the same time.
• LED3: communication lamp between outdoor PCB and module.
The lamp flicker frequency is 0.5s/time under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, the
lamp flicker frequency is 1s/time.

Dip switch introduction


BM1 is usually set by the personnel on site; BM2 is usually used in the factory.
BM1 Introduction

BM1 Definition Introduction

Operation
OFF Searching indoor unit
BM1_1 Indoor unit Qty. lock
ON Lock indoor unit Qty.

OFF Unit shall startup after 2 hours preheat or oil temp. reaches the
target value
BM1_2 Start up after
preheat 2 hours Power Unit shall startup after 2 hours preheat or oil temp. reaches the tar-
on, then get value (note: here the target value is lower than the target value
OFF→ON when the BM1-2 on "OFF" position).

BM1_3 Compressor brand OFF Default (MHI compressor)

[4] [5] Piping length selection

OFF OFF Medium piping length:100m < L ≤200m (default)


Piping length
BM1_4 selection
OFF ON Long piping length: L > 200m
BM1_5 (Single way total pipe
length)
ON OFF Short piping length: L ≤ 100m

ON ON Medium piping length:100m < L ≤200m

[6] [7] Defrosting judge condition

OFF OFF Default setting (Normal installation condition )


BM1_6 Defrosting judge
BM1_7 condition OFF ON Low humidification in winter condition
High humidification in winter condition (when outdoor
ON OFF unit defrosting is not clear, can set the dip switch on
this position)
OFF Quiet running function is unavailable (default)
BM1_8 Quiet
tion
running func-
ON Quiet running function is available

Note:
• The number of indoor units must be locked by the BM1_1 (OFF to ON), otherwise the outdoor unit cannot be
started.
• The outdoor unit cannot be started if the locked indoor unit Qty. is not same as Qty. of real indoor units.

115
BM2 Introduction

BM2 Definition Introduction

OFF Heat pump (default)


BM2_1 Cooling only or heat
pump selection
ON Cooling only

[2] [3] Outdoor capacity selection

OFF OFF AV08NMSETA


BM2_2 Outdoor capacity
BM2_3 selection
ON OFF AV10NMSETA

ON ON AV12NMSETA

BM2_4 Heat reservation mod- OFF Default ( no heat reservation module) note: forbid changing
ule selection
OFF No high drop (default)
BM2_5 Indoor and outdoor
high drop selection
ON High drop

OFF New communication protocol (default)


BM2_6 Communication proto-
col selection
ON Old communication protocol

[7] [8] Start mode selection

OFF OFF First on indoor unit priority

BM2_7 OFF ON Last on indoor unit priority


Start mode selection
BM2_8 Cooling priority, any one indoor unit runs in cooling
ON OFF mode, the outdoor unit will run in cooling mode, the
indoor units running in heating mode will stop.
Heating priority, any one indoor unit runs in heating
ON ON mode, the outdoor unit will run in heating mode, the
indoor units running in cooling mode will stop.

Note: communication protocol between indoor and outdoor units


The new communication protocol is faster than the old communication and its control content is more than the
old one.
The indoor PCB 151800113, 151800161, 0151800161B, 0151800161C, 0151800227, 0151800227A,
0151800244, 0151800244B, 0151800244BA, 0151800086A, 0010451751AF, 0151800141A, 0010451751AE
and 151800141 are new communiction protocol.
The indoor PCB 151800086 and 0010451181A are old communiction protocol.
Old communication protocol indoor PCB can't connect with new communiction protocol outdoor, so if this
outdoor unit connect with old communication protocol indoor, need set the dip switch BM2-6 to ON position.

116
Digital Tube Display
SW01 SW02 Digital tube display
0 Display outdoor failure code
1 Display operation mode
4 Target frequency of inverter compressor
0
5 Current frequency of inverter compressor
6 Indoor quantity
7 Running indoor quantity
0 Td discharging temperature
1 Ta ambient temperature
2 Ts suction temperature
3 Te defrosting temperature 1
4 Toil oil temperature

Operation
5 Pd pressure
6 Ps pressure
7 Outdoor PMV valve open range

1 A Tfin temperature
B Compressor current
C Te defrosting temperature 2
Forced cooling (Press start for 5sec, all the
indoor units are in cooling state, and press
E
stop for 5sec to stop cooling) display ”CCC”,
otherwise “---”
Main function instruction: Forced heating (Press start for 5sec, all
By setting the rotary switch, the digital tube will the indoor units are in heating state, and
F
display the outdoor and indoor unit parameters, press stop for 5sec to stop heating) display “
the data is inform of decimal integer. During the HHH”, otherwise “---”
process of installation, adjustion and mainte- 4 0-F Display indoor failure code
nance, the whole system’s operating parame- 5 0-F Indoor capacity
ters can be tested conveniently which can help
7 0-F Indoor PMV valve open range
to check and solve problems quickly and cor-
rectly. 9 0-F Indoor Ta ambient temperature
A 0-F Indoor TC1 gas temperature
B 0-F Indoor TC2 liquid temperature
Indoor units: fan speed of indoor units(0-
C 0-F
OFF, 1-Low, 2-med, 3-high)
Forced cooling (press "start" for 5sec for
cooling operation of indoor units and press
E 0-F
"stop" for 5sec to quit)display ”CCC”,
otherwise “---“
Forced heating (press "start" for 5sec
for heating operation of indoor units and
F 0-F
press "stop" for 5sec to quit)display ”CCC”,
otherwise “---“

117
0151800146J PCB (AU*2FPERA and AU*2FPERB)
0151800146JB PCB (AU*IFPERA and AU*IFPERB)

LED1

LED3

LED2

LED4 BM1 BM2

118
Wiring diagram

AU04/05/062FPERA AU04/05/062FPERB

<WIRING DIAGRAM> 0150518287

HPS TD TE(1) TS TA PS PD
P
ACL CN13 CN12
6.3A 250VAC ACL AC-N AC-L

REACTOR
ACN FUSE1 CN1 CN2 CN3 CN4CN5 CN6 CN7 CN29 CN28 CN30 ACN
PTC CN19 PE
CN21
CN26 BM2 BM1 INV BOARD
ON

ON
12345678

12345678

CN18 DK1
LED4 LED2 DK2
CN17 W CN8
SV1 CN9 B Tfin
COMP V
W JP3
CN16
CONTROL BOARD CN20 U

Operation
4WV R CN1
EEV
CN31
HEATER CN8 M
CN25 CN33 LD1 LD2 LD3

ACFAN2 SW3 SW1 CN24

CN15
SW4 SW2 DISPLAY
ACFAN1 BOARD
LED3

CN30
CN14 LED1
M M CN10
DCFAN1 DCFAN2
SW01 SW02
CN31 CN32
CN11
CN12 CN13

PMV2

CN5 CN7 TX1 CN31-1 PQ L N


CN8 CN9

0151800303
0151800273 TX2
CN11-1
【Dial Switch Introduction】
CN11 CN31-2 CN1 CN34
Dial Switch [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] MODEL 1 is ON,
BM1 - 0 1 1 0 0 0 1 0 is OFF
1 0 0 04 - Requires
BM2 0 1 0 1 0 0 0 0 05 set up
<WARNING> G B A 12V 1 2 1 1 0 06 on site
Please power off firstly for about 10 <SYMBOL>
minutes before checking control box, SYMBOL SIGNIFICATION SYMBOL SIGNIFICATION
and make sure the voltage between ACL POWER LINE COMPRESSOR
P and N below 20V. TS INHALE SENSOR
ACN POWER ZERO LINE
<NOTES> SV1 UNLOADING VALVE TD
COMPRESSOR
VENT SENSOR
·Please check the power firstly before test , and make 4WV FOUR-WAY VALVE TA
AMBIENT TEMPERA-
TURE SENSOR
sure the crankcase heater powering on for 12 hours LIGHTS
LED1-4 TE(1) DEFROST TEMPREA-
at least to protecting compressor. DCFAN2 DC FAN MOTOR
TURE SENSOR
PD HIGH PRESSURE
·The switch BM1-1 is used for locking the indoor units SENSOR
DCFAN1 DC FAN MOTOR
number, the initial situation is “ OFF”. After power on, HIGH PRESSURE PS
LOW PRESSURE
the display board will display 【U**】, “**” indicates HPS SENSOR
SWITCH
IPM TEMPERATURE
the number of Indoor units that the outdoor unit can ELECTRIC Tfin
HEATER HEATING TAPE SENSOR
communicate with. If it can match the actual number DIGITAL EEV
ELECTRONIC
of indoor units, please change “OFF” to “ON”, or else LD1-3 EXPEND VALVE
DISPLAY TUBES TC1 TEMP SENSOR
fix the communication problem firstly. SW01,02 THUMBWHEELS TX1
OF VALVE PLATE
·Forbid connecting the power wire to the “P” and “Q”, PC MONITOR TC2 TEMP SENSOR
TX2
ELECTRONIC OF VALVE PLATE
otherwise the control board will be damaged. PMW2 EXPEND VALVE
R RED
·Please make sure the earth wire connecting the grou- SW1-4 BUTTON W WHITE
nding hole on the electric box firmly. BM1,2 DIAL SWITCH B BLACK

119
AU04/05/06IFPERA AU04/05/06IFPERB

<WIRING DIAGRAM> HPS Td Te1 Ts Ta Ps Pd 0150520925


P

ACL
6.3A 250VAC
LD1 LD2 LD3
FUSE1
CN1 CN2 CN3 CN4 CN5 CN6 CN7 CN29 CN28 CN30
ACN CN19
PTC CN21
CN26
BM2 BM1 CN32
CN18 LED
SV1 LED4 LED2
ON

ON

CN31
12345678

12345678

CN9
CN17 DISPLAY
CN30
4WV CN16
CN20

EEV
HEATER M
CN25 CONTROL BOARD CN8
SW01 SW02
ACFAN2
CN31 Tfin
CN15
SW3 SW1 CN33 CN24 B
W
ACFAN1 W
RY2 CN8 CN7 V COMP

CN14 SW4 SW2 R


U
M M
LED1
CN10 INV BOARD T
DCFAN1 DCFAN2
CN11 P P1 S
LED3 R
CN20

REACTOR

R
W
B
CN11 CN7 CN2
CN1
0151800273B ROUT SOUT TOUT NOUT E
CN10
CN5 CN8 CN9 NOISE FILER
Rin Sin Tin Nin E
PMV2
TX2
TX1

CT
【Dial Switch Introduction】
Dial Switch [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] MODEL
BM1 - 0 1 1 0 0 0 1
1 is ON,
0 is OFF
R S T N PQ
1 0 0 04 - Requires R W B BL
BM2 0 1 0 1 1 0 0 0 05 set up
1 1 0 06 on site <SYMBOL>
symbol signification symbol signification
<WARNING>
CRANKCASE HIGH PRESSURE
Please power off firstly for about 10 HEATER Pd SENSOR
HEATER
minutes before checking control box, LOW PRESSURE
UNLOADING Ps
and make sure the voltage between SV1 SENSOR
VALVE ELECTRONIC
P and N below 20V. FOUR-WAY
EEV
EXPEND VALVE
<NOTES> 4WV
VALVE IPM TEMPERATURE
·Please check the power firstly before test , and make Tfin
DCFAN1,2 DC FAN MOTOR SENSOR
sure the crankcase heater powering on for 12 hours ELECTRONIC
ACFAN1,2 AC FAN MOTOR PMV2
at least to protecting compressor. EXPEND VALVE
HIGH PRESSURE
·The switch BM1-1 is used for locking the indoor units HPS TC1 TEMP SENSOR
SWITCH TX1
number, the initial situation is “ OFF”. After power on, COMPRESSOR OF VALVE PLATE
the display board will display 【U**】, “**” indicates Td TC2 TEMP SENSOR
VENT SENSOR
the number of Indoor units that the outdoor unit can TX2 OF VALVE PLATE
DEFROST
communicate with. If it can match the actual number Te1 TEMPREATURE
SENSOR W WHITE
of indoor units, please change “OFF” to “ON”, or else
fix the communication problem firstly. COMPRESSOR BL BLUE
Ts INHALE SENSOR
·Forbid connecting the power wire to the “P” and “Q”, B
AMBIENT BLACK
otherwise the control board will be damaged. Ta TEMPERATURE
·Please make sure the earth wire connecting the grou- SENSOR R RED
nding hole on the electric box firmly.

120
Dip switch introduction
(1) BM1 introduction

BM1 Definition Introduction

Indoor searching after OFF Begin to search indoor


BM1_1 startup ON Stop searching indoor and lock the quantity
Celsius / Fahrenheit area OFF Celsius area
BM1_2 selection ON Fahrenheit area
OFF 30Pa
BM1_3 Static pressure selection
ON 0Pa (default)
Energy saving or refrigera- OFF Energy saving priority
BM1_4
tion effect priority ON Refrigeration effect priority (default)

Operation
Indoor simultaneous con- OFF Invalid (default)
BM1_5 trol ON Valid
Defrosting condition selec- OFF Not easy to frost area (default)
BM1_6 tion ON Easy to frost area
OFF Ordinary (default)
BM1_7 Defrosting level
ON Strengthen (increase the defrosting time)
OFF Quiet running function is unavailable (default)
BM1_8 Quiet running function
ON Quiet running function is available

Note:
Either the indoor unit quantity unlocked or the locked quantity is different with actual connecting number,
the unit cannot running.

121
BM2 Definition Introduction
Cooling only or heat pump OFF Heat pump (default)
BM2-1 selection ON Cooling only
BM2_2 ON OFF OFF AU04
BM2_3 Outdoor model selection ON OFF ON AU05
BM2_4 ON ON OFF AU06
OFF Single phase
BM2-5 Power supply selection
ON 3-phase
OFF New communication protocol (default)
BM2-6 Communication protocol selection
ON Old communication protocol
BM2-7 BM2-8 Start mode selection
OFF OFF First on indoor unit priority
OFF ON Last on indoor unit priority
Cooling priority, any one indoor unit
ON OFF runs in cooling mode, the outdoor unit
BM2-7 will run in cooling mode, the indoor
BM2-8 Start mode selection units running in heating mode will stop

Heating priority, any one indoor unit


ON ON runs in heating mode, the outdoor unit
will run in heating mode, the indoor
units running in cooling mode will stop.

Note: communication protocol between indoor and outdoor units


The new communication protocol is faster than the old communication and its control content is more than the old
one.
The indoor PCB 0151800113, 0151800161, 0151800161B, 0151800161C, 0151800227, 0151800227A,
0151800244, 0151800244B, 0151800244BA, 0151800086A, 0010451751AF, 0151800141A, 0010451751AE and
151800141 are new communication protocol.
The indoor PCB 0151800086 and 0010451181A are old communication protocol.
Old communication protocol indoor PCB can't connect with new communication protocol outdoor, so if this outdoor
unit connect with old communication protocol indoor, need set the dip switch BM2-6 to ON position.

2. bridge instruction
CJ1:
Short it before power ON-- PCB check its function (used for factory production. Short it after power ON-- time short
function, 60 seconds become to 1 second.
CJ2: Reserved

122
Digital Tube Display

Main function instruction:


By setting the rotary switch, the digital tube will display the
outdoor and indoor unit parameters (the outdoor current,
discharge temp., suction temp., defrosting temp., coil temp.
and outdoor ambient temp.; indoor unit coil temp. and valve
open angle and so on), the data is inform of decimal inte-
ger. During the process of installation, adjustion and main-
tenance, the whole system’s operating parameters can
be tested conveniently which can help to check and solve
problems quickly and correctly.

Operation
SW01 SW02 Digital tube display
Display outdoor failure code (when unlock the indoor quantity and the system is running
0
normally, display indoor quantity, outdoor horse power and type of power supply circularly)
1 Display outdoor operation mode (stop: OFF, cooling: CCC, heating: HHH)
2 Program version (one decimal)
3 E2 version
Target frequency of compressor, (press "start" for 5s to enter the manual frequency control,
4 "Up / Down" can adjust the frequency, press "stop" for 5s to quit. Manual control, the
frequency flashing display, otherwise display normally.)
5 Actual frequency of compressor
6 Indoor quantity
7 Running indoor quantity
8 Outdoor unit horse power
0
9 Outdoor fan 1 speed (unit: rpm, max. display: 999)
A Outdoor fan 2 speed (unit: rpm, max. display: 999)
B Target average temp. of indoor Tc2 (unit: ℃)
C Actual average temp. of indoor Tc2 (unit: ℃)
D Target degree of superheat of PMV in heating (unit: ℃)
Outdoor special operation condition
The first position: power supply type (0-1Ph; 1- 3Ph)
E
The second position: quiet (0-OFF; 1-ON)
The third position: gettering operation (0-OFF; 1-ON)
Forced fan motor running, (press "start" for 5s to enter the manual fan motor control, "Up
F / Down" can adjust fan speed, press "stop" for 5s to quit) forced: flashing display "0-15",
otherwise display "FAN". The outdoor failure can't affect this function.

123
SW01 SW02 Digital tube display
0 Td discharging temperature (unit: ℃)
1 Ta outdoor ambient temperature (unit: ℃)
2 Ts suction temperature (unit: ℃)
3 Te defrosting temperature (unit: ℃)
4 Toil oil temperature (unit: ℃)
5 Pd high pressure (unit: kg, one decimal)
6 Ps low pressure (unit: kg, one decimal)
Outdoor PMV valve open angle (unit: pls, max. display: 999)
7 (Press start for 5s to enter forced mode, all the indoor units' PMV are full open, flashing
display "480" and press stop for 5s to quit and display outdoor PMV valve open angle)
Valve state
The first position: 4WV (0-OFF; 1-ON)
8
1 The second position: SV1 (0-OFF; 1-ON)
The third position: SV2 (0-OFF; 1-ON)
The first position: high pressure switch (0-OFF; 1-ON)
9 The second position: low pressure switch (0-OFF; 1-ON)
The third position: heater (0-OFF; 1-ON)
A Tfin module temperature (unit: ℃)
B Compressor current (unit: A, one decimal)
C Te defrosting temperature (unit: ℃)
D DC voltage of module (unit: V)
Outdoor CT current (unit: A, one decimal)
E Forced cooling alternate display ”CCC”, (Press start for 5s, all the indoor units are in cooling
state, and press stop for 5s to quit)
Forced heating (Press start for 5s, all the indoor units are in heating state, and press stop for
F
5s to quit) display “ HHH”, otherwise “---”
2 0-F If the communication is normal display indoor program version (one decimal) ,otherwise “---”
3 0-F Indoor type (0,4,5,6,7 ordinary indoor unit; 1-high wall; 2-fresh air; 3-heat recovery)
4 0-F Display indoor failure code, if no failure display “---”
5 0-F Indoor horse power (one decimal)
The first and second position: indoor unit current operation mode (00-OFF, 01-Fan,
6 0-F 02-Cooling, 03-Dehumidify, 04-Heating)
The third position: outdoor unit capacity demand (0-no ; 1-yes)
7 0-F Indoor PMV valve open angle (unit: pls, max. display: 999)
Indoor unit
The first position: float switch (0-OFF; 1-ON)
8 0-F
The second position: pump (0-OFF; 1-ON)
The third position: heater (0-OFF; 1-ON)
9 0-F Indoor Ta ambient temperature (unit: ℃)
A 0-F Indoor TC1 gas temperature (unit: ℃)
B 0-F Indoor TC2 liquid temperature (unit: ℃)

C 0-F Indoor units: fan speed of indoor units(0-OFF, 1-Low, 2-med, 3-high)
Forced cooling (press "start" for 5s for cooling operation of indoor units and press "stop" for
E 0-F
5s to quit) display ”CCC”, otherwise “---“
Forced heating (press "start" for 5s for heating operation of indoor units and press "stop" for
F 0-F
5s to quit) display ”HHH”, otherwise “---“

124
4.3.3 MRV SI outdoor units
0151800123A PCB (AU482FIERA(G), AU48/60NFIERA(G))

LED2

Operation
LED3 LED1

SW01 SW02

125
0151800102 PCB (AU282FIERA)

UP

DOWN
STOP

START

LED2
LED1

126
Wiring diagram
AU282FHERA

W 0150503461
STARTUP CAPACITOR FAN MOTOR HEATER COMP V U
4-WAY VALVE SPRAY VALVE
R
WB CN5(U)
CN14 4-WAYS V2 CON2 CN6(V)
ACFAN1 HEATER CON3 CN7(W)
IPM
CN1 HP CN9 CN3
CN2 LP CN4
CN5 TC CN11CN2C N1
B W
CN4 TE W B
Control board
CN3 TD ISPM TEMPERATURE SENSOR
CN6 TS
W
CN7 TA Y/G

Operation
COM CN3
B NO
CN19 CN4(PTC)CN1
PMV NOISE FILTER
MODULE_COM CN5
CN10 CN8 (OUT/IN_COM)CN21 CN2
CN6
WB Y/G
W: white R: red PMV
B: black BL: blue Communication wire
Y: yellow G: green with indoor unit P Q LN
POWER SUPPLY

AU482FIERA(G)
0150510341
1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 AB CN615
CN21 CN19 1 2
1 2

CN20 CN24 CN11 DC+


OUT/IN M
CURRENT LED_DISPLAY MODULE_COM
CN614

Reactor
CN8
1 2 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 3

CN7 TA EEV L
LED3
DOWN

CN6 TS
LED2 CN616 CN613
SW01
L
UP

LED1
Inverter Module DC W
ON
1 2 34

CN611
6 5 4 3 2 1

6 5 4 3 2 1

SW4 SW3 SW2 SW1


CN5 TC
DCFAN
DIP

ACL
M

CN4 TE SW02
CN610 CN612 B
ON
1 2

CN608 ACN
CN3 TD Control Board DC CN602 DC
CN13
CN12

P CN2 LP
U CN603 CN609 B

P CN1 HP
(DOWN) (UP)
V W
ACL T6.3A/250VAC
ACFAN2 ACFAN1
W +
ACN CN19 CN18 CN17 CN25 CN16 CN15 CN14 B
1 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 1 2 3 4 5
Capacitance
B W PTC SV2 SV1 4WV
M M W
1 2 3

HEATER
PTC
R W B CN20
.

NOISE FILTER
L L
LOAD

TYPE SETTING

P Q
LINE

SW01 SW02
482
When first powered up,the LED2
COMMUNICATION WIRE
N N L N
WITH INDOOR UINIT
flicker times by 1Hz frequency ind-
Note:

U V W
icate model 482 flicker 4 times). B W Y/ G

!
The LED2 flicker times by 2Hz freq- Parts in dashed line are
uency indicate the searched indoor optional. Arrow on current
numbers. When make sure correct, transducer aims at side of 1 2 3 4

L N Y/ G
SW01_4 dip is set on,or the machi- compressor 6 5
ne can't run.
DC FAN SW01-1 dip switch is set ON B:Black W:White R:Red
AC FAN SW01-1 dip switch is set OFF Y:Yellow G:Green

127
AU48NFIERA(G), AU60NFIERA(G)
0150510342 EEV REACTOR
COMP
W U
V

CN21
A B W R
CN20 CN8 CN24 CN10 CN11
OUT/IN LED_DISPLAY
T S R
CURRENT MODULE_COM DC+L2 L1 DC-T S R
P W V U N

LED1 LED2 LED3


CN7
TA R CN604 IPM temp
sensor
CN6
TS
SW01 G IGBT
SW4 SW3 SW2 SW1
CN5 R LED601
TC R
CN607

M
M
CN4 SW02 LED602
G
TE
CN3 DCFAN2 DCFAN1

CN13
CN12
TD Control Board (DOWN) (UP)
B W W
P CN2
LP
FUSE1
B

CN1
P HP T6.3A-250VAC (DOWN) (UP) DC+
ACL PTC HEATER ACFAN2 ACFAN1
CN19 CN18 CN17 CN25 CN16 CN15 CN14
ACN

M M
B W
W W
W

When first powered up, please make


Note: E N L3L2 L1
Parts in dashed line are optional. NOISE FILTER
sure SW01 dip switch is accord with
the right excel. The LED2 flicker times
Arrow on current transducer aims at
side of compressor
E N L3L2 L1
BL W R B
by 1HZ frequency indicate model(48N
flicker 5 times, 60N flicker 6 times)
B:Black W:White R:Red Y:Yellow G:Green
The LED2 flicker times by 2Hz frequency indic-

! ate the searched indoor numbers. When make


sure correct,SW01_4 dip is set on,or the machi-
ne can't run.
DC FAN SW01-1 dip switch is set ON
TYPE

AU48NFIERA(G)
SETING
SW01 SW02

P Q R S T N
Y/G

AC FAN SW01-1 dip switch is set OFF AU60NFIERA(G)

LED light introduction (0151800123A PCB)


LED1: failure light (when failure happened, flicker times indicate the corresponding failure code) explain.
LED2: communication light/ debugging light (When SW01-4 be set to OFF, LED2 is debugging light, LED2 flicker
times by 1Hz indicate model and 2Hz indicate the searched indoor numbers. If model and indoor numbers both
right, set SW01-4 to ON, LED2 become the communication light.)
LED3: power indicator light (It is light when power on and not light when power off.)
Dip switch introduction (0151800123A PCB)
(2) SW01 definition
SW01 Function definition LED2 definition
Model selection dip switch
1 2 3 4
- OFF ON - AU482FIERA (G) LED2 flicker 4 times by 1Hz
- ON OFF - AU48NFIERA (G) LED2 flicker 5 times by 1Hz
- ON ON - AU60NFIERA (G) LED2 flicker 6 times by 1Hz
OFF - - - AC fan -
ON - - - DC fan -
- - - The LED2 flicker times by
1Hz indicate model and 2Hz
OFF Set and operate for unit indicate the searched indoor
numbers.
- - - Model set up (Once selected, Once selected, LED2 change
ON if changed, need set it to 0 into the indicator clamp
and power on again set). between indoor and outdoor.
SW02 is OFF, forbidden changing.

128
SW01 SW02 Display of numeral pipe light with seven segments
Error code of outdoor unit display, "--"s displayed normally. For 0151800123A PCB,
0
150/180 displayed for AU48/60“”
1 Operation mode of operation mode of outdoor units: Cooling: -C, Heating: -H outdoor
units: Cooling: -C, Heating: -H
2-3 No used
0 4 Target of operating frequency of compressor (Decimal number)
5 Actual operating frequency of compressor (Decimal number)
6 Indoor units connected (Decimal number)
7-13 No used
14 Compulsory cooling: 0; compulsory heating: 1; without compulsory operation: --
15 Adjust frequency by hand, display the set frequency; without set manually, --
0 Sensor TD Air Discharge value (℃ ) (decimal number)
1 Sensor TA Environment temp. value (℃ ) (decimal number)
2 Sensor TS Air suction value ( ℃ ) (decimal number)
3 Sensor TE Defrost value (℃ ) (decimal number)
4 Sensor TC middle part of Condenser value (℃ ) (decimal number)

Operation
5 Module temperature (new function with 0151800123A PCB)
6 No used
7 Opening of outdoor unit PMV (decimal number)
1 8 Magnet valve SV2: ON:1 OFF: 0
9 Magnet valve SV1: ON:1 OFF: 0
10 Current value of compressor when operating (decimal number)
11 Blower fan mode of outdoor Low speed: -1 Medium speed:-2 High speed:-3
12 No used
13 4-way valve display: ON: 1, OFF: 0
14 Bus voltage (Hitachi communication module does not contain this information, a fixed
value )
15 Overheat value
0 Target frequency
1 Current frequency
2 Discharging frequency
3 Low pressure protection frequency in heating mode
4 Indoor coil average temperature
5 Unit model selection
2
6 Fan speed (new function with 0151800123A PCB)
7 Target fan speed of top fan motor (max. 999) (new function with 0151800123A PCB)
8 Current fan speed of top fan motor (new function with 0151800123A PCB)
9 Target fan speed of down fan speed (max.999) (new function with 0151800123A PCB)
10 Current fan speed of down fan motor (new function with 0151800123A PCB)
11-15 No used
0-2 No used
Error view (previous 3 error code displayed; quit this condition automatically in 2 min;
3 3 check the last / next error code with UP / DOWN button. This error code list cannot be
cleared. The earliest error code is blushed off after the new one is saved.) (new function
with 0151800123A PCB)
4-15 No used
4 0-15 No used
5 0-15 Indoor unit capacity: HP displayed, for e.g.,1.2 means 1.2 HP.
6 0-15 Indoor unit load request (decimal system) SCODE
7 0-15 Indoor unit EEV opening (decimal system)
8 0-15 No used
9 0-15 Sensor temperature (℃ ) of indoor unit TA (Decimal number)
10 0-15 Sensor temperature (℃ ) of indoor unit TC1 (Decimal number)
11 0-15 Sensor temperature ( ℃ ) of indoor unit TC2 (Decimal number)

129
0151800146D PCB (AU282FHERA(H), AU482FIERA(H), AU48/60NFIERA(H))

BM2 BM1

130
Wiring diagram

AU282FHERA(H)

REACTOR

HPS LPS TD TE(1) TC TS TA


P P
R ACL W W
6.3A 250VAC
LO
BL ACN FUSE1 CN1 CN2 CN3 CN4CN5 CN6 CN7 CN29 CN28 CN30 DC- LI
CN19 CN21 DC+ AC-L R
PTC BM2 BM1 LD1 LD2 LD3 AC-N
B BL CN19
CN18
ON

ON
12345678

12345678

SV2 N
W Tfin
LED4 LED2 B
SV1
CN17 COMP V
Display CN30 CN9 PC W CN11
U
Board CN20 R
CN16 P
4WV R
EEV

Operation
HEATER M
CN25 Control SW01 SW02 CN8

Board CN32 CN31


CN24
ACFAN2 RL1 4

CN15 BL P7 CN1
SW3 SW1 3
ACFAN1 R
SW4 SW2 LED3
M CN14
~ CN10 P4 P3
Noise Filter
LED1 E
CA CN12 CN11
P1 P2
CN13

【WARING】 R BL
Please power off firstly for about 10 PQ L N
minutes before checking control box,
and make sure the voltage between
Wire Colour: B:Black
P and N below 20V.
Y:Yellow
【NOTES】 W:White
·Forbid connecting the power wire to the “P” and “Q”, 【BM Indication】 BL:Blue

otherwise the control board will be damaged. O:OFF


BM [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] Cap.
·Please check the power firstly before test , and make 1:ON
sure the crankcase heater powering on for 12 hours BM1 - 0 0 1 0 0 0 0 -:FIELD
at least to protecting compressor. BM2 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 0 AU28 SET
·The switch BM1-1 is used for locking the indoor units
number, the initial situation is “ OFF”. After power on,【Symbol Signification】
the display board will display 【U**】, “**” indicates Symbol Signification Symbol Signification
the number of Indoor units that the outdoor unit can ACL Live Wire HPS high pressure switch
communicate with. If it can match the actual number ACN Neutral Wire LPS low pressure switch
of indoor units, please change “OFF” to “ON”, or else HEATER electric heating tape TD compressor vent sensor
fix the communication problem firstly. SV1 unloading valve TE(1) defrost temp sensor
Def. display indication SV2 spray valve TC coil temperature sensor
Indoor units 4WV 4 way valve TS compressor inhale sensor
quantity U** **:NUM of the connected indoor units
CA motor capacitor TA ambient temp sensor
power 220 single phase power type
ACFAN1 ac fan EEV electronic expend valve
type 380 three phase power type
LED1-4 lights LD1-3 digital display tubes
Out door 3.0P capability:AU28 SW01,02
SW1-4 button thumbwheels
unit 6.0P capability:AU48
BM1,2 DIP switch Tfin IPM temperature sensor
capability 7.0P capability:AU60
PC Monitor

131
AU482FIERA(H)

HPS LPS TD TE(1) TC TS TA DC+ DC-


R P P
ACL
6.3A 250VAC R B
BL ACN FUSE1 CN1 CN2 CN3 CN4CN5 CN6 CN7 CN29 CN28 CN30
DCP
CN21
BM2 BM1 LD1 LD2 LD3
U
CN18
ON

ON

R
12345678

12345678

SV2
V CN11
COMP
LED4 LED2 W Tfin
CN17 W
SV1 CN30 CN9 PC B
Display
DCN
CN16 Board CN20 DCL2
4WV Reactor
EEV CN1
HEATER M 白 ACN
CN25 Control SW01 SW02 CN8
ACL
Board CN32 CN31
CN24

DCL1
CN15 R BL
SW3 SW1

SW4 SW2 LED3


CN14
CN10 ACL-OUT PE
DCFAN1 CN12 LED1 ACN-OUT
CN11
Noise Filter
DCFAN2 CN13
ACL-IN ACN-IN PE

M M
R BL
【WARING】 PQ L N
Please power off firstly for about 10
minutes before checking control box,
and make sure the voltage between Wire Colour: B:Black
Y:Yellow
P and N below 20V.
W:White
【NOTES】 【BM Indication】 BL:Blue
·Forbid connecting the power wire to the “P” and “Q”,
otherwise the control board will be damaged. BM [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] Capability. O:OFF
·Please check the power firstly before test , and make BM1 - 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1:ON
sure the crankcase heater powering on for 12 hours 1 0 1 AU48 -:FIELD
BM2 0 0 0 0 0
at least to protecting compressor. 1 1 0 AU60 SET
·The switch BM1-1 is used for locking the indoor units
number, the initial situation is “ OFF”. After power on, Symbol Signification Symbol Signification
the display board will display 【U**】, “**” indicates ACL Live Wire HPS high pressure switch
the number of Indoor units that the outdoor unit can ACN Neutral Wire LPS low pressure switch
communicate with. If it can match the actual number HEATER electric heating tape TD compressor vent sensor
of indoor units, please change “OFF” to “ON”, or else SV1 TE(1) defrost temp sensor
unloading valve
fix the communication problem firstly.
SV2 spray valve TC coil temperature sensor
Def. display indication
4WV 4 way valve TS compressor inhale sensor
Indoor units
quantity U** **:NUM of the connected indoor units CA motor capacitor TA ambient temp sensor
power 220 single phase power type DCFAN1 up fan EEV electronic expend valve
type 380 three phase power type DCFAN2 low fan LD1-3 digital display tubes
Out door 3.0P capability:AU28 LED1-4 lights SW01,02 thumbwheels
unit 6.0P capability:AU48 SW1-4 button Tfin IPM temperature sensor
capability 7.0P capability:AU60 BM1,2 DIP switch PC Monitor

132
AU48NFIERA(H)
AU60NFIERA(H)
W DC+
Reactor
HPS LPS TD TE(1) TC TS TA
R P P
ACL
DC-
6.3A 250VAC
W
BL ACN FUSE1 CN1 CN2 CN3 CN4CN5 CN6 CN7 CN29 CN28 CN30 R L
R DC- B
CN21
BM2 BM1 LD1 LD2 LD3 W
S CON5
CN18 P
ON

ON

B
12345678

12345678

SV2
T
R
CN17
LED4 LED2 U
SV1 CN30 CN9 PC
Display
Board CN20
V
CN16 CON6
4WV
EEV
HEATER M
CN1
CN25 Control SW01 SW02 CN8 W

Board

Operation
CN32 CN31
CN24 B W R
CN15 COMP
SW3 SW1

CN14 SW4 SW2 LED3


CN10 L1 L2 L3 N E
DCFAN1 CN12 LED1 Noise Filter
CN11
DCFAN2 CN13 L1 L2 L3 N E

CT
M M R W B BL
【WARING】
Please power off firstly for about 10 PQ R S T N
minutes before checking control box, Wire Colour: B:Black
and make sure the voltage between Y:Yellow
P and N below 20V. W:White

【NOTES】 【BM Indication】 BL:Blue

·Forbid connecting the power wire to the “P” and “Q”,


otherwise the control board will be damaged. BM [1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8] Capability. O:OFF
BM1 - 0 1 1 0 0 0 0 1:ON
·Please check the power firstly before test , and make
1 0 1 AU48 -:FIELD
sure the crankcase heater powering on for 12 hours BM2 0 1 0 0 0
1 1 0 AU60 SET
at least to protecting compressor.
·The switch BM1-1 is used for locking the indoor units
number, the initial situation is “ OFF”. After power on, Symbol Signification Symbol Signification
the display board will display 【U**】, “**” indicates ACL HPS
Live Wire high pressure switch
the number of Indoor units that the outdoor unit can
ACN Neutral Wire LPS low pressure switch
communicate with. If it can match the actual number
HEATER electric heating tape TD compressor vent sensor
of indoor units, please change “OFF” to “ON”, or else
fix the communication problem firstly. SV1 unloading valve TE(1) defrost temp sensor
SV2 spray valve TC coil temperature sensor
Def. display indication
4WV 4 way valve TS compressor inhale sensor
Indoor units
quantity U** **:NUM of the connected indoor units CA motor capacitor TA ambient temp sensor
power 220 single phase power type DCFAN1 up fan EEV electronic expend valve
type 380 three phase power type DCFAN2 low fan LD1-3 digital display tubes
Out door 3.0P capability:AU28 LED1-4 lights SW01,02 thumbwheels
unit 6.0P capability:AU48 SW1-4 button Tfin IPM temperature sensor
capability 7.0P capability:AU60 BM1,2 DIP switch PC Monitor

133
Dip switch introduction

■■Defined principles of dip switch:


BM1 puts emphasis on setting or debugging during the project, while BM2 during factory production.
① BM1 introduction
[1] Lock indoor quantity
BM1_1 Lock indoor quantity OFF Begin to search indoor
ON Stop searching indoor and lock quantity
[2] Reserved
BM1_2 Reserved OFF Reserved (default)
ON Reserved
[3] Fan selection
BM1_3 Fan selection OFF All AC(default)
ON All DC
[4] Energy saving or refrigeration effect priority
Energy saving or refrigeration effect
BM1_4 OFF Energy saving priority
priority
ON Refrigeration effect priority
[5] Indoor simultaneous control
BM1_5 Indoor simultaneous control OFF No
ON Yes
[6] Defrosting condition selection
BM1_6 Defrosting condition selection OFF Not easy to frost area(default)
ON Easy to frost area
[7] Defrosting level
BM1_7 Defrosting level OFF Ordinary(default)
ON Strengthen
[8] Silent operation selection
BM1_8 Silent operation selection OFF Without silent operation(default)
ON Silent operation

134
② BM2 introduction
[1] Cold only or heat pump
BM2_1 Cold only or heat pump OFF Heat pump(default)
ON Cold only
[2] [3] [4] Outdoor horse power selection
BM2_2
OFF OFF OFF AU28
BM2_3 Outdoor horse power selection
ON OFF ON AU48
BM2_4
ON ON OFF AU60
[5] Power source selected
BM2_5 Power source selected OFF Single-phase
ON Three-phase

Operation
[7] [8] Running mode preference
OFF OFF Start first(default)
BM2_7
Running mode preference OFF ON Later start first
BM2_8
ON OFF Cooling first
ON ON Heating first

Note:
Either indoor unit unlocked or the locked quantity different with actual connecting number, it cannot run.

Bridge instruction
CJ1:
Short it before power ON-- PCB check its function (used for factory production.
Short it after power ON-- time short function, 60 seconds become to 1 second.
CJ2: Reserved

135
Digital Tube Display

Main function instruction:


By setting the rotary switch, the digital tube will display the outdoor and indoor unit parameters, the data is inform of
decimal integer. During the process of installation, adjustion and maintenance, the whole system’s operating pa-
rameters can be tested conveniently which can help to check and solve problems quickly and correctly.

SW01 SW02 Display of numeral pipe light with seven segments


Error code display(Before indoor unit locked, the following sequences flash:”U”+indoor num., e.g.:
0 “U16”means the outdoor unit connecting 16 indoor units; horse power num.+”P”, e.g.:”3.0P” means a 3
horse power outdoor unit; “220”or “380” means single-phase power source or three-phase power source.)
1 Operation mode of outdoor units(Stopping :OFF, Cooling: CCC, Heating: HHH
2 Program version(one decimal)
3 E2 version
Target operating frequency of compressor(Press “Start” 5 seconds to enter the manual frequency control,
4 Up / Down to adjust the frequency, press “Stop” 5 seconds to exit manual frequency control; Frequency
flashes when manual control, while non-manual control, frequency displays normally)
5 Actual frequency of compressor
6 Indoor units num.
7 Running indoor units num.
0 8 Outdoor unit horse power(AU28-3.0P, AU48-6.0P, AU60-7.0P)
9 Rotating speed of outdoor unit Fan1(unit: rpm, max:999)
A Rotating speed of outdoor unit Fan2(unit: rpm, max:999)
B Target indoor unit average temp. sensor TC2(unit:℃)
C Actual indoor unit average temp. sensor TC2(unit:℃)
D Target overheat value of PMW when heating(unit:℃)
Special operating mode of outdoor unit:
First num.: power source type(0-single phase,1-three phase)
E Second num.: silent operation (0-off, 1-on)
Third num.: gas recovery operating(0-off, 1-on)
(“101” means the outdoor unit has three phrase power source, silent operation off and gas recovery on)
Forced fan operation, when unforced display “Fan”(Press “Start” 5 seconds to enter manual fan control,
F Up / Down to adjust fan speed, press “Stop” 5 seconds to exit manual fan control), when forced flashes
“0-15”. This function can’t be affected by the failures of outdoor unit.

136
SW01 SW02 Display of numeral pipe light with seven segments
0 Discharge temp. sensor Td (unit:℃ )
1 Outdoor unit ambient temp. sensor TA (unit: ℃ )
2 Suction temp. sensor Ts (unit: ℃ )
3 Defrost temp. sensor Te (unit:℃ )
7 Outdoor unit PMV opening
Valve state
First num.:4WV(0-off, 1-on)
8 Second num.:SV1(0-off, 1-on)
Third num.: SV2(0-off, 1-on)
(101 means 4WV on, SV1 off, SV2 on)
First num.: High pressure switch HPS(0-off, 1-on)
1 Second num.: Low pressure switch LPS(0-off, 1-on)
9
Third num.: Heating belt(0-off, 1-on)
(101 means HPS on, LPS off and heating belt on)
A Module temp. sensor Tfin(unit: ℃)
B Compressor current(unit: A, one decimal)

Operation
C Coil temp. sensor Tc(unit:℃)
D Module DC voltage(unit: V)
Air conditioner current value CT(unit: A)
E Display “CCC” alternately in forced cooling mode.(Pressing “Start” 5 seconds, all indoor units enter
cooling mode, they exit when pressing “Stop” 5 seconds)
Display “HHH” in forced heating mode.(Pressing “Start” 5 seconds, all indoor units enter heating mode,
F
they exit when pressing “Stop” 5 seconds),display “---” when unforced
2 0-F Display indoor unit program version when communication is normal or else display “---”
Indoor unit types(0:Ordinary indoor uint,1:Wall mounted,2:Fresh air uint,3:Heat reclaim ventalation,4-
3 0-F
7:Ordinary indoor unit)
4 0-F Display failure code when suffers failure ,or else display “---”
5 0-F Indoor unit horse power(one decimal)
First and second num.: Current operation mode of the indoor unit(00:Off,01:Fan, 02:Cooling,03:
Dehumidification,04:Heating)
6 0-F
Third num.: Capacity requirement of the outdoor unit(0-no,1-yes)(e.g.:”021” means cooling and capacity
requirement of the outdoor unit,”040” means heating and no capacity requirement of the outdoor unit)
7 0-F Indoor unit PMV opening(unit:pls,max:999)
Indoor unit:
8 0-F First num.: Floater switch(0-off,1-on), Second num.: Pump(0-off,1-on),Third num.:
Electric heater:(0-off,1-on)(“110” means floater on, pump on and electric heater off)
9 0-F Indoor unit: Ambient temp. sensor TA(unit:℃)
A 0-F Indoor unit: Gas pipe temp. sensor TC1(unit:℃)
B 0-F Indoor unit: Liquid pipe temp. sensor TC2(unit:℃)
C 0-F Indoor unit: Fan speed(0-stop,1-low,2-middle,3-high)
Display “CCC” in forced cooling mode.(Pressing “Start” 5 seconds, indoor units enter cooling mode, they
E 0-F
exit when pressing “Stop” 5 seconds),Display “---” without forced.
Display “HHH” in forced heating mode.(Pressing “Start” 5 seconds, indoor units enter heating mode, they
F 0-F
exit when pressing “Stop” 5 seconds),Display “---” without forced.

137
4.3.4 MRVIV-C outdoor units
MHW505A021 PCB (AV*NMMEUA, AV*CMMEUA, AV*IMMEUB)

MSG1 MSG2
BM1, BM2
BM3, BM4 SW1 SW2

LED2
SW6

LED1, LED3

SW9, SW10, SW11

138
Wiring diagram
(AV*NMMEUA, AV*IMMEUB)

M M M M M M

F(5A)

F(5A)
S N R

CN21
12 3 4 5 6 12 3 4 5 6 12 3 4 5 6 12 3 4 5 6 12 3 4 5 6 12 3 4 5 6
CN27
HPS1

LEVB LEVA1 LEVA2 LEVC DCFAN1 DCFAN2 CNA1 CNA2


HPS2
CN22

CN55 CN56
custom made model )
CN9

BM1 BM2
CT1

5A 250VAC
ON
( used in special

A
COMP

FU E2
Pd1 U W
V
CN8
PL s

BM3 BM4 COMP


DCCT_U
DCCT_W
U W
V
DCCT_W
DCCT_U U V W
CN35

W
TS2

U V W P
Inverter Driver
W CNDC2
P
TSUC

N
CN2

Inverter Driver BL
B CNDC1W CN15V1W CNDR1
N Y
BL
SW09 SW10 SW11 LED1 LED2 SW1 SW2 B CNDC1W CN15V1 W CNDR1
CN15
Toilp

BL
Y

BL
Toci2
CN7

CN10
CN36

W W CN9 W CN5W CN6


Toil2

G CN7
CN9 W CN5W CN6 W CN4
CN16
Tdef1

W CN10 W
LED1 LED2 LED3 FUSE Radiator
CN52
Tdef2

G CN7 Temperature
CN23 W CN4 T3.15A-250V Sensor
LED1 LED2 LED3 FUSE Radiator
CN17
CN1

B
Toil1
Ts

Temperature

250VAC
T3.15A-250V Sensor

FUSE1
CN12
Toci1

Inverter Control Board

3.15A
Pd1
CN5
P d1

CN8W
CN11

Inverter Control Board


Tao

CN29 P CN8W
Q
IN-COM
CN10

D B CN2 Y CN3 W CN1


Ts1

Ps W BL
3 2 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1
CN6

1
CN30 INV3-APY
PS
Tliqsc
CN13

B CN2 Y CN3 W CN1


GND 3 2 1 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1 Y/ G
CN32 W BL Capacitor
CN14

B OUT-COM
Tsco

- -

+
+
AC Contactor W
INV2 A Y/ G
Capacitor
CN57 - -
R
Shunt

+
+
Pd2 AC Contactor W
CN20

GR B
Pd2

Resistance
CN31 R B
Shunt R W PTC W
INV1 GR B (+)

Operation
Resistance (~)
D Reactor
CN28 W 3P
C R (+) W PTC W
B
BL (~)
CN4

(~)
Td2

Reactor Rectifier
W D (~) (-)
Reactor

(~)
BL
(~) (-)
CN3
Td1

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

FAN2 FAN1

SV21
CN39 4WV SV1 SV6 SV9 SV10 SV11 SV181 SV182 SV3 FAN2 FAN1 SV32 CHacc CH1 CH2
( used for CN49 CN48 CN47 CN46 CN45 CN44 CN41 CN34 CN50 CN40 CN37 CN33
customized model) CN43 CN42 CN38
L1 R L1
L2 Filter W L2
L3 BL L3
N GR N

D
R
L1 L1
W
L2 Filter L2
BL
L3 L3
N N
GR

Note:
R BL R W BL
1. The dashed part is used for the double compressors model.
R W BL B
Terminal Block for
2. The colours use these letters for short
Q PB C A
Communication D R S T N Terminal W:White B:Black R:Red GR:Gray BL:Blue Y:Yellow G:Green
Block for BR:Brown OR:Orange
Power
Indoor Outdoor
POWER :3N~,380V,
Units Units
50/60Hz
Pd1

Pd2

Ps

Pd1

CN14 CN13 CN10 CN11 CN12 CN1 CN52 CN36


Tsco T liqsc T s1 CN15 CN2 CN35 CN8 CN9 CN3
Tao T oci1 Ts T def2 T oil2 To ilp CN4 CN20 CN6
TSUC TS2 PL s CT1 Td1 Td2 P d2 CN5 CN17 CN16
PS CN7
( used in special P d1 Toil1 Tdef1 Toci2
custom made model )

Symbol definition
Sensor Terminal Description Sensor Terminal Description Sensor Terminal Description
Detect SH temp. during Detect discharging temp.
Tsco CN14 Tdef2 CN52 Detect the defrosting temp. Td2 CN4
sub-cooler control of INV compressor
Detect liquid pipe temp. SC during
Tliqsc CN13 TSUC CN2 Detect the outdoor gas pipe temp. Pd2 CN20 High pressure sensor
sub-cooler control
Detect suction temp. of INV Detect suction temp. of
Ts1 CN10 TS2 CN35 P d1 CN5 High pressure sensor
compressor INV compressor
Liquid pipe pressure sensor (used for
Tao CN11 Detect ambient temp. PL s CN8 Toil1 CN17 Detect the oil temp. of compressor
customized model )
Detect SH temp. in
Toci1 CN12 CT1 CN9 Current detector Tdef1 CN16 Detect the defrosting temp.
heating
Detect the suction temp. of gas- SH control in sub-cooler
Ts CN1 HPS1 CN21 High pressure switch LEVB CN24
liquid separator control
Detect the oil temp. of the Detect discharging temp. of INV
Toil2 CN36 Td1 CN3 LEVA1 CN25 SH control in heating
compressor compressor
Toci2 CN7 Detect SH temp. in heating PS CN6 Low pressure sensor LEVA2 CN26 SH control in heating
Liquid pipe pressure sensor (used for
HPS2 CN22 High pressure switch Toilp CN15 Detect the oil balance pipe temp. LEVC CN58
customized model )

139
AV*CMMEUA

M M M M M M

F(5A)

F(5A)
S N R

CN27
HPS2 HPS1
CN22 CN21

CN19
DRM1/2/3 LEVB LEVA1 LEVA2 LEVC DCFAN1 DCFAN2 CNA1 CNA2
BM1 BM2 CN55 CN56
ON
STOP
( used in special custom made model
CN9

5A 250VAC
BM3 BM4

FUSE2
Pd1
CN8
PL s

LED1 LED2 SW1 SW2


)

SW10 SW11
CN35

SW09 W
TS2

Inverter Driver
W
P Q
TSUC

Inverter Driver
CN2

12V GND BL B W W
CN6
CN5 BL
Y
CN23 B W W
CN15
Toilp

BL
Y

BL
Toci2
CN7
CN36
Toil2

W W W W
CN16
Tdef1

G Radiator
Tdef2
CN52

W W W W B FUSE
Temperature

Modbus rtu Board B G Radiator Sensor


CN17
CN1

Toil1

FUSE

B
Ts

Temperature

250VAC
Sensor

FUSE1
CN12
Toci1

Inverter Control Board 2

3.15A
Pd1
CN5
Pd1
CN11

Inverter Control Board 1


Tao

W
CN29 P
Q W
IN-COM B Y W
CN10
Ts1

12V
Ps
CN7 CN3 B Y W
W BL
CN6

3 2 1 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1
GND
PS

CN30
Tliqsc

IGU02
CN13

IGU05 MODBUS
A B Y /G
A B
CN32 GND 3 2 1 3 2 1 5 4 3 2 1
W BL Capacitor
CN14

B OUT-COM
Tsco

- -

+
AC Contactor W
INV2 A Y /G
Capacitor
CN57 - -
R
Shunt

+
+
Pd2 AC Contactor W
CN20

GR B
P d2

Resistance
CN31 R B
Shunt R W W
INV1 GR B Resistance ( )
()
Reactor
CN28 B W 3P
R () W W BL (~)
CN4

( )
Td2

Reactor Rectifier
W 3P (~) ()
Reactor

(~)
BL Rectifier
(~) ()
CN3
Td1

1 2 3 4 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 4 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

FAN2 FAN1

SV21
CN39 4WV SV1 SV6 SV9 SV10 SV11 SV181 SV182 SV3 FAN2 FAN1 SV32 CHacc CH1 CH2
( used for customized model)CN49 CN48 CN47 CN46 CN45 CN44 CN41 CN34 CN50 CN40 CN38 CN37 CN33
CN43 CN42
L1 R L1
L2 Filter W L2
L3 BL L3
N GR N

R
L1 L1
W
L2 Filter L2
BL
L3 L3
N N

R BL R W BL R W BL
Terminal Block for
R S T Terminal
Note:
Communication
Block for 1. The dashed part is used for the double compressor s model.
Power
Indoor Outdoor
POWER :3N~, 2. The colours use these letters for short
Units Units
208-230V, 60Hz
W:White B:Black R:Red GR:Gray BL:Blue Y:Yellow G:Green
BR:Brown OR:Orange

Symbol definition

Sensor Terminal Description Sensor Terminal Description Sensor Terminal Description

Pd1
Detect SH temp. during Detect the defrosting Detect discharging temp.
Tsco CN14 Tdef2 CN52 Td2 CN4 of INV compressor
sub - cool er control temp.
Tliqsc CN13 Dectect liquid pipe temp. SC Detect the outdoor gas P d2 CN20 High pressure sensor
during sub-cooler control TSUC CN2 pipe temp. CN14 CN13 CN10 CN11 CN12 CN1 CN52 CN36 CN15 CN9
Tsco Tliqsc T s1 T ao CN2 CN35 CN8
Detect suction temp. of Detect suction temp. of T oci1 Ts T def2 T oil2 To ilp TSUC
Ts1 CN10 TS2 CN35 P d1 CN5 High pressure sensor TS2 PL s STOP
INV compressor INV compressor ( used in special
custom made model)

CN11 Liquid pipe pressure sensor


CN17 Detect the oil temp. of
Tao Detect ambient temp. PL s CN8 (used for customized model ) Toil1
compressor
Detect SH temp. in Detect the defrosting
Toci1 CN12 CT1 CN9 Current detector Tdef1 CN16
heating temp.
Detect the suction temp. SH control in sub-cooler
Ts CN1 HPS1 CN21 High pressure switch LEVB CN24
Pd2

control
Ps

Pd1

of gas-liquid seperator
Detect the oil temp. of Detect discharging temp.
Toil2 CN36 Td1 CN3 LEVA1 CN25 SH control in heating
the comprssor of INV compressor
Detect SH temp. in LEVA2 CN26 CN3
To ci2 CN7 PS CN6 Low pressure sensor SH control in heating T d1
CN4 CN20 CN6
CN5
heating T d2 P d2 PS P d1
CN17
Toil1
CN16
Tdef1
CN7
Toci2
Detect the oil balance LEVC CN58 Liquid pipe pressure sensor
HPS2 CN22 High pressure switch Toilp CN15 pipe temp. (used for customized model )

140
LED light definition:
• LED1: communication lamp among outdoor units.
The lamp flicker frequency is 0.5s/time under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, the
lamp flicker frequency is 1s/time.
• LED2: communication lamp between indoor units and outdoor units.
The lamp flicker frequency is 0.5s/time under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, the
lamp flicker frequency is 1s/time.
• LED3: communication lamp between outdoor PCB and inverter board.
The lamp flicker frequency is 0.5s/time under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, the
lamp flicker frequency is 1s/time.

Concept identification:
• Physical master unit: the outdoor unit, whose number is set as 0 by dip switch, is the communication sponsor and

Operation
in charge of the communication with indoor unit, also works as initiator of communication of the whole outdoor
unit.
• Function master unit: the outdoor unit, whose priority is set as 0, operates with the highest priority.
• Physical slave unit: the outdoor unit, whose number is not set as 0 by dip switch.
• Function slave unit: the outdoor unit, whose priority is set as 1~3, not operates with the highest priority.
• Setting of group class: the setting of physical master unit is valid for the whole unit. For example: setting of quiet,
anti-snow, piping of medium length and so on. Physical master unit conducts all sorts of setting.
• Setting of local class: it is only valid for this unit, not for the whole unit. For example: setting of backup operation of
sensor, selecting variable frequency inverter board and so on.

Defining principles of dip switch:


• BM1, BM2 are used for by project field personnel (commissioning), BM3, BM4 are used for factory production
setting. BM1 switch includes the most important function setting.

141
BM1 Definition Introduction
OFF Begin to search outdoor
BM1_1 Outdoor searching
after startup ON Stop searching outdoor and lock the quantity
OFF Begin to search indoor
BM1_2 Indoor searching
after startup ON Stop searching indoor and lock the quantity
Power on, no Default: unit shall startup after 6 hours preheat or oil temp.
action reaches the target value
BM1_3 Start up Power on, Unit shall startup after 6 hours preheat or oil temp. reaches
change OFF the target value (note: here the target value is lower than
to ON the target value when the BM1-3 on "OFF" position).
Heating Group
OFF Ambient temp. >25 ℃ , available.
BM1_4 when outdoor class
temperature over (physical
25oC ON Ambient temp. >25 ℃ , unavailable. master
Indoor total capacity >130%, system function unit is
OFF valid)
BM1_5 Over match setting normally
ON Indoor total capacity>130%, system alarm
Cooling only OFF Heat pump
BM1-6 or heat pump
selection ON Cooling only
BM1_7 BM1_8 Outdoor address
OFF OFF 0# (physical master unit)
BM1_7 Address setting
OFF ON 1#
ON OFF 2#

BM2 Definition Introduction


OFF Quiet running function is unavailable (default)
BM2_1 Quiet running
function ON Quiet running function is available
OFF Anti-snow function is unavailable (default)
BM2_2 Anti-snow
function ON Anti-snow function is available
BM2_3 BM2_4 Set content
OFF OFF First on indoor unit priority
OFF ON Last on indoor unit priority
BM2_3 Start mode
selection Cooling priority, any one indoor unit runs in cooling
ON OFF mode, the outdoor unit will run in cooling mode, the
indoor units running in heating mode will stop.
Heating priority, any one indoor unit runs in heating
ON ON mode, the outdoor unit will run in heating mode, the Group
indoor units running in cooling mode will stop. class
(physical
BM2_5 BM2_6 Selection item master unit
is valid)
OFF OFF Default setting (Normal installation condition)
Defrosting
BM2_5 condition OFF ON Low humidification in winter condition
Selection
High humidification in winter condition (when outdoor
ON OFF unit defrosting is not clear, can set the dip switch on
this position)
BM2_7 BM2_8 Selection item
Piping length
selection OFF OFF Default setting (Medium piping length:30~60m)
BM2_7 (Main pipe
BM2_8 length: between OFF ON Long piping length: 60~90m
outdoor to 1st
branch pipe) ON OFF Short piping length: 0~30m

142
BM3 Definition Introduction
BM3_1 BM3_1 BM3_2 BM3_3 Outdoor unit type
The type of outdoor OFF OFF OFF MRVIV-C T1 380V outdoor unit
BM3_2
unit selection ON ON OFF MRVIV-C T1 208V outdoor unit
BM3_3 OFF ON ON MRVIV-C T3 outdoor unit
BM3-4 Inverter board type OFF Default (Haier module)
BM3_5 BM3_6 BM3_7 BM3_8 HP
OFF OFF OFF ON 8HP
OFF OFF ON OFF 10HP
OFF OFF ON ON 12HP
BM3_5
BM3_6 HP setting of OFF ON OFF OFF 14HP
BM3_7 outdoor units OFF ON OFF ON 16HP
BM3_8
OFF ON ON OFF 18HP
OFF ON ON ON 20HP

Operation
ON OFF OFF OFF 22HP
ON OFF OFF ON 24HP

BM4 Definition Introduction


OFF Available (with the quantity lock function) Group class
Indoor quantity lock
BM4_1 (physical master
selection ON Unavailable (without the quantity lock function) unit is valid)
OFF Without height drop between indoor units Group class
Drop selection of
BM4-2 (physical master
indoor units ON With height drop between indoor units unit is valid)
The maximum speed of outdoor fan motor is 14
Outdoor static OFF
BM4_3 (default) Local class
pressure selection
ON The maximum speed of outdoor fan motor is 15
BM4_4 Reserved OFF
BM4_5 Reserved OFF
Communication OFF New protocol Group class
protocol between
BM4_6 (physical master
indoor and outdoor ON Old protocol unit is valid)
unit selection
BM4_7 BM4_8 Dip switch definition
OFF OFF
Normal height drop
OFF ON
Indoor and outdoor The outdoor is higher, the height drop Group class
BM4-7 unit height drop ON OFF between indoor and outdoor unit is more (physical master
BM4-8 setting than 50 meters, and less than 90 meters unit is valid)
The outdoor is lower, the height drop
ON ON between indoor and outdoor unit is more
than 40 meters, and less than 70 meters

Note: communication protocol between indoor and outdoor units


The new communication protocol is faster than the old communication and its control content is more than the
old one.
The indoor PCB 0151800113, 0151800161, 0151800161B, 0151800161C, 0151800227, 0151800227A,
0151800244, 0151800244B, 0151800244BA, 0151800086A, 0010451751AF, 0151800141A, 0010451751AE
and 0151800141 are new communication protocol.
The indoor PCB 0151800086 and 0010451181A are old communication protocol.
Old communication protocol indoor PCB can't connect with new communication protocol outdoor, so if this
outdoor unit connect with old communication protocol indoor, need set the dip switch BM4-6 to ON position.

143
Outdoor digital display tube description
According to the dip switch code comparison table of outside unit, adjust SW9, SW10 and SW11 and observe oper-
ation parameters of the unit, and then record the parameters in the form of operation and commissioning.
The displayed contents are defined as follows:
■■Buttons: SW2 (UP) and SW1 (DOWN)
■■Dip switch panel: SW9, SW10 and SW11: they are settable dip switches from 0 to 15
■■Displayed part: LED1, LED2, LED3 and LED4: the four digital tubes arranged from left to right.

1) Parameter observation of indoor unit


SW9 and SW10 indicate number of indoor unit, and SW11 indicates parameter description of indoor unit.

SW9 SW10 Indoor unit address


0 1-16
1 17-32
0-15
2 33-48
3 49-64

SW11 Functions Digital tube MSG1 and MSG2 display


If communication is normal, show the indoor unit program version
(one decimal). If communication stops, normally show "0000" (failing
3 Indoor unit program version communication for 5 consecutive rounds). If communication has been
abnormal, show "----".
For example,"F0.1" means indoor unit version is V0.1
4 Indoor abnormal Display indoor failure code; no failure, display 0
5 Indoor capacity Indoor capacity (Unit: W, a decimal),1.5 HP displays 1.5
6 Indoor EEV open angle Electronic expansion valve (EEV) open angle (Unit: Pls)
7 Indoor ambient temp. "Tai" Ambient temperature (Unit: °C)
8 Indoor gas pipe temp. "Tc1" Gas pipe temperature (Unit: °C)
Indoor liquid pipe temp.
9 Liquid pipe temperature (Unit: °C)
“Tc2”
LED1 shows startup mode such as O: Shutdown C: cooling H: Heating
LED2 indicates actual operating wind speed of indoor unit (0 - stop, 1 -
Startup mode, actual low wind, 2 - medium wind and 3 - high wind)
10 operating wind speed and LED3 and LED4 indicate capacity code (0~15).
capacity code of indoor unit For example, C311 indicates cooling operating at high wind, and the
capacity is 11.
Setting temperature "Tset"
11 Setting temperature (Unit: °C)
of indoor unit
12 Wrong wiring inspection 0 shows no failure, 79 shows wiring connection failure (indoor no display)
Forced startup & shutdown • Hold down SW2 (UP) for 2 seconds until 1111 is displayed, it means
13 of indoor unit for cooling startup
Forced startup & shutdown • Hold down SW1 (DOWN) for 2 seconds until 0000 is displayed, it means
14 of indoor unit for heating shutdown

144
2) Outdoor unit parameters observation
It is parameter observation of outdoor unit when SW11 range is 0, 1, and 15; 0~3 of SW9 is used to select out-
door unit number, 0 represents the main unit and 1 represents No. 1 sub-unit; SW10 indicates parameter de-
scription of outdoor unit.
Note: The main unit can display parameters of other outdoor units and indoor units, while the sub-unit only dis-
plays its own parameters.
For first startup, the main unit will search the sub-unit, and display flashing 0 from left to right; 1 will be displayed
in case a sub-unit is searched, 2 will be displayed if two sub-units are searched, and so on. After search, fault
code of outdoor unit will be displayed, and 0 will be displayed when no fault is found in outdoor unit.

SW9 SW10 SW11 Functions Digital tube MSG1 and MSG2 display
Failure code transmitted by outdoor bus data. If no failure,
display the time as second counting down from the 6 hours for
pre-heating.
• Press SW2 (UP) for 2s continuously, display 1111, and
access the condition of history fault inquiry to inquire the

Operation
recent 10 faults: with fault sequence number and fault code
displayed by flashing. Press SW2 (UP) once, sequence
number will go up 1; press SW1 (DOWN) once, sequence
number will decrease 1; 2 min later, quit the setting condition
automatically.
• Press SW1 (DOWN) for 2s continuously, display 0000, then
quit query status and stop flashing.
Display outdoor failure
0 0 • When dip switch panel is at 13, 0, 0, press SW2 (UP) for 2s
code continuously, display 1111, thus history fault record can be
cleared.
• If capacity is more than 135% or less than 50%, startup is
not allowed, and digital tube 000 will display "555.0"
• If the temperature is above 26°C, heating is prohibited
and startup is not allowed; then, digital tube 000 will display
"555.1"
• If cooling Ps is less than 0.23 Mpa or heating Ps is less than
0-2 0.12 Mpa, startup is not allowed, and then digital tube 000 will
(unit display "555.2"
No.) • If the temperature is above 54°C in cooling mode, startup is
not allowed and then digital tube 000 will display "555.3"
Display priority and LED1 displays outdoor priority, LED2 displays "-",
1 0 capacity of outdoor LED3 and 4 display capacity of outdoor unit (unit: HP)
unit
Display operation
mode and operation LED1 shows O: Stop C: Cooling H: Heating
2 0 output ratio of outdoor LED2 to LD4 show: 60 shows 60% capacity output
unit
Rotating speed of
3 0 outdoor fan 1
• Press SW2 (UP) for 2s continuously, display 1111, then to
set: flashing. Press SW2 (UP) once, wind speed will go up 1
level; press SW1 (DOWN) once, wind speed will decrease 1
level. 5 min later, quit the setting condition automatically.
Rotating speed of • Press SW1 (DOWN) for 2s continuously, display 0000, then
4 0 outdoor fan 2 quit the setting condition, and stop flashing.
Note: [345 indicates 345 rpm]

145
SW9 SW10 SW11 Functions Digital tube MSG1 and MSG2 display

Current frequency of
5 0 inverter compressor • Press SW2(UP) for 2s continuously, display 1111, then to
INV1 set: flashing and press SW2 (UP) once, the frequency will
go up 1 Hz; press SW1 (DOWN) once, the frequency will
decrease
1 Hz. 5 min later, quit the setting condition automatically.
Current frequency of • Press SW1 (DOWN) for 2s continuously, display 0000, then
6 0 inverter compressor quit the setting condition, and stop flashing.
INV2 Note: [110.0 indicates 110.0 HZ]
(When system failures, compressor is forbidden to start up.)

LEVa1 valve opening


7 0 of outdoor unit • Press SW2 (UP) for 2s continuously, display 1111, then to
LEVa2 valve opening set: flashing. Press SW2 (UP) to open the valve fully, and
8 0 press SW1 (DOWN) to close the valve fully. 2 min later, quit
of outdoor unit
the setting condition automatically.
LEVb valve opening • Press SW1 (DOWN) for 2s continuously, display 0000, then
9 0 of outdoor unit to set, and stop flashing.
LEVc valve opening Note: [0 -- 470 steps]
10 0 of outdoor unit

LED1: 4WV: 1 On 0 OFF


Outdoor solenoid LED2: SV1: 1 On 0 OFF
11 0
0-2 valve output indication LED3: SV31: 1 On 0 OFF
(unit LED4: SV32: 1 On 0 OFF
No.)

LED1: SV6: 1 On 0 OFF


Outdoor solenoid LED2: SV9: 1 On 0 OFF
12 0 valve output indication LED3: SV10: 1 On 0 OFF
LED4: SV11: 1 On 0 OFF

LED1: SV181: 1 On 0 OFF


Outdoor solenoid LED2: SV182: 1 On 0 OFF
13 0
valve output indication LED3: SV21: 1 On 0 OFF
LED4: insignificance, display "-"

LED1: CH1: 1 On 0 OFF


LED2: CH2: 1 On 0 OFF
14 0 Heating band output LED3: CHa: 1 On 0 OFF
LED4: insignificance, display "-"

15 0 Program version 1.0 means Ver1.0

146
SW9 SW10 SW11 Functions Digital tube MSG1 and MSG2 display
0 1 Pressure of Pd1
1 1 Pressure of Pd2 Unit: kg, 2 decimals
2 1 Pressure of Ps
3 1 Discharge temperature of Td1
4 1 Discharge temperature of Td2
5 1 Defrosting temperature of Tdef1
6 1 Defrosting temperature of Tdef2
0-2 7 1 Temperature of Toil1
(unit
No.) 8 1 Temperature of Toil2
9 1 Temperature of Toci1 Unit: °C
10 1 Temperature of Toci2
11 1 Temperature of Ts1
12 1 Temperature of Ts2

Operation
13 1 Temperature of Tsuc
14 1 Temperature of Tsacc
15 1 Temperature of Toilp

SW9 SW10 SW11 Functions Digital tube MSG1 and MSG2 display
0 15 Pressure of Pl Unit: kg, 2 decimals
1 15 Ambient temperature of Tao
2 15 Pressure temperature of Pd1_temp
3 15 Pressure temperature of Pd2_temp
4 15 Pressure temperature of Ps_temp Unit: °C
5 15 Temperature of Tliqsc
6 15 Temperature of Tsco
0-2 7 15 Pressure temperature of Pl_temp
(unit
No.) 8 15 Switching time of inverter compressor INV1 Unit: minute
9 15 Switching time of inverter compressor INV2 Unit: minute
10 15 Current CT of inverter compressor INV1 Unit: A, a decimal
11 15 Current CT of inverter compressor INV2 Unit: A, a decimal
12 15 DC voltage of inverter compressor INV1 Unit: V
13 15 DC voltage of inverter compressor INV2 Unit: V
14 15 Module temperature of inverter compressor INV1 Unit: °C
15 15 Module temperature of inverter compressor INV2 Unit: °C

147
It is used to check data in EE when SW9 is 12 and 13.

SW9 SW10 SW11 Functions Digital tube MSG1 and MSG2 display
0 0 EE data of 000H address
0 1 EE data of 001H address
… … …
0 15 EE data of 00FH address Display the first 256-byte data in EE of local unit
Address calculation: addr = SW10 × 16 + SW11
12 1 0 EE data of 010H address
Data display: hexadecimal display, H indicates
… … … hexadecimal number
1 15 EE data of 01FH address
… … …
15 15 EE data of FFH address
0 0 EE data of 100H address
0 1 EE data of 101H address
Display the last 256-byte data in EE of local unit
…… …… …… Address calculation: addr = SW10 × 16 + SW11
13
1 15 EE data of 11FH address Data display: hexadecimal display, H indicates
hexadecimal number
…… …… ……
15 15 EE data of 1FFH address

Data parameter information and control modes of the whole system are displayed when SW9 is 0

SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Operation methods


407A stands for 407 refrigerant
0 0 2 Refrigerant type 410A stands for 410A refrigerant – static display
R22 stands for 22 refrigerant
0 1 2 Outdoor total capacity 48.0 stands for 48 HP
0 2 2 Outdoor QTY in one system E.g.: 3 outdoors (including master outdoor)
0 3 2 Indoor QTY in one system E.g.: 64
0 4 2 Running indoor QTY Thermostat ON indicates indoor running
Indoor QTY whose operation modes
0 5 2 E.g.: 13 indoors
are as the same as that of outdoor
0 6 2 Target temperature of cooling
Unit: °C
0 7 2 Target temperature of heating
Press SW2 (UP) for 2s continuously, display 1111
and start up; digital tube displays “YES”.
Refrigerant evacuation setting Specific action: SV9, SV10 and SV11 open,
only for outdoor evacuation. If indoor LEVa1, 2, LEVb open for 100 pls, the other
0 8 2 evacuation, do not set. Note: When valves close compulsorily, and SV21 open and
it finishes, cancel the setting or re- LEVc open for 470.
electricity. Press SW1 (DOWN) for 2s continuously, display
0000 and stops (setting is invalid when unit is
running.)

148
SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Operation methods

• Press SW2 (UP) for 2s continuously, display


1111 and start up; digital tube displays "YES".
Refrigerant charging setting Specific action: LEVa1 and 2 open for 470 Pls,
*only for gas charged outdoor. the other valves close
0 9 2 If indoor is charged, do not set. compulsorily, and SV21 open and LEVc open
Note: When it finishes, cancel the for 470.
setting or re- electricity. • Press SW1 (DOWN) for 2s continuously,
display 0000 and stops (setting is invalid when
unit is running.)

0 10 2 Wrong wiring inspection in cooling


• Press SW2(UP) for 2s continuously, display
1111 and start up; digital tube counts down

Operation
judging time at second; after time arrives,
display the result:
"00.00" shows the result is in conformity with
the actual connection;
Operation detection in case of heating "01.05" shows one outdoor and 5 indoors are
0 11 2 abnormal,
false wiring
To check the abnormal units by digital tube
(indoor: X_X_12; outdoor: X_0_0);
• Press SW1 (DOWN) for 2s continuously,
display 0000, and stops.

Press SW2 (UP) for 2s continuously, display


0 12 2 Indoor expansion valve open fully 1111 and indoor valves open fully for 2 minutes,
then indoor valves close automatically.

0 13 2 All indoor units running in cooling • Press SW2(UP) for 2s continuously, display
1111, and start up;
• Press SW1 (DOWN) for 2s continuously,
0 14 2 All indoor units running in heating display 0000 and stops.

• Press SW2(UP) for 2s continuously,


display 1111 and start up, then cancel the
manual control; or press SW1(DOWN) for 2s
continuously, display 0000 and then cancel the
Cancel all manual controls (running
0 15 2 manual control;
type)
• Cancel items:
Wrong wiring inspection in cooling/ heating
mode; indoor running/stop totally; compulsory
operation; rated operation, etc.

149
Dip switch setting condition of PCB board is displayed when SW9 is 15.
SW9 SW10 SW11 Functions Operation methods
Hexadecimal display, BM1: indicating by LED1 and LD2,
15 0 2 Setting condition of BM1 and BM2
BM2: indicating by LED3 and LED4
Hexadecimal display, BM3: indicating by LED1 and LED2,
15 1 2 Setting condition of BM3 and BM4
BM4: indicating by LED3 and LED4
0 indicates that the pipe is short; 1 indicates the pipe length
15 2 2 Capacity correction level
is moderate; 2 indicates that the pipe is long.
15 3 2 Defrosting compensation α 10, 8, 6
Power damping (the maximum output
15 4 2 100 indicates 100%, and 0 indicates output is forbidden
is allowable)
15 5 2 Capacity overload detection 135 indicates there is limit, and 0 indicates there is no limit
Heating limit when external air is more
15 6 2 25 indicates there is limit, and 0 indicates there is no limit
than 25 °C
0 indicates non-mute operation, and 1 indicates mute
15 7 2 Setting of mute operation
operation
0 indicates the operation without snow prevention, and 1
15 8 2 Setting of anti-snow operation
indicates the operation with snow prevention
Operation setting of wind speed of
0 indicates there is no operation, and 1 indicates there is
15 9 2 sub-unit FAN of Thermo off during
operation
operating of heating main unit
15 10 2 Insignificance Insignificance
0 indicates invalidity, 1 indicates high head above outdoor
15 11 2 High head setting
unit and 2 indicates high head under outdoor unit.
Setting of 50 Hz and 60 Hz power
15 12 2 50 indicates 50 Hz, and 60 indicates 60 Hz
supply detection
15 13 2 Reservation Reservation
0 indicates AV*NMMEUA model, 1 indicates sideward air
15 14 2 Type setting of outdoor unit
outlet model, and 2 indicates five-in-one model
15 15 2 Reservation Reservation
Outdoor unit valve manual control
SW9 SW10 SW11 Functions Operation methods
• Press SW2 (UP) for 2s continuously, display 1111, then to quit,
or press SW1 (DOWN) for 2s continuously, display 0000, then
quit the set.
Cancel all the manual controls • Cancel items:
6 15 2
(component type) Movable component control by hand such as compressor,
motor, electronic expansion valve (LEV), solenoid valve (SV)
and so on (including evacuation and charging; excluding rated
operation, compulsory operation, indoor run/stop, etc.)

150
4.3.5 MRVIII-RC outdoor units
0151800084A PCB (AV*IMVUSA, AV*CMVUSA )

LD1 LD2 LD3 LD4

BM1
BM2
BM3
BM4

SW9
SW10
SW11 SW1

Operation
LED1
SW2
LED2
LED3

BM5

151
Inverter

1
Compressor
FG
CN50 B

3 2
CN21 HPS1 FAN1

P
Inverter

1 2 1 2
High pressure CN20 HPSi CN49
sensor Y

3 2
CN19 HPS2 4WV1 B

1 2
LD1 LD2 LD3 LD4

1
R W B

2
SW 9 SW 1 0 SW 1 1 CN48
CN18 W Q S R

3 2

1
SV1
SW2 SW1

2
Wiring diagram
CN12 Toci1

1
1 2 3 4 B W R W Y CN11 UP DOWN CN47

1 2 3
Tao

4 3 2
SV6

1 2
BL CN10 TSi CN13 LED1 LED2 LED3

1
CN608

1 2
G
Tliqsc LED3 G
WV U CN14 CN46 Radi at o r
CN15 Toilp outdoor indoor INV Y

1 2
R BL SV9

4 3 2

1 2 3
Tsco Tempera t u re LED2 R

1
CN16 CN45 Sens or R

1 2
FAN DRIVER CN17 Toil G Tdef1

CN603
R SV10 W

1 2 3

1 2 3 4 5
CN7

4 3 2
DCN(-)

1 2
B W CN7 G
High Toci2

1
ACN

3 4
R p re s su re CN5 Pd CN4 CN44 Fuse
ACL se n s o r R

1 2 3

1 2
R Tdi SV11 CN8 W
AV08IMVUSA, AV10IMVUSA

DCP(+)

4 3 2
T3.15A-250V
CN3

1
Low

3 4
p re s su re CN6 Ps CN43

1 2 3
Td1 R
Inverter
se n s o r

3 2
BL SV18i CN1 W

1 2
CN2

1 2 3
Tsuc CN42

1 2
BL CN1 Tsacc W

3 2
CN8 SV3 i CN3 Y

1 2
G

1
Tdef2 CN41
BR CN9 CT1 SV3

3 2

1 2 3
W

1
2 1 CN2 B LED1 R
CN40

3 4
W
COMP1

3 2
+ - CN51 750W Control board

1 2
1
CN39

2
CN37-1 CH i Y

3 2

1
CN30 APY-COM 4WV2

1
1
G

3 2
CAPACITOR CN38
G

3 2
CN29 P Q

1 2
BOARD CN33-1 CH 1 CHa BR

1
R

1
R B
W CN37 G

3 2
BR

3 2
CN26 LEVA2 Capacitor
+

152
CN25 LEVA1 CH i -

12 3 4 5 6
R R AC Contactor B -

12 3 4 5 6
Fus e CN33

3 2
T 15 A -250VAC CH 1
B Shunt
CN52 B
CN24 LEVB T6.3 A-250VA C R Resistance
CN53

12 3 4 5 6
1
R R (+) B
R R (~) Y PTC Y

3
BL CN32 W W Reactor
CN31 Pow er S

4 3 2
(~)

1 2
BUS1

1 2
CN27 T B
B
3 P Rectifier

3
W CN28 CN34 BL (~) (-)
W W W

7 6 5
INV-COM 375W FAN N

1 2
7
6
5
4
2
1

3
L1 L1
R
L2 L2
W
Filter B
L3 L3
N N
BL
Notice :
1. The colours use these letters for short
R BL OR Y BL R W B BL
W:White B:Black R:Red GR:Gray
Terminal P Q A B C L1 L2 L3 N Terminal BL:Blue Y:Yellow G:Green BR : Brown
Block for Block for OR:Orange
Communication Po w e r
Valve Outd oor Power:3N~,380V,50/60Hz
Boxes Units
0150513456
DC FAN
Fixed Frequency

1
M M
Inverter

P
High pressure FG
sensor CN50 B

3 2
R CN21 HPS1 Compressor
FAN1

P
1
Inverter

1 2 1 2
CN20 HPSi

1
3
3

2
1
2

4
4

5
6
5
6
High pressure CN49
Y

3 2
CN8 C N7
sensor R CN19 HPS2 4WV1

1 2
LD1 LD2 LD3 LD4

1
FA N- R F A N- L B

2
SW9 SW10 SW11 CN48
CN9 R W
CN18 W Q S

3 2
R B

1
SV1
Fan Driver SW2 SW1

7 6 5 4 3 2 1
1
W CN12 Toci1 CN11 UP DOWN CN47
W Y

1 2 3
Tao

4 3 2
+310V CN5 CN6 G ND SV6

1 2
BL CN10 TSi CN13 LED1 LED2 LED3

1 2
G
Tliqsc
CN46
CN14 outdoor indoor INV Y

1 2
R CN15 Toilp SV9 LED3 G

4 3 2
BL

1 2 3
Tsco Radi at o r

1
CN16

1 2
CN17 Toil G Tdef1 CN45 Tempera t u re LED2 R
R SV10 W

1 2 3
CN7 Sens or R

4 3 2

1 2
W Toci2

1
Hi gh

3 4
BR R
+ pressure CN5 Pd CN4 CN44 CN7 G
R

1 2 3
sensor

1 2
R Tdi SV11

4 3 2
W Fuse
- CN3

1
L ow CN8 W

3 4
R CN43

1 2 3
pressure CN6 Ps Td1
T3.15A-250V
R

3 2
B sensor BL SV18i

1 2
CN2

1
Inverter

1 2 3
Tdp CN42 CN1 W

1 2
BL CN1 Tsacc

3 2
BR W
CN8 SV3 i W

1 2
1
2 1 G Tdef2 CN41
CN9 CT1 ( pump )SV3 CN3 Y

3 2

1 2 3
W

1
+ -

3 4
CN40 R

3 2
CN51 750W CN2 B LED1 R
COMP1

1 2
Control board

1
AV12IMVUSA, AV14IMVUSA, AV16IMVUSA

CAPACITOR CN39

2
CN37-1 CH i Y

3 2
CN30 APY-COM 4WV2

1
1
BOARD

1
G

3 2
R CN38
G

3 2
CN29 P Q

1 2
R B
CN33-1 CH 1 CHa

1
BR
CN25 LEVA1 CN37 G Capacitor

3 2
CN26 LEVA2 W
+

3 2
+

CH i - -

1
R B

12 3 4 5 6
R AC Contactor

12 3 4 5 6

153
CN33
W

3 2
Fus e CH 1
T 15 A -250VAC B B Shunt
CN24 LEVB CN52 R
CN53 Resistance
R T6.3 A-250VA C

12 3 4 5 6
R

1
R (+)
R (~)

3
W Y PTC Y Reactor
BL CN32 W
CN31 CN27 S

4 3 2
(~)

1 2
BUS1

1 2
POWER T B
B

3
W CN28 CN34
3P Rectifier

BL (~) (-) W W

7 6 5
I NV COM


375W FAN N

1 2
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
W

R AC Contactor
L1 L1 R
L2 L2
W W
Filter B R U
L3 L3 B
3 2 1
N N BL W V
R W B BL M
B W

R R R B W CT Fixed Frequency
L1 L2 L3 N Compressor
Terminal P Q A B C Terminal Notice :
Block for Block for
Communication Power 1. The colours use these letters for short
W:White B:Black R:Red GR:Gray BL:Blue
Valve Outdoor Power:3N~,380V,50/60Hz Y:Yellow G:Green BR: Brown OR:Orange 0150513457
Boxes Units

Operation
154
3
2
4
4 3

2 2 3 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 2 2 4 2 3 2 2 4 2 4 2 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
2
2 3 4
2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3
4 3 2

2 2
4WV

4WV2
39

2 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 2 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 3 2 2 2 2
W
2 3
3 2
V
V
W



3 2
3 2

W
Sensor
Radiator
Temperature
AV08CMVUSA, AV10CMVUSA
155
2

4 3
2 2 3 2 3 4 2 3 4 2 2 2 4 2 3 2 2 4 2 4 2 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 2
2
2 3 4
2 3 2 3 2 3 2 3 2 2 2 2 2 3
4 3 2

2 2
4WV

4WV2
39

2 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 2 2 4 2 4 2 4 2 4 3 2 2 2 2
W
2 3

Operation
3 2
V
V
W



3 2
3 2

3 2
2

W
V
AV12CMVUSA, AV14CMVUSA, AV16CMVUSA
LED light introduction

• LED1: communication lamp among outdoor units.


The lamp flicker frequency is 0.5s/time under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, the
lamp flicker frequency is 1s/time.
• LED2: communication lamp between indoor units and outdoor units.
The lamp flicker frequency is 0.5s/time under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, the
lamp flicker frequency is 1s/time.
• LED3: communication lamp between outdoor PCB and inverter board.
The lamp flicker frequency is 0.5s/time under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, the
lamp flicker frequency is 1s/time.

Dip switch introduction


• Physical master unit: by setting dip switch, the unit number is 0. lt is used to communicate with indoor unit, also it
is the organizer of outdoor communications as communication master unit.
• Physical slave unit: by setting dip switch, the unit number is not 0.
• Functional master unit: the most preferred running outdoor unit, priority is 0.
• Functional slave unit: not the most preferred running outdoor unit, priority is 1~3.
BM1 is usually set by the personnel on site; BM2, BM3, BM4 are pre-set in the factory.
BM1_1: Master outdoor unit searches the total outdoor units after power ON at first time. The quantity of total out-
door units is floating from right to left on LED. “1=0” is one outdoor unit, “2=01” is two outdoor units, “3=012” is three
outdoor units.
BM1_2: Master outdoor unit searches the total indoor units and the valve box after power ON at first time. The
quantity of total valve box and indoor units from right to left on LED. “0102” is 1 valve box and 2 indoor units.

Note: In the following tables the grey background is default setting.

156
1) BM1 instruction

BM1 Definition Instruction


Outdoor searching OFF Begin to search outdoor
BM1_1
After startup ON Stop searching outdoor and lock the quantity
Indoor searching OFF Begin to search indoor and VB device
BM1_2
After startup ON Stop searching indoor and VB device and lock the quantity
Default: unit shall startup after 6 hours
OFF preheat or oil temp. reaches the target
value
Power on, Group class
BM1_3 Start up change Unit shall startup after 6 hours preheat (physical master
OFF to ON or oil temp. reaches the target value unit is valid)
or change (note: here the target value is lower
from ON to than the target value when the BM1-3
OFF then to on "OFF" positon).

Operation
ON.
Heating when outdoor OFF Ambient temp.>25 °C, available. Group class
BM1_4 temperature over (physical master
25degree ON Ambient temp.>25 °C, unavailable. unit is valid)
Indoor total capacity >130%, system
OFF Group class
function normally
BM1_5 Over match setting (physical master
Indoor total capacity>130%, system
ON unit is valid)
alarm
Communication protocol Group class
BM1-6 between indoor and OFF Default (New protocol) (physical master unit
outdoor unit selection is valid)
BM1_7 BM1_8 Unit number
BM1_7 OFF OFF 0# (physical master unit)
Address setting
BM1_8 OFF ON 1#
ON OFF 2#

Note:
Communication protocol between indoor and outdoor units
The new communication protocol is faster than the old communication and its control content is more than the old
one.
The indoor PCB 0151800113, 0151800161, 0151800161B, 0151800161C, 0151800227, 0151800227A,
0151800244, 0151800244B, 0151800244BA, 0151800086A, 0010451751AF, 0151800141A, 0010451751AE and
0151800141 are new communiction protocol.
The indoor PCB 0151800086 and 0010451181A are old communiction protocol.
So the MRVIII-RC can't connect with 0151800086 and 0010451181A PCB

157
2) BM2 instruction
BM2 Definition Instruction

OFF Quiet running function is unavailable (default) Group class


Quiet running
BM2_1 (physical master
function
ON Quiet running function is available unit is valid)

OFF Anti-snow function is unavailable (default) Group class


BM2_2 Anti-snow function (physical master
ON Anti-snow function is available unit is valid)
BM2_3 BM2_4 Outdoor maximum output capacity setting
Outdoor maximum OFF OFF 100%
BM2_3 output capacity OFF ON 70%
BM2_4 setting ON OFF 40%
OFF OFF 0%
BM2_5 BM2_6 Selection item
Default setting(Normal installation
OFF OFF condition)
Defrosting Group class
BM2_5 OFF ON Low humidification in winter condition
condition (physical master
BM2_6 Selection High humidification in winter condition unit is valid)
(when outdoor unit defrosting is not
ON OFF clear, can set the dip switch on this
position)
BM2_7 BM2_8 Selection item
Piping length
selection Default setting(Medium piping Group class
BM2_7 OFF OFF
(Main pipe length: length:30~60m) (physical master
BM2_8 OFF ON Long piping length: 60~90m
between outdoor to unit is valid)
1st branch pipe) ON OFF Short piping length: 0~30m

3) BM3 instruction
BM3 Definition Instruction
BM3_1 BM3_2 BM3-3 Outdoor unit type
BM3_1 The type of MRVIII-RC 380V outdoor
BM3_2 outdoor unit OFF OFF OFF Local class
unit
BM3_3 selection
MRVIII-RC 208~230V
ON OFF OFF outdoor unit
3 phase-50/60Hz OFF 50 Hz
BM3-4 Local class
selection ON 60 Hz
HP of outdoor
BM3_5 BM3_6 BM3_7 BM3_8 units
OFF OFF OFF ON 8HP
BM3_5
BM3_6 HP setting of OFF OFF ON OFF 10HP
BM3_7 outdoor units ON
BM3_8 OFF OFF ON 12HP
OFF ON OFF OFF 14HP
OFF ON OFF ON 16HP

158
4) BM4 instruction

BM4 Definition Instruction


BM4_1 Drop selection of indoor units OFF No drop (default)

OFF Default ( Don't running)


In heating, when the master unit
BM4-2 running, the fan motor of the stop
slave unit running setting
ON Running

The maximum speed of outdoor fan


OFF
Outdoor external pressure motor is 14 (default)
BM4_3 Local class
selection The maximum speed of outdoor fan
ON motor is 15
BM4_4

Operation
BM4_5
BM4_6 Reserved Default is OFF
BM4_7
BM4_8

5) BM5 instruction
BM5 Definition Instruction

BM5_1 BM5_1 BM5_2 BM5_3 BM5_4 Selection item


Outdoor motor
~ ON ON OFF OFF Dual fan motor(375W)
selection
BM5_4 OFF OFF ON ON Single fan motor(750W)
BM5_5 BM5_5 BM5_6 BM5_7 BM5_8 Selection item
~ Inverter board
BM5_8 OFF OFF ON ON Default (Haier module)

159
Monitor tooIs
Monitor code is as following:
Press button: SW2 (UP), SW1 (DOWN) are the button switch
Rotary switch: SW9, SW10, SW11 are settable from 0 to 15.
( Note: on code wheel with letters, A for 10, B for 11, C for 12, D for 13, E for 14, F for 15)
Display part: LED1, LED2, LED3, LED4, 4 digital tubes are ranked from left to right.
Display content is as follow:

1) Indoor unit parameters observation


The parameters of indoor unit address 1-64 can be observed: SW9 and SW10 are indoor unit numbers; the range
of SW11 is 3-14, regarding indoor unit parameters.
SW9 SW10 System address
0 Unit 1-16 (indoor unit PCB address dial-up 0#-15#)
1 Unit 17-32(indoor unit PCB address dial-up 16#-31#)
0-15
2 Unit 33-48(indoor unit PCB address dial-up 32#-47#)
3 Unit 49-64(indoor unit PCB address dial-up 48#-63#)
SW11 Function Display with digital tube LED1~4
If communication is normal, show the indoor unit program version (one
decimal). If communication stops, normally show "0000" (failing commu-
Indoor unit communication
3 nication for 5 consecutive rounds). If communication has been abnor-
checking and program version
mal, show "----".
For example,"U4.2" means indoor unit version is V4.2.
4 Indoor unit fault Show indoor unit fault code. If no fault, show 0.
5 Indoor unit capacity Indoor unit capacity (Unit: HP, one decimal), 1.5 HP show 1.5
Indoor unit expansion valve
6 Expansion open angle (Unit: pls)
open angle
Indoor unit environment temp.
7 Ambient temperature (Unit: °C)
Tai
8 Indoor unit gas pipe temp. Tc1 Gas pipe temperature (Unit: °C)
9 Indoor unit liquid temp. Tc2 Liquid pipe temperature (Unit: °C)
LED1 means startup mode, O: stop/ C: cooling/ H: heating
Indoor unit startup mode, LED2 means indoor units actual running speed (0-stop, 1-low speed,
10 actual running speed and 2-medium speed, 3-high speed),
SCODE code LED3 and LED4 means SCODE code (0~15).
For example, C311 mean high cooling speed, SCODE is 11.
11 Indoor Unit temp. setting Tset Temperature setting (Unit: °C)
0 means no failure, 79 means wiring connection failure (indoor no dis-
12 Wrong wiring inspection
play)
"----" means connecting to the valve box failed.
Press SW2(UP) for 2 seconds, show "CCCC", forcible indoor cooling
13 Connected valve box number start up Press SW1(DOWN) for 2 seconds, show "OFF", forcible indoor
shutdown
LED1: BS4WV: 1 ON 0 OFF--Far left
LED2: BSSV1: 1 ON 0 OFF
LED3: BSSV2: 1 ON 0 OFF
LED4: BSSV3: 1 ON 0 OFF
Solenoid valve status of con- Showing "----"means not connected to the valve box;
14
nected valve box Showing "E"+failure code means there is failure.
Press SW2(UP) for 2 seconds, show "HHHH", forcible indoor heating
start up;
Press SW1(DOWN) for 2 seconds, show "OFF", forcible indoor shut-
down

160
2) Valve box parameters observation
The parameters of indoor unit address 1-64 can be observed: SW9 and SW10 are valve box numbers; the range of
SW11 is 3-14, regarding observed valve box parameters.
SW9 SW10 System address
7 Unit 1-16 (valve box PCB address dial-up 0#-15#)
8 Unit 17-32 (valve box PCB address dial-up 16#-31#)
0-15
9 Unit 33-48 (valve box PCB address dial-up 32#-47#)
10 Unit 49-64 (valve box PCB address dial-up 48#-63#)
SW11 Function Display with digital tube LED1~4
If communication is normal, show the indoor unit program version (one
decimal). If communication stops, normally show "0000" (failing commu-
3 Valve box program version nication for 5 consecutive rounds). If communication has been abnormal,
show "----".
For example,"F0.1" means valve box version is V0.1
LED1: show valve box mode O: Stop C: Cooling H: Heating

Operation
LED2: show"-"
4 Valve box mode and failure LED3-4: show valve box failure code, if there is no fault, show 0.
For example,"H-01", means the valve box current mode is heating; if
there is failure, show code "01".
LED1: BS4WV: 1 ON 0 OFF--Far left
Solenoid valve status of valve LED2: BSSV1: 1 ON 0 OFF
5
box LED3: BSSV2: 1 ON 0 OFF
LED4: BSSV3: 1 ON 0 OFF
Total indoor units connected to
6 Note: 8 units as maximum
the valve box
Address of 1st indoor unit
7 "----"means be connected failed.
connected to valve box
Address of 2nd indoor unit
8 "----"means be connected failed.
connected to valve box
Address of 3rd indoor unit
9 "----"means be connected failed.
connected to valve box
Address of 4th indoor unit
10 "----"means be connected failed.
connected to valve box
Address of 5th indoor unit
11 "----"means be connected failed.
connected to valve box
Address of 6th indoor unit
12 "----"means be connected failed.
connected to valve box
Address of 7th indoor unit
13 "----"means be connected failed.
connected to valve box
Address of 8th indoor unit
14 "----"means be connected failed.
connected to valve box

161
Outdoor unit parameters observation
0~3 of SW9 is used to select outdoor unit number, selecting the numbers of different outdoor units. The range of
SW11 is 0, 1, 15, meaning observed outdoor units parameters.
(The master unit can show the parameters of other outdoor units and indoor units. The slave unit can only show its
own parameters, 0 for SW9.)
Note: When the master unit SW9/SW10/SW11 are 0/0/0,
(1)Starting up for the first time, search the slave unit first, showing 1:0 circularly from left to right. If one slave unit
is searched, show 2:01. If two slave units are searched, show 3:012. "3:012" means there are 3 outdoor units in
the system, and 012 means the addresses for each outdoor unit. (actually,":"show"=")
(2)When the numbers of outdoor units is locked, searching the numbers of indoor unit and valve box, showing
"-number of valve box-number of indoor unit" circularly from left to right. For example, "-2-6-" means there are
two valve boxes and six indoor units connected to the system.
(3)When the numbers of indoor unit and valve box are locked, showing "-number of valve box-number of indoor
unit" sparklingly, which means each valve box is confirming which indoor units it is connected and then send this
message to the outdoor unit.
(4)After finishing confirming connecting information, enter the normal display.
(5)If there is failure during searching, show the outdoor unit failure code as the priority. If there is failure in outdoor
unit after searching, show the outdoor unit failure code, and 0 for no failure.

SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Display with digital tube LED1~4


Failure code is transmitted by outdoor bus data. If no failure,
displaying electric heating 6 hours countdown time as second.
Press SW2(UP) for 2 seconds, showing 1111, then enter the
historical failure inquiry condition and the latest 10 failures can
be inquired. Sparklingly showing failure serial number and fail-
Show the outdoor unit ure code. The serial number will add 1 each time pressing the
0 0 failure code SW2(UP). The serial number will minus 1 each time pressing the
SW1(DOWN). The setting condition will quit automatically after 2
minutes.
Unit No.
Press SW1(DOWN) for 2 seconds, showing 0000, then quit the
0-2
inquiry condition and stop sparklingly display.
When dial-up wheel on 13,0,0, press SW2(UP) for 2 seconds,
showing 1111, then all the failure record will be deleted.
LED1 shows the outdoor priority level;
Show the outdoor unit
1 0 LED2 shows “-”,
priority and capacity
LED3-4 show the outdoor capacity (Unit: HP)
Show the running
LED1 shows O: Stop C: Cooling H: Heating
2 0 mode and outdoor
LED2-LD4 60 show 60% of capacity output
capacity output ratio

162
SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Display with digital tube LED1~4
345 means 345rpm.
Speed of outdoor fan Press SW2(UP) for 2 seconds, showing 1111, then enter the
3 0 settable condition. Sparklingly display: Speed grade will go up a
motor 1
level each time pressing SW2(UP); speed grade will go down a
level each time pressing SW1(DOWN). The setting condition will
Speed of outdoor fan quit automatically after 5 minutes.
4 0 Press SW1(DOWN) for 2 seconds, showing 0000, then quit the
motor 2
inquiry condition and stop sparklingly display.
110.0 means 110.0Hz
Press SW2(UP) for 2 seconds, showing 1111, then enter the
settable condition. Sparklingly display: The frequency will go up
Current frequency of 1 Hz each time pressing SW2(UP); frequency will decrease 1 Hz
5 0 inverter compressor each time pressing SW1(DOWN). The setting condition will quit
INV automatically after 5 minutes.
Press SW1(DOWN) for 2 seconds, showing 0000, then quit the
inquiry condition and stop sparklingly display.

Operation
(when system failures, compressor is forbidden to start up.)
00—Fixed frequency compressor 1# OFF, Fixed frequency
compressor 2# OFF
01—Fixed frequency compressor 1# ON, Fixed frequency
Fixed frequency compressor 2# OFF
6 0
compressor status 10—Fixed frequency compressor 1# OFF, Fixed frequency
compressor 2# ON
11—Fixed frequency compressor 1# ON, Fixed frequency
Unit No. compressor 2# ON
0-2 Outdoor unit LEVa1 0---470 step
7 0
valve open angle Press SW2(UP) for 2 seconds, showing 1111, then enter the
settable condition. Sparklingly display: Press SW2(UP), the
Outdoor unit LEVa2
8 0 valve open entirely. Press SW1(DOWN), the valve close entirely.
valve open angle
The setting condition will quit automatically after 2 minutes.
Outdoor unit LEVb Press SW1(DOWN) for 2 seconds, showing 0000, then quit the
9 0
valve open angle inquiry condition and stop sparklingly display.
LED1: 4WV: 1 ON 0 OFF--Far left
Outdoor unit
LED2: SV1: 1 ON 0 OFF
11 0 solenoid valve output
LED3: SV3i: 1 ON 0 OFF
indication
LED4: SV31: 1 ON 0 OFF
LED1: SV6: 1 ON 0 OFF--Far left
Outdoor unit
LED2: SV9: 1 ON 0 OFF
12 0 solenoid valve output
LED3: SV10: 1 ON 0 OFF
indication
LED4: SV11: 1 ON 0 OFF
LED1: SV18i: 1 ON 0 OFF--Far left
Outdoor unit
LED2: SV181: 1 ON 0 OFF
13 0 solenoid valve output
LED3: SV21: 1 ON 0 OFF
indication
LED4: WV42: 1 ON 0 OFF
LED1: CHi: 1 ON 0 OFF--Far left
LED2: CH1: 1 ON 0 OFF
14 0 Heater output
LED3: CH2: 1 ON 0 OFF
LED4: Cha: 1 ON 0 OFF
15 0 Program version 1.0 means Ver1.0

163
SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Display with digital tube LED1~4
0 1 Pd pressure
Unit: kg, 2 decimal
1 1 Ps pressure
2 1 Tdi discharging temp.
3 1 Td1 discharging temp.
5 1 Tdef1 defrosting temp.
6 1 Tdef2 defrosting temp.
Unit No. 7 1 Toil temp.
0-2 8 1 Tao ambient temp.
Unit: °C
9 1 Toci1 temp.
10 1 Toci2 temp.
11 1 Tsi temp.
12 1 Reservation
14 1 Ts temp.
15 1 Toilp temp.
2 15 Pd_temp pressure temp.
3 15 Ps_temp pressure temp.
25 Unit: °C
4 15 Tliqsc temp.
5 15 Tsco temp.
Inverter compressor INV ON/
6 15 Unit: minute
OFF time
7 15 Inverter power current
8 15 Inverter compressor current
Unit: A,1 decimal
Fixed frequency compressor
Unit No. 9 15
1# current
0-2
Inverter compressor DC
11 15 Unit: V
voltage
Inverter compressor module
12 15 Unit: °C
temp.
Inverter compressor running LED1/ LED2: Inverter compressor running condition
13 15 (hex)
condition and stop reason LED3/ LED4: Inverter compressor stop reason (hex)
Fixed frequency compressor
14 15 Unit: minute
1 ON/OFF time

4) Master unit information center: showing data and control of the whole system
SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Operational approach
0 0 2 Refrigerant type 410A means 410A refrigerant
LED1: Outdoor unit quantity
LED2: Show"-"
Total quantity and capacity
0 1 2 LED3/ LED4: Outdoor total capacity (Unit: HP)
for the same system
For example, 3-48 means capacity of 3 outdoor units is
48HP
0 2 2 Indoor unit capacity 50.0 means 50 HP
LED1/ LED2: Valve box quantity
Quantity of valve box and
LED3/ LED4: Indoor unit quantity
0 3 2 indoor unit in the same
For example, 0206 means 2 valve boxes and 6 indoor
system
units

164
SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Operational approach
LED1/ LED2: Quantity of cooling indoor unit temp. sensor ON
Quantity and capacity LED3/ LED4: Capacity of cooling indoor unit temp. sensor ON
0 4 2 of cooling indoor unit (Unit: HP)
temp. sensor ON For example, 0312 means there are 3 cooling indoor units
temp. sensor ON with capacity of 12 HP.
LED1/ LED2: Quantity of heating indoor unit temp. sensor ON
LED3/ LED4: Capacity of heating indoor unit temp. sensor ON
Quantity and capacity
(exclude the capacity revise of temp. sensor OFF, unit: HP)
0 5 2 of heating indoor unit
For example, 0624 means there are 6 heating indoor units
temp. sensor ON
temp. sensor ON with capacity of 24 HP.(exclude the capacity
revise of temp. sensor OFF)
0 6 2 Cooling target temp.
Unit: °C
0 7 2 Heating target temp.

Operation
Refrigerant evacuating
setting
Press SW2(UP) for 2 seconds, showing 1111, start up and the
*Only for evacuated
digital tube show "YES".
outdoor units. If
Detailed response: SV9, SV10, SV11 open; LEVa1, 2, LEVb
only indoor unit is
0 8 2 open for 100pls; The other valves close compulsorily. SV21
evacuated, no need to
open and LEVc open for 470.
set up.
Press SW1(DOWN) for 2 seconds, showing 0000, stop.
When it finished,
(setting is invalid when unit is running.)
cancel the setting or
re-electricity.
Refrigerant charging
setting
Press SW2(UP) for 2 seconds, showing 1111, start up and the
* Only for gas charged
digital tube show "YES".
outdoor units. If only
Detailed response: LEVa1,2 open for 470pls; The other valves
0 9 2 indoor unit is charged,
close compulsorily. SV21open and LEVc open for 470.
no need to set up.
Press SW1(DOWN)for 2 seconds, showing 0000, stop. (setting
When it finished,
is invalid when unit is running.)
cancel the setting or
re-electricity.
Wrong wiring Press SW2(UP) for 2 seconds, showing 1111, then start up and
0 10 2
inspection in cooling digital tube displays the judging time by counting down.
"00.00"means the result is in conformity with the actual
connection;
Wrong wiring "01.05"means one outdoor unit and 5 indoor units are
0 11 2
inspection in heating abnormal, to check the abnormal units by digital tube (indoor:X_
X_12, outdoor:X_0_0).
Press SW1(DOWN) for 2 seconds, showing 0000, stop.
Indoor expansion Press SW2(UP) for 2 seconds, showing 1111, and indoor valves
0 12 2
valve open fully open fully for 2 minutes, then indoor valves close automatically.
All indoor units running
0 13 2
in cooling Press SW2(UP) for 2 seconds, showing 1111, open fully;
All indoor units running Press SW1(DOWN)for 2 seconds, showing 0000, close fully.
0 14 2
in heating
Press SW2(UP) for 2 seconds, showing 1111, cancel; or press
SW1(DOWN)for 2 seconds, showing 0000, cancel.
Cancel all manual
0 15 2 Cancel content:
controls (running type)
Wrong wiring inspection in cooling and heating, indoor units
open/close fully, operate compulsively and rated operating, etc.

165
SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Operational approach

15 0 0 PCB spare part code MRVIII-RC: 0151800084A


Press SW2 (UP) for 2s continuously dispay1111,
then to set: shield the fault code, quit the setting
Shield the fault code 75-0 /
15 0 1 state automatically after 30 minutes
75-4
Press SW1 (DOWN) for 2s continuously, dispay----
quit and recover normal.
BM1and BM2 setting condi- Hex display. BM1: Use LED1and LED2to display,
15 0 2
tion BM2: Use LED3and LED4 to display
INV module historical Press the UP key display INV module historical
15 0 3
communication fault communication fault data (500 bytes)
BM3and BM4 setting condi- Hex display. BM3: Use LED1and LED2to display,
15 1 2
tion BM4: Use LED3and LED4 to display
0 means short piping length; 1 means medium pip-
15 2 2 Capacity correction class
ing length, 2 means long piping length.
Low humidificaion in winter condition
15 3 2 Defrosting compensation Normal installation condition
Hight humidification in winter condition
15 4 2 BM5 setting condition Hex display. Use LED3 and LED4 to display.
15 5 2 Over match inspection 135 stands for limitation;0: without limitation.
Heating limit when outdoor 25 stands for limitation;
15 6 2
temp. over 25°C 0: without limitation.
0:without silent operation;
15 7 2 Quiet running setting
1: with silent operation
0:without snow-proof operation;
15 8 2 Snow-proof operation setting
1: with snow-proof operation
The FAN speed setting of
15 9 2 Thermo Off slave unit when 0: not running; 1: running
heating master unit running
Drop selection between indoor 0—No drop between indoor units;
15 10 2
units 1—There is drop between indoor units.
15 11 2 Reservation
Power supply setting of
15 12 2 50 means 50Hz,60 means 60Hz
50/60Hz
15 13 2 Inverter board selection 0 means self-regulating inverter board

15 14 2 Outdoor type setting 0-3 pipe type

15 15 2 Power restrain Allow max.output (%) 100 show 100% output

166
SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Operational approach
Communication baud rate of
1 0 2 9600bps
indoor and outdoor units
LED1/ LED2: Number of valve boxes
Number of cyclical valve box-
LED3/ LED4: Number of indoor units
1 1 2 es connected to indoor unit
For example, 0206 means 2 valve boxes and 6 in-
accurately for 1 round
door units
Top 2 number: the percentage
of inconformity for indoor units For example, 0522 means currently there are 22
1 2 2 and the number of E2 indoor units, and the percentage of inconformity for
Low 2 number: real-time in- indoor units and the number of E2 is 5%.
door unit number
Number of valve boxes which
LED1/ LED2: Number of valve boxes
can communicate with indoor
LED3/ LED4: Number of indoor units
1 3 2 units (exclude indoor units fail-
For example, 0206 means 2 valve boxes and 6 in-
ing communicating for contin-
door units

Operation
uous 5 times.)
LD1/ LD2: the quantity of valve box wihich doesn't
In one system, the quantity connect with indoor
of valve box wihich doesn't LD3/ LD4: the quantity of indoor wihich doesn't
1 4 2 connect with indoor and the connect with valve box
quantity of indoor wihich For example, 0103 means there is one valve box
doesn't connect with valve box doesn’t connect with indoor and three indoors don’t
connect with valve box
1 5-15 2 Reservation

5) Control of valve component of outdoor unit (Local)

SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Operational approach


Press SW2(UP) for 2 seconds, showing 1111, cancel;
or press SW1(DOWN)for 2 seconds, showing 0000,
cancel.
Cancel content:
The manual control of all the moving components
Cancel all manual control
6 15 2 of the outdoor unit, such as compressor, fan,
(for component)
electronic expansion valve LEV, solenoid valve SV,
etc. (Iincluding discharging setting and gas injecting
setting; excluding running setting, such as rated
setting/ compulsive setting/ indoor unit and outdoor
unit ON/OFF setting)

167
6) Parameters of phase order detect (Local):

SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Operational approach


Times of ok for phase S (20 times as normal, alarm 37-1 when
11 0 0
lower than 16 times)
Observe the time of low level for phase S 10ms
11 1-10 0
Unit: 0.1ms
Times of ok for phase S (20 times as normal, alarm 37-1 when
11 0 1
lower than 16 times)
Observe the period of phase S 20ms
11 1-10 1
Unit: 0.1ms
Times of ok for phase T (20 times as normal, alarm 37-2 when
11 0 2  
lower than 16 times)
Observe the time of low level for phase T 10ms
11 1-10 2
Unit: 0.1ms
Times of ok for phase T (20 times as normal, alarm 37-2 when
11 0 3
lower than 16 times)
Observe the period of phase T 20ms
11 1-10 3
Unit: 0.1ms
Times of ok for phase S/T order T (10 times as normal, alarm
11 0 4
37-3 when lower than 7 times)

7) Examination of local EE data:


SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Display with digital tube LED1~4
0 0 The EE data of address 000H (Version E2)
0 1 The EE data of address 001H
… … … The first 256 bytes data display of local EE
0 15 The EE data of address 00FH (system parameters information)
12 1 0 The EE data of address 010H Calculating address: addr=SW10×16+SW11
… … … Data display: hex display, H means hex number
1 15 The EE data of address 01FH
… … …
15 15 The EE data of address FFH
0 0 The EE data of address 100H
The last 256 bytes data display of local EE (Fail-
0 1 The EE data of address 101H
…… …… …… ure information)
Calculating address: addr=SW10×16+SW11
1 15 The EE data of address 11FH
13 Data display: hex display, H means hex number.
…… …… …… When the dial-up wheel is on 13 0 0, press SW2
(UP) for 2 seconds, then the last 256 bytes of
15 15 The EE data of address 1FFH EE will be cleared.

8) PCB code distinguish


SW9 SW10 SW11 Explanation
15 0 0 Code: 3-pipe: 084A

168
4.3.6 MRV W outdoor units
0151800084D PCB (AV*IMWEWA, AV*CMWEWA)

LD1 LD2 LD3 LD4

BM1
BM2
BM3
BM4

SW9
SW10
SW11
SW1

Operation
SW2 LED1
LED2
LED3

BM5

169
CN21 HPS1 R B CN50
FAN1
Inverter

P
1 2 1 2
High CN20 HPSi R BL CN49
pressure
sensor CN19 HPS2 R 4WV
LD1 LD2 LD3 LD4

AV*IMWEWA
SW9 SW10 SW11 CN48
Wiring diagram
CN18 WQS W R SV1
SW2 SW1
CN12 Toci1 W CN11 Y UP DOWN CN47

1 2 3
Tao R
SV6
CN10 TSi BL CN13 G LED1 LED2 LED3
Tliqsc COMP
CN14 BL outdoor indoor INV Y CN46 U W
CN15 Toilp R Tsco SV9 V
CN16 G
CN17 Toil R Tdef W CN45
SV10

1 2 3 1 2 3
CN7 W
High Toci V
pressure
sensor CN5 Pd R
CN4 R BL CN44

1 2 3
Tdi SV11 N
Low
LED3 U W
CN3
pressure R
sensor
CN6 Ps BL Td1 Y CN43 LED2
SV13i CN7 P
CN2
R

1 2 3 1 2 3
Tsuc
Radiator

1 2
CN1 Ts BL W CN42
CN8 SV3 i Temperatu re

Fuse
T3.15A-250V

1 2 3
CT2 Y R CN41 Sensor
CN9 CT1 W CN8

1 2 3
( pump )SV3
Inverter
CN51 750W W R CN40 CN1 W
Control COMP1 LED1
B CN39
CN30 APY-COM W
Board
COMP2 CN3 Y

170
CN38 Y BL
G

1 2
CN29 R CHa
CN26 LEVA2
CN25 LEVA1 CN37 Capacitor
R G CH i

12 3 4 5 6
R AC Contactor

12 3 4 5 6
CN33
W CH 1
Shunt
CN52 Y
CN24 LEVB Resistance
Fuse CN53 Y

12 3 4 5 6
R R Y
T15A-250VAC R + PTC Y
R ~
CN32 CN31 CN27 S W W
BL B ~
W Power T B Reactor
CN28 CN34 T6.3A-250VAC W W
-
P Reactifier

W W BL ~
I 375W FAN N
Reactor

7
6
5
4
2
1

3
W W

L1 L1 W
L2 L2 B
L3 L3 BL
N N
R W B

Notice :
R BL OR Y BL
1. The filter in the dashed part is optional.
P Q A B C L1 L2 L3 N 2. The colours use these letters for short
W:white B:Black R Red GR :Gray BL:Blue
Y:Yellow G: Green BR:Brown OR:Orange
Indoor Outdoor Power :3N~,380V, 60Hz
。 0150510481
Units Units
CN21 HPS1R B CN50
FAN1
High

P
1 2 1 2
pressure CN20 HPSiR
switch
BL CN49
CN19 HPS2R 4WV
LD1 LD2 LD3 LD4

AV*CMWEWA
SW9 SW10 SW11 CN48
CN18 WQS W R SV1
SW2 SW1
CN12 Toci1 W CN11 Y UP DOWN CN47

1 2 3
Tao R
SV6
CN10 TSi BL CN13 G LED1 LED2 LED3
Tliqsc COMP
CN14 BL outdoor indoor INV Y CN46 U W
CN15 ToilpR Tsco SV9 V
CN16G
CN17 Toil R Tdef W CN45

1 2 3 1 2 3
1
CN7 W SV10
High Toci V
pressure
sensor
CN4 R BL CN44
CN5 Pd R

123
Tdi SV11 N
Low
LED3 U W
CN3

2 3
pressure R
sensor
CN6 Ps BL Td1 Y LED2
SV13i CN7 P
CN2
R

1 2 3
Tsuc
Radiator

12
CN1 Ts BL W CN42
CN8 SV3i Temperatu re

Fuse
G
T3.15A-250V
CN9 CT1W
R CN41 Sensor
CN8

1 23
( pump )SV3
Inverter
W
CN51 750W R CN40 CN1 W
Control COMP1 LED1
Boad B CN39
CN30 APY-COM
W COMP2 CN3 Y

CN38 Y BL

171
1 2 1
CN29 R G CHa
CN37_1
CN26 LEVA2 CN37
CN25 LEVA1 G Capacitor
R CHi
i

2 3 4 5 6
12 3 4 5 6
R AC Cont act or
CN33
W CH1
CN33_1 Shunt
CN52 Y
CN24 LEVB Resistance
Fuse CN53 Y

12 3 4 5 6
R R
T15A-250VAC R + Y PTC Y
R ~
CN32 R W
CN31 CN27S
BL W ~
W Power T B Reactor
CN28 CN34 T6.3A-250VAC W W
-
P Reactifier

W W N B ~
I 375W FAN

7
6
5
4
2
1

3
W W Reactor

W
Filter
B

R W B

Notice :
R BL R BL OR Y BL
1. The filter in the dashed part is optional.
K1 K2 Q A P
B C L1 L2 L3 L1 N 2. The colours use these letters for short
W:white B:Black R Red GR :Gray BL:Blue
Y:Yellow G: Green BR:Brown OR:Orange
WQS Indoor Outdoor Power :3N~,220V, Pump
60Hz 。
Units Units Units

Operation
LED light introduction
• LED1: communication lamp among outdoor units.
The lamp flicker frequency is 0.5s/time under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, the
lamp flicker frequency is 1s/time.
• LED2: communication lamp between indoor units and outdoor units.
The lamp flicker frequency is 0.5s/time under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, the
lamp flicker frequency is 1s/time.
• LED3: communication lamp between outdoor PCB and inverter board.
The lamp flicker frequency is 0.5s/time under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, the
lamp flicker frequency is 1s/time.

Dip switch introduction


• Master unit: manage all of the outdoor units and as a communications center between indoor and outdoor unit.
All monitoring tools need to connect to the master unit. Set by dip BM1-7 & BM1-8.
• Slave unit: work with master unit. Set by dip switch BM1-7 & BM1-8.
• BM1 is usually set by the engineer on site; BM2, BM3, BM4 are pre-set in the factory.
• BM1_1: Master outdoor unit searches the total outdoor units after power ON at first time. The quantity of total
outdoor units is floating from right to left on LED. “1=0” is one outdoor unit, “2=01” is two outdoor units, “3=012”
is three outdoor units.
• BM1_2: Master outdoor unit searches the total indoor units after power ON at first time. The quantity of total
indoor units is floating from right to left on LED. “-04-” is 4 indoor units, “-06-” is 6 indoor units, “-15-” is 15 indoor
units.
• BM1_3: The setting is OFF or ON. Default is OFF. Once power off, unit software shall reset to “OFF”
automatically ignoring BM1_3 setting.
Note: in the following tables the grey background is default setting.

BM1 introduction

BM1 Definition Instruction


OFF Begin to search outdoor
BM1-1 Outdoor searching after
startup ON Stop searching outdoor and lock the quantity
OFF Begin to search indoor
BM1-2 Indoor searching after
startup ON Stop searching indoor and lock the quantity
Default: unit shall startup after 6 hours
Power on, no action preheat or oil temp. reaches the target value
Group class
Start Unit shall startup after 6 hours preheat or
BM1-3 Power on, change OFF to ON (physical master
up oil temp. reaches the target value (note:
or change from ON to OFF unit is valid)
here the target value is lower than the target
then to ON value when the BM1-3 on "OFF" positon).
OFF Inlet water< 7°C, running forbidden Group class
Range of water temp.
BM1-4 Inlet water < 7°C or >45°C, running (physical master
setting ON forbidden unit is valid)
Indoor capacity >130%, system functions Group class
OFF
BM1-5 Over match setting normally (physical master
ON Indoor capacity>130%, system alarms unit is valid)
Communication protocol OFF New protocol Group class
BM1-6 selection between indoor (physical master
and outdoor unit ON Old protocol unit is valid)
BM1-7 BM1-8 Outdoor address
BM1-7 OFF OFF 0# (physical master unit)
Address setting
BM1-8 OFF ON 1#
ON OFF 2#

172
Note: communication protocol between indoor and outdoor units
The new communication protocol is faster than the old communication and its control content is more than the
old one.
The indoor PCB 0151800113, 0151800161, 0151800161B, 0151800161C, 0151800227, 0151800227A,
0151800244, 0151800244B, 0151800244BA, 0151800086A, 0010451751AF, 0151800141A, 0010451751AE
and 0151800141 are new communication protocol.
The indoor PCB 0151800086 and 0010451181A are old communication protocol.
Old communication protocol indoor PCB can't connect with new communication protocol outdoor, so if this
outdoor unit connect with old communication protocol indoor, need set the dip switch BM1-6 to ON position.

BM2 introduction

BM2 Definition Instruction


OFF Quiet running function is unavailable (default) Group class
(physical
BM2-1 Quiet running function
ON Quiet running function is available master unit
is valid)
BM2-2 Reserved OFF Default is OFF

Operation
Outdoor maximum output capacity
BM2_3 BM2_4 setting
Group class
BM2-3 Outdoor maximum OFF OFF 100% (physical
BM2-4 output capacity setting OFF ON 70% master unit
ON OFF 40% is valid)
ON ON 0%
OFF Standard Group class
Water temperature (physical
BM2-5 operating range ON The extremely low temperature type master unit
is valid)
OFF Default (dynamic adjustment value) Group class
In heating, Ps too low (physical
BM2-6 protection value setting ON . master unit
is valid)
BM2-7 BM2-8 Piping length selection
Piping length selection Default setting (Medium piping Group class
BM2-7 (Main pipe length: OFF OFF (physical
length:30~60m)
BM2-8 between outdoor to 1st master unit
branch pipe) OFF ON Long piping length: 60~90m is valid)
ON OFF Short piping length: 0~30m

BM3 introduction

BM3 Definition Instruction


BM3-1 BM3-2 BM3-3 Outdoor model
BM3-1 MRV W 380V outdoor
The type of outdoor unit OFF ON OFF
BM3-2 unit Local class
selection
BM3-3 MRV W 208~230V
ON ON OFF outdoor unit
Switch over power OFF 50Hz
BM3-4 Local class
supply of 50/ 60Hz ON 60Hz
BM3-5 BM3-5 BM3-6 BM3-7 BM3-8 Outdoor HP
BM3-6 OFF OFF OFF ON 8HP
Outdoor HP setting
BM3-7 OFF OFF ON OFF 10HP
BM3-8 OFF OFF ON ON 12HP

173
BM4 introduction

BM4 Definition Instruction

Drop selection OFF Without drop among indoors Group class


BM4-1 among (physical
indoors ON With drop among indoors master unit is
valid)
BM4-2 Reserved OFF Default is OFF
BM4-3 Reserved OFF Default is OFF
BM4-4 BM4-5 Mode setting
OFF OFF Normal (cooling and heating) Group class
BM4-4 Outdoor mode OFF ON Cooling only (physical
BM4-5 setting ON OFF Heating only master unit is
valid)
ON VIP (If the indoor units is set to "VIP", the outdoor
ON mode as same as the VIP indoor mode
BM4-6 BM4-7 BM4-8 Priority setting
OFF OFF OFF First on indoor unit priority
OFF OFF ON Last on indoor unit priority
Cooling priority, any one indoor unit runs
OFF in cooling mode, the outdoor unit will run
ON OFF in cooling mode, the indoor units running
in heating mode will stop. Group class
BM4-6 Start mode Heating priority, any one indoor unit runs (physical
BM4-7 selection in heating mode, the outdoor unit will run master unit is
BM4-8 OFF ON ON in heating mode, the indoor units running valid)
in cooling mode will stop.
ON Majority priority, the outdoor mode as
OFF OFF same as the mode of most indoor units
ON OFF ON Reserved (first priority)
ON ON OFF Reserved (first priority)
ON ON ON Reserved (first priority)

BM5 introduction

BM5 Definition Instruction


BM5-1 BM5-1 BM5-2 BM5-3 BM5-4 Selection item
~ Reserved
BM5-4 OFF OFF OFF OFF Default is OFF
BM5-5 BM5-5 BM5-6 BM5-7 BM5-8 Selection item
~ Inverter board
BM5-8 OFF OFF ON ON Default (Haier module)

174
Monitor tools
The following switches are included in the master PCB board of the outdoor unit.
Press button: SW2, SW1 are the button switches.
Rotary switch: SW9, SW10, SW11, 0~15 can be set.
Display section: LD1, LD2, LD3, LD4, digital tube. During startup and commissioning, you can identify failures in the
system by selecting the indoor unit to review with switch SW9 and SW10, and selecting the function to review with
SW11.

Indoor parameter
Check the parameters of indoor whose address is from 1 to 64.
SW11 is set from 3~15 to check indoor parameter.
SW9 and SW10 show indoor unit number.

SW9 SW10 System address

Operation
0 1-16 units (indoor PCB address DIP switch 0#-15#)
1 17-32 units (indoor PCB address DIP switch 16#-31#)
0-15
2 33-48 units (indoor PCB address DIP switch 32#-47#)
3 49-64 units (indoor PCB address DIP switch 48#-63#)

SW11 Function Digital tube LD1~4 display


Communicates in inspection Communication normal display program version; Communication gap
3 and program version normal display 0000, communication has been display - not normal
4 Indoor abnormal Display indoor failure code; no failure, display 0
5 Indoor capacity Indoor capacity, 1.5HP displays 1.5
6 Indoor EEV opening angle Electronic expansion valve (EEV) opening angle
7 Indoor ambient temp. Tai Ambient temperature -2oC displays -2
8 Indoor gas pipe temp. Tc1 Gas pipe temperature -2oC displays -2
9 Indoor liquid pipe temp. Tc2 Liquid pipe temperature -2oC displays -2
LD1: startup mode. 0: stop C: cooling H: heating
Indoor startup mode, actual LD2: actual indoor fan speed (0- stop, 1- low, 2- middle, 3- high)
10 fan speed, SCODE code LD3 and LD4: SCODE code (0 -15).
E.g. C311 means cooling, high speed SCODE is 11.
11 Indoor set temp. Tset Set temperature, 16oC displays 16
0: normal
12 Wiring malfunction check 79: wiring connection failure (no display on indoor)
13 No definition Insignificance
14 No definition Insignificance
15 No definition Insignificance

175
Outdoor parameter
SW9 is used to select outdoor unit number, SW10 and SW11 working together to show outdoor parameter.
For example, SW9 is set as 0, that shows No.0 outdoor parameter; set as 1, that shows No.1 outdoor parameter...
(Master unit can display the other outdoor parameter and indoor parameter, but the slave unit only displays its own
parameter).
Start up for commissioning, search slave units and display flashing 0 from left to right. If one slave unit is found,
display 1; two slave units are found, display 2; and so on, the max. number is 8. After searching slave units, display
outdoor failure code; if no failure, display 0. 0~2 of SW9 are used to select outdoor unit number.

SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Digital tube LD1- 4 display


Failure code is transmitted by outdoor bus data. If no failure, display
the time in stopwatch counting down from the 6th hour for electrical
heating.
Press SW2 (UP) for 2 sec continuously, displaying 1111, then come
into historical failure inquiry state. 10 failures happened recently can
be checked. Blinking display the failure number and code. Press
Display outdoor SW2 (UP) once to show the next one and press SW1 (DOWN) once
0 0
failure code to show the previous one.
Exit the setting mode automatically after 2 min.
Press SW1 (DOWN) for 2 sec continuously, displaying 0000 to exit
the inquiry state and stop blinking;
DIP switch plate shows 13, 0, 0. Press SW2 (UP) for 2 sec
continuously, displaying "1111" can eliminate the historical failure
records.
Unit
No. Display priority LD1 displays the priority of outdoor units
0-2 1 0 and capacity of LD2 displays "-"
outdoor units LD3-4 displays the capacity of outdoor units (unit: HP)
Display priority
LD1: 0: stop C: cooling H: heating
2 0 and capacity of
LD2-LD4: 60 represents 60% of capacity output
outdoor units
110.0: 110.0Hz
Press SW2 (UP) for 2 sec continuously, display 1111 then come into
the setting state with blinking display: press SW2 (UP) once and
Current the frequency will increase 1Hz; press SW1 (DOWN) once and the
5 0 frequency of INV frequency will decrease 1Hz; exit the setting state automatically after
compressor 5 min.
Press SW1 (DOWN) for 2 sec continuously, displaying 0000 to exit
the setting state and stop blinking.
(Compressor is forbidden to start up when there are system failures)

176
SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Digital tube LD1- 4 display
Outdoor LEVa1 valve
7 0
open angle
0---470 steps
Press SW2 (UP) for 2 sec continuously, displaying 1111 then come into
Outdoor LEVa2 valve
8 0 the setting state with blinking display: press SW2 (UP)and the valve is
open angle
fully opened; press SW1 (DOWN) and the valve is fully closed; exit the
setting state automatically after 2 min.
Outdoor LEVb1 valve Press SW1 (DOWN) for 2 sec continuously, displaying 0000 to exit the
9 0
open angle setting state and stop blinking.

Unit 10 0 NO use
No. 0-2
Outdoor solenoid valve LD1: 4WV : 1 ON 0 OFF
11 0
output indication LD2: SV1 : 1 ON 0 OFF
LD1: SV6: 1 ON 0 OFF
Outdoor solenoid valve LD2: SV9: 1 ON 0 OFF
12 0
output indication LD3: SV10: 1 ON 0 OFF
LD4: SV11: 1 ON 0 OFF
13 0 NO use NO use

Operation
LD1: CHi: 1 ON 0 OFF
14 0 Heater output
LD4: Cha: 1 ON 0 OFF
15 0 Program version 1.0: Ver1.0
SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Digital tube LD1- 4 display
0 1 Pd pressure
Unit: kg, 2 decimals
1 1 Ps Pressure
2 1 Tdi discharging temp.
Twi water inlet temp. of the water heat
5 1
exchanger
Two2 water outlet temp. of the water heat
6 1
exchanger
7 1 Toil temp.
Unit 8 1 Tao ambient temp.
No. 0-2 9 1 Toci1 temp.
Toci2 temp. Unit: oC
10 1 (water cooled: Two1 water outlet temp. of
the water heat exchanger)
11 1 Tsi temp.
12 1 Reserved
13 1 Tdp / Tsuc temp.
14 1 Two1 temp
15 1 Toilp temp.
SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Digital tube LD1- 4 display
0 15 P1 pressure Unit: kg, 2 decimals
1 15 Pl_temp pressure temp.
2 15 Pd_temp pressure temp.
3 15 Ps_temp pressure temp. 25 Unit: oC
4 15 Tliqsc temp.
5 15 Tsco temp.
6 15 INV compressor ON/OFF time Unit: minute
Unit 7 15 Inverter power supply current
No. 0-2 8 15 inv compressor current
Unit: A, 1 decimal
9 15 Fixed frequency compressor 1# current
10 15 Fixed frequency compressor 2# current
11 15 INV compressor DC voltage Unit: V
12 15 Inverter compressor module temp. Unit: oC
LD1/ LD2: Inverter compressor working state
Inverter compressor working state and stop (hexadecimal)
13 15
cause LD3/ LD4: Inverter compressor stop cause
(hexadecimal)

177
Master unit information center: display parameters of the whole system
SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Operation

0 0 2 Refrigerant type 410A: R-410A refrigerant

LD1: qty of outdoor


Total qty and capacity LD2: displays"-"
0 1 2 of outdoor units in the LD3/ LD4: total capacity of outdoor (unit: Hp)
same system E.g. 3-48 represents 3 outdoors with total capacity of 48Hp

Total capacity of
0 2 2 50.0: 50Hp
indoors

Qty of VB and LD1/ LD2: Qty of VB (3 pipes model)


0 3 2 indoors in the same LD3/ LD4: Qty of indoor units
system E.g. 0206 represents 2 VB and 6 indoor units

LD1/ LD2: the qty of indoors with temp. sensors ON under cooling
The number and total LD3/ LD4: total capacity of indoors with temp. sensors ON under
capacity of indoors
0 4 2 cooling (unit: Hp)
with temp. sensors E.g. 0312 represents 3 indoors with temp. sensors ON under
ON under cooling cooling and total capacity is 12Hp.
LD1/ LD2: the qty of indoors with temp. sensors ON under heating
LD3/ LD4: total capacity of indoors with temp. sensors ON under
The number and total heating (excluding capacity correction of closed temp. sensors)
capacity of indoors
0 5 2 with temp. sensors (unit: Hp)
E.g. 0624 represents 6 indoors with temp. sensors ON under
ON under heating heating and total capacity is 24Hp. (excluding capacity correction
of closed temp. sensors)
0 6 2 Target cooling temp.
Unit: degree
0 7 2 Target heating temp.

Refrigerant
evacuation
Setting Press SW2 (UP) for 2 sec continuously, display 1111 and start up;
*Only for outdoor digital tube displays "YES", detailed response: SV9, SV10, SV11
evacuation. For
0 8 2 open; LEVa1,2, LEVb open for 100pls, the other valves close
indoor evacuation, compulsorily. Press SW1 (DN) for 2 sec continuously, display
do not set. When 0000 and stop (setting is invalid when unit is running)
it finishes, cancel
the setting or re-
electricity.

Refrigerant charging
Setting Press SW2 (UP) for 2 sec continuously, display 1111 and start up;
*Only for gas charged digital tube displays "YES", detailed response: LEVa1, 2 open for
outdoor. For indoor is
0 9 2 500pls, the other valves close compulsorily. Press SW1 (DN) for
charged, do not set. 2 sec continuously, display 0000 and stop (setting is invalid when
When it finishes, unit is running)
Cancel the setting or
re-electricity.

178
SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Operation

Wrong wiring Press SW2 (UP) for 2 sec continuously, display 1111 and start up;
0 10 2 digital tube counts down judging time by second; after time arrives,
inspection in cooling
display the result: "00.00" shows the result is in conformity with the
actual connection; "01.05" shows one outdoor and 5 indoors are
abnormal, to check the abnormal units by digital tube
Wrong wiring (indoor: X_X_13, outdoor X_0_0); Press SW1 (DN) for 2 sec
0 11 2 inspection in heating continuously, display 0000 and stop.

Press SW2 (UP) for 2 sec continuously, display 1111 and


Indoor expansion
0 12 2 indoor valves open fully for 2 minutes, then indoor valves close
valve open fully automatically.
All indoor units Press SW2 (UP) for 2 sec continuously, display 1111 and start up;
0 13 2 running in cooling Press SW1 (DN) for 2 sec continuously, display 0000 and stop.
All indoor units Press SW2 (UP) for 2 sec continuously, display 1111 and start up;
0 14 2 running in heating Press SW1 (DN) for 2 sec continuously, display 0000 and stop.
Press SW2 (UP) for 2 sec continuously, display 1111 and start

Operation
Cancel all manual up; Press SW1 (DN) for 2 sec continuously, display 0000 and
0 15 2 controls (running stop. Cancel items: wrong wiring inspection in cooling/heating
type) mode; indoor unit running/stop totally; compulsory operation; rated
operation, etc.
BM1 and BM2 setting Hexadecimal display. BM1: represented by LD1 and LD2;
15 0 2 state BM2: represented by LD3 and LD4.
BM3 and BM4 setting Hexadecimal display. BM3: represented by LD1 and LD2;
15 1 2 state BM4: represented by LD3 and LD4;
Capacity correction O shows short piping length; 1 shows medium piping length;
15 2 2 class 3 shows long piping length;
Defrosting
15 3 2 10、 8、6
compensation α
BM5 setting state
15 4 2 Hexadecimal display. Represented by LD3 and LD4;
(reserved)
Volume overload 135: limited
15 5 2 check 0: no limit
Inlet water 1: limit
15 6 2 temperature 7-45°C 0: unlimited
0: without silent running
15 7 2 Silent running setting 1: with silent running
Snow prevention 0: without snow prevention running
15 8 2 running setting 1: with snow prevention running

179
SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Operation
When master unit is
operating in heating 0: not running
15 9 2 mode, the fan speed 1: running
setting of Thermo
OFF slave units
Drop selection 0: no drop
15 10 2 between outdoor and 1: with drop
indoor
LD1: outdoor mode 0- normal, C- cooling only, H- heating only,
U-VIP
LD2: "-"
LD3/LD4: indoor priority setting (valid when outdoor mode is
Setting of outdoor normal or VIP)
mode and indoor
15 11 2 00--First in first out
priority (not available 01--Last in first out
for 3 pipes mode) 02--Cooling priority
03--Heating priority
04--Majority priority
E.g. "0-03": heating priority "C---": cooling only
Power supply check 50: 50Hz
15 12 2 50Hz/60Hz setting 60: 60Hz
Inverter board 0: self-made
15 13 2 selection 1: APY
0-3 pipes model
Outdoor model
15 14 2 1-MX6-S model
setting 2-Water Cooled VRF
15 15 2 Reserved
Communication baud
1 0 2 rate of indoor and 9600bps
outdoor units
1 round circulating LD1/ LD2: qty. of VB (3 pipes model)
VB and correct
1 1 2 LD3/ LD4: qty. of indoor units
communicating qty of
E.g. 0206 represents 2 VB and 6 indoor units
indoor units
2 MSB: percentage
of inconsistent qty
between indoor and E.g. 0522: qty. of actual indoors is 22; communicating inconsistent
1 2 2 E2 percentage between indoor and E2 is 5%
2 LSB: qty of actual
indoors
Qty of indoors which
can communicate LD1/ LD2: qty. of VB (3 pipes model)
1 3 2 with VB (indoors LD3/ LD4: qty. of indoor units
failed 5 successive E.g. 0206 represents 2 VB and 6 indoor units.
rounds are excluded)
1 4-15 2 Reserved

180
Outdoor valves’ spare parts control
SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Operation
Press SW2 (UP) for 2 sec continuously, displaying 1111
to cancel or press SW1 (DOWN) for 2 sec continuously,
displaying 0000 to cancel
Cancelled items:
Cancel all the manual control
6 15 2 The manual control of compressor, fan motor, EEV LEV,
(spare parts) Solenoid valve and all the other outdoor active spare
parts. (including air evacuating and charging setting;
excluding running modes: rated or forced ON/OFF of
indoors and outdoors, etc)

Phase detect parameter

SW9 SW10 SW11 Function

OK times of S phase
11 0 0 20 times: normal; less than 16 times: alarm 37-1

11 1-10 0 Observe S phase low level’s time 10ms; unit:0.1ms

Operation
OK times of S phase
11 0 1 20 times: normal; less than 16 times: alarm 37-1

OK times of S phase
11 1-10 1 20 times: normal; less than 16 times: alarm 37-1

OK times of T phase
11 0 2 20 times: normal; less than 16 times: alarm 37-2

11 1-10 2 Observe T phase low level’s time 10ms; unit:0.1ms

OK times of T phase
11 0 3 20 times: normal; less than 16 times: alarm 37-2

0.1ms
11 1-10 3 Observe T phase’s cyclic period 20ms. Unit: 0.1ms

OK times of S/T phase


11 0 4 10 times: normal; less than 7 times: alarm 37-3

181
EE data inquiry

SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Digital tube LD1-4 display


000H address’s EE data
0 0 (E2 version)
0 1 001H address’s EE data
… … …
0 15 00FH address’s EE data EE’s previous 256 byte data display (system parameter info.)
12 1 0 010H address’s EE data Address calculating method: addr. = SW10×16+SW11
Data display: hexadecimal; H represents hexadecimal number
… … …
1 15 01FH address’s EE data
… … …
15 15 FFH address’s EE data
0 0 100H address’s EE data
0 1 101H address’s EE data
EE’s later 256 byte data display (malfunction info)
…… …… …… Address calculating method: addr. = SW10×16+SW11
13 Data display: hexadecimal; H represents hexadecimal number
1 15 11FH address’s EE data Dial plate shows 13, 0, 0. Press SW2 (UP) for 2 sec
continuously to eliminate EE’s later 256 byte data.
…… …… ……
15 15 1FFH address’s EE data

PCB Special No. Description

SW9 SW10 SW11 Description

15 0 0 084D
75-0 /75-4 Temporary shielding failure.
(1) Press SW2 (UP) for 2 s, display 1111, Enter the fault block, Automatically cancelled
15 0 1 after 30 minutes;
(2) Press SW1 (DOWN)
Last 2 s show------ Exit back to normal
15 0 3
Press the UP key display INV historical fault data communication module.

182
4.3.7 MRVIII-C PLUS outdoor units
0151800084C PCB (AV*IMSEVA, AV*IMSEVA(A))

LED1 LED2 LED3 LD1 LD2 LD3 LD4

BM1
BM2
BM3
BM4

SW9
SW10
SW11
SW1

Operation
SW2

BM5

183
3
M

23 1
High R B

P
1 2 1 2
pressure R

23 1
BL
sensor

1 2
Wiring diagram
Reactor

2
23 1
W R

1
W W B

2
2

1
W Y R

1 2 3
4

1 2
BL

1 2
G FAN DRIVER
BL Y
R

11 2
B

4 3 2 1
R

1 2
R Twi(Tdef)G W
AV08IMSEVA, AV10IMSEVA

1 2 3 1 2 3
12
4 3 2
W 1 2 P N

3 4
R R BL G

1 2 3

11 2
4 3 2
R B BR W

2 3
R Y

3 4
BL W

2
3 2
R 3 2 1

1 2 3
W

12
3 23 1
BL G 2 1 INVERTER

1 2
W R

23 1

1 2 3
CAPACITANCE
BOARD P BOARD

3 4
23 1
W R
N

1 2
1
2
CONTROL BOARD

2
W

1
4
R S T U V W
R G

3 23 1

1 2
R W B R W B
G

23 1

3 2 11

184
R G
R

1
COMP

2
W W W
U

3 2
V

R
R

3
BL

4 3 2 1
W FILTER

1 2
BUS1

1 2
W

3
W B

7 6 5
INV-COM W

1 2
BL

R BL OR Y BL
P Q A B C R W B BL

Indoor Outdoor
units units
3
23 1
High R B

P
1 2 1 2
pressure R

23 1
BL
sensor COMP

1 2
U W
V

2
2 1
W R

1
2
R W B

1
W Y R

1 2 3
4 3 2 1
U V W

1 2
BL

1 2
G

1
Y

2
BL G CN7

11 2
4 3 2 1
R P Fuse

1 2
R Twi(Tdef)G W T3.15A-250V

1 2 3 1 2 3
12
4 3 2 1
W N
R R BL

1 2 3

11 2 3 4
4 3 2 1
INVERTER BOARD

2 3
BL R Y CN8

1 2 3

2 3 4
3 2 1
R

1 2 3
W

12
3 23 1
BL G

1 2
AV12IMSEVA, AV14IMSEVA, AV16IMSEVA

W R DC FAN W CN1 B CN2 Y CN3

23 1

1 2 3
M M 3 2 1 3 2 1 3 2 1

23 1
W R R BL

1 2 3 4
CONTROL BOARD

2 1
W B
W W

1 2
4
R G FAN DRIVER W B R

3 23 1

1 2
G

23 1

185
3 2 11
R G AC Contactor
R

2 1
W W

3 2
B B
R Y Y
R
R W

3
~ Reactor
BL W

1 2
BUS1 B

1 2
W ~
B W W
W

7 6 5 4 3 2 1
INV-COM W

1 2 3
BL

FILTER

R BL OR Y BL R W B BL

P Q A B C

Indoor Outdoor
units units

Operation
Fan
Capacitor
Inverter
High pressure
sensor B
R W B

WQS

LED3 G
Radiator LED2 R
AC Fan Driver temperature R
(Twi) sensor
CN7 G
High (Two)
pressure W

FUSE
B GR sensor CN8 W
T3.15A-250V
AV08IMSEVA(A), AV10IMSEVA(A)

Low
pressure CN1 W
sensor

SV3i CN3 Y
SV3
CN2 B
Control Board
CN37-1

R B
GR

186
R Capacitor
AC Contactor B
FUSE GR
R
T 15 A- 250VAC R Resistance
R
T6.3 A- 250VAC R R Y Y
W W Reactor
W
Power B B W
W GR W
3P Rectifier

R
.

W
..
Filter B
GR GR
..
B

Notice:
R R B R W B GR 1.The filter in the dashed part is optional;
R W
Terminal
Terminal Block for 2.The colours use these letters for short
Block for Power
Communication W:White B:Black R:Red GR:Gray
BL:Blue Y:Yellow G:Green BR:Brown
Indoor Outdoor Power 0150507297
Units Units OR:Orange
Fan
Capacitor
Fan
Capacitor
Inverter
High pressure
sensor B
R W B

WQS

LED3
AC Fan Driver Radiator
LED2
R
(Twi) temperature
sensor CN7
High (Two)
pressure W
GR
FUSE
B sensor CN8
T3.15A-250V

Low
pressure
sensor
CN1

SV3i CN3
SV3
CN2
PCB
AV12IMSEVA(A), AV14IMSEVA(A), AV16IMSEVA(A)

CN37-1

187
R B
GR
R Capacitor
AC Contactor B
FUSE R GR
T 15 A- 250VAC R Resistance
R
T6.3 A- 250VAC R R Y Y
W W Reactor
W
Power B B W
W W
3P Rectifier

GR
R

R
.

W
..

Filter B
B GR GR
..

Notice:
R R R B W R W B GR 1.The filter in the dashed part is optional;
Terminal Terminal
Block for Block for
2.The colours use these letters for short
Communication Power W:White B:Black R:Red GR:Gray
Indoor Outdoor Power
BL:Blue Y:Yellow G:Green BR:Brown 0150507302
Units Units OR:Orange

Operation
LED light introduction

■■LED1: communication lamp among outdoor units.


The lamp flicker frequency is 0.5s/time under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, the lamp
flicker frequency is 1s/time.
■■LED2: communication lamp between indoor units and outdoor units.
The lamp flicker frequency is 0.5s/time under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, the lamp
flicker frequency is 1s/time.
■■LED3: communication lamp between outdoor PCB and inverter board.
The lamp flicker frequency is 0.5s/time under normal condition; once occurs the communication faulty, the lamp
flicker frequency is 1s/time.

Dip switch introduction


■■Master unit: Manage all of the outdoor units and as a communications center between indoor and outdoor units.
All monitoring tools need to connect to the master unit. Set by dip switch BM1-7 & BM1-8
■■Slave unit: work with master unit. Set by dip switch BM1-7 & BM1-8
■■BM1 is usually set by the engineer on site; BM2, BM3, BM4 are pre-set in the factory.
■■BM1_1: Master outdoor unit searches the total outdoor units after power on at first time. The quantity of total
outdoor units is floating from right to left on LED. "1=0" is one outdoor unit, "2=01" is two outdoor units, "3=012" is
three outdoor units.
■■BM1_2: Master outdoor unit searches the total indoor units after locked the quantity of the outdoor units. The
quantity of total indoor units is floating from right to left on LED. "-04-" is 4 indoor units, "-06-" is 6 indoor units, "-15-"
is 15 indoor units.
Note: In the following tables the grey background is default setting.

188
(1) BM1 introduction

BM1 Definition Introduction

OFF Begin to search outdoor


Outdoor searching after
BM1-1
startup
ON Stop searching outdoor and lock the quantity

OFF Begin to search indoor


Indoor searching after
BM1-2
startup
ON Stop searching indoor and lock the quantity

Default: unit shall startup after 6 hours preheat


Power on, no action
or oil temp. reaches the target value
Group class
BM1-3 Start up
Power on, change OFF to ON
Unit shall startup after 6 hours preheat or oil (physical master
or change from ON to OFF then
temp. reaches the target value (note: here the unit is valid)
target value is lower than the target value when
to ON.
the BM1-3 on "OFF" position).
OFF Ambient temp.>25oC, available. Group class

Operation
BM1-4 25oC heating function (physical master
ON Ambient temp.>25oC, unavailable. unit is valid)
Indoor total capacity >130%, system function Group class
OFF
BM1-5 Over match setting normally (physical master
unit is valid)
ON Indoor total capacity>130%, system alarm
OFF New protocol Group class
Communication protocol
BM1-6 selection (physical master
ON Old protocol unit is valid)
BM1-7 BM1-8
OFF OFF 0# (physical master unit)
BM1-7 Address
OFF ON 1#
BM1-8 setting
ON OFF 2#
ON ON 3#

Note: communication protocol between indoor and outdoor units


The new communication protocol is faster than the old communication and its control content is more than the
old one.
The indoor PCB 0151800113, 0151800161, 0151800161B, 0151800161C, 0151800227, 0151800227A,
0151800244, 0151800244B, 0151800244BA, 0151800086A, 0010451751AF, 0151800141A, 0010451751AE
and 0151800141 are new communication protocol.
The indoor PCB 0151800086 and 0010451181A are old communication protocol.
Old communication protocol indoor PCB can't connect with new communication protocol outdoor, so if this
outdoor unit connect with old communication protocol indoor, need set the dip switch BM1-6 to ON position.

189
(2) BM2 instruction
BM2 Definition Introduction

OFF Quiet running function is unavailable (default) Group class


Quiet running
BM2-1 (physical master unit
function
ON Quiet running function is available is valid)

BM2-2 Reserved OFF Default is OFF


Group class
BM2-3 Reserved OFF Default is OFF (physical master unit
is valid)
BM2-4 Reserved OFF Default is OFF

BM2-5 BM2-6

Default setting (Normal installation


OFF OFF condition )

BM2-5 Defrosting judge Group class


Low humidification in winter (physical master unit
BM2-6 condition OFF ON condition is valid)
High humidification in winter
condition (when outdoor unit
ON OFF defrosting is not clear, can set the
dip switch on this position)

BM2-7 BM2-8
Piping length
selection Default setting (Medium piping
(Main pipe OFF OFF Group class
BM2-7 length: 30<L≤60m
length: between (physical master unit
BM2-8 is valid)
outdoor to 1st OFF ON Long piping length:60m<L≤90m
branch)
ON OFF Short piping length: 0<L≤30m

(3) BM3 introduction


BM3 Definition Introduction

BM3-1 BM3-2 BM3-3 Outdoor type


BM3-1 MRVIII-C PLUS DC fan
The type of outdoor OFF ON ON
BM3-2 motor Local class
unit selection
BM3-3 MRVIII-C PLUS AC fan
OFF OFF ON
motor

Switch over power OFF 50Hz


BM3-4 Local class
supply of 50/60Hz ON 60Hz
BM3-5 BM3-6 BM3-7 BM3-8
BM3-5 OFF OFF OFF ON 8HP
BM3-6 Outdoor horse power OFF OFF ON OFF 10HP
BM3-7 setting OFF OFF ON ON 12HP
BM3-8 OFF ON OFF OFF 14HP
OFF ON OFF ON 16HP

190
(4) BM4 instruction

BM4 Definition Introduction


Group
class
Drop between
BM4-1 OFF No drop (default) (physical
indoor units master unit
is valid)
In heating, when the
master unit running,
BM4-2 the fan motor of OFF Default is OFF ( Don't running) Local class
the stop slave unit
running setting
Outdoor external OFF The maximum speed of outdoor fan motor is 14 (default)
BM4-3 Local class
pressure selection ON The maximum speed of outdoor fan motor is 15
BM4-4 BM4-5 Outdoor mode
OFF OFF Normal (cooling and heating) Group
OFF ON Cooling only class
BM4-4 Outdoor mode (physical

Operation
BM4-5 selection ON OFF Heating only master unit
VIP (If the indoor units is set to "VIP", the outdoor is valid)
ON ON
mode as same as the VIP indoor mode
BM4-6 BM4-7 BM4-8 Priority setting
OFF OFF OFF First on indoor unit priority
OFF OFF ON Last on indoor unit priority
Cooling priority, any one indoor unit runs
in cooling mode, the outdoor unit will run
OFF ON OFF in cooling mode, the indoor units running
in heating mode will stop. Group
BM4-6 Heating priority, any one indoor unit runs class
BM4-7 Start mode selection in heating mode, the outdoor unit will (physical
BM4-8 OFF ON ON master unit
run in heating mode, the indoor units
running in cooling mode will stop. is valid)
Majority priority, the outdoor mode as
ON OFF OFF
same as the mode of most indoor units
ON OFF ON Reserved (first priority)
ON ON OFF Reserved (first priority)
ON ON ON Reserved (first priority)

(5) BM5 instruction

BM5 Definition Introduction

BM5-1 BM5-2 BM5-3 BM5-4


BM5-1
BM5-2 Outdoor motor AC fan motor or DC dual
ON ON OFF OFF
BM5-3 selection fan motor
BM5-4
OFF OFF ON ON DC single fan motor

BM5-5 OFF

BM5-6 OFF
Inverter board Default (Haier module)
BM5-7 ON

BM5-8 ON

191
Monitor tools
Monitor code is as following:
Press button: SW2 (up), SW1 (down)
Rotary switch: SW9, SW10, SW11, 0-15 can be set.
0isplay section: LD1, LD2, LD3, LD4, digital tube.
1) Indoor parameter
Check the parameters of indoor whose address is from 1 to 64.
SW11 is set from 3~15 to check indoor parameter.
SW9 and SW10 show indoor unit number.

SW9 SW10 Indoor unit address


0 0-15 1-16
1 0-15 17-32
2 0-15 33-48
3 0-15 49-64

SW11 Function Digital tube LD1~4 display


If communication is normal, show the indoor unit program version
Indoor communication and (one decimal). If communication is unstable, show “0000” . If
3
indoor program version communication is abnormal, show “----”.
For example,“U4.2” means indoor unit version is V4.2
4 Indoor failure Display indoor failure code; no failure, display 0
5 Indoor capacity Indoor capacity: 1.5HP displays 1.5
6 Indoor EEV open angle Electronic expansion valve (EEV) open angle (unit: pls)
7 Indoor ambient temp. Tai Ambient temperature: -2°C displays-2
8 Indoor gas pipe temp. Tc1 Gas pipe temperature: -2°C displays-2
9 Indoor liquid pipe temp. Tc2 Liquid pipe temperature: -2°C displays-2
LD1: indoor mode (0: stop; C: cooling; H: heating)
Indoor mode, actual fan speed
10 LD2: indoor actual fan speed (0: stop; 1: low; 2: med; 3:high)
and SCODE code
LD3 and LD4: SCODE code (0~15)
11 Indoor set temp. Tset Set temperature: 16°C displays 16
12 Wrong wiring inspection 0 shows no failure, 79 shows wiring connection failure (indoor no display)
2) Outdoor parameter
SW11: range is 0,1,15, show outdoor parameter
SW9 is used to select outdoor unit number
(master unit can display the other outdoor parameter and indoor parameter, but the slave unit only displays itself
parameter).
Start up for the first time, search slave units and circle display 1:0 from left to right. If one slave unit is found, display
2:01, two slave units are found, display 3:012. "3:012" means total 3 outdoor units, 012 are each outdoor address.
After searching slave units, display outdoor failure code; if no failure, display 0.

192
SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Digital tube LD1~4 display
Failure code transmitted by outdoor bus data. If no failure, display
the time as second counting down from the 6 hours for pre-
heating
Press SW2 (UP) for continuous 2 seconds, the display, 1111,
Display outdoor failure enter historical fault query, you can query 10 times recent failures.
0 0
code flashing display fault sequence number and code, press SW2 1
time, the serial number plus 1, press SW1 1 time serial number
minus 1; 2 min after exit setting state automatically.
Press SW1 (DOWN) for 2 seconds, the display 0000, exit the
query condition, stop flashing display.
LD1: display outdoor priority
Display outdoor priority
1 0 LD2: display "-"
and capacity
LD3, LD4: display outdoor capacity (unit:HP)
Display outdoor

Operation
LD1: outdoor operation mode (0: stop; C: cooling; H: heating)
operation mode and
2 0 LD2-LD4: outdoor capacity output.(60 shows 60% of capacity
outdoor capacity output
output)
ratio
3 0 Speed of fan motor1 345 shows 345 rpm. Press SW2 (UP) for 2s continuously, display
1111, then to set: flashing display, press SW2 (UP) 1 time, the
fan speed will go up 1class; press SW1 (DOWN) 1 time, the fan
4 0 Speed of fan motor2 speed will decrease 1 class; 5 min later, quit the setting state
automatically. Press SW1 (DOWN) for 2s continuously, display
0000, then quit the setting state, and stop flashing.
Unit
110.0 shows 110.0HZ. Press SW2 (UP) for 2s continuously,
No. 0-2
display 1111, then to set: flashing and press SW2 (UP) 1 time,
the frequency will go up 1Hz; press SW1 (DOWN) 1 time, the
Current frequency of
5 0 frequency will decrease 1Hz; 5 min later, quit the setting state
Inverter compressor
automatically. Press SW1 (DOWN) for 2s continuously, display
0000, then quit the setting state, and stop flashing. When system
failures, compressor is forbidden to start up.
6 0 Null Null
Outdoor LEVa1 valve
7 0
open angle 0-470pls
Outdoor LEVa2 valve Press SW2 (UP) for 2s continuously, dispay1111, then to set:
8 0
open angle flashing display, press SW2 (UP), EEV open fully, press SW1
Outdoor LEVb valve (DOWN) EEV close fully. 2 min later, quit the setting state
9 0
open angle automatically.Press SW1 (DOWN) for 2s continuously, display
Outdoor LEVc valve 0000, then quit the setting state, and stop flashing.
10 0
open angle
Outdoor solenoid valve LD1: 4WV: 1 ON 0 OFF LD2: SV1: 1 ON 0 OFF
11 0
output indication LD3: SV3i: 1 ON 0 OFF LD4: SV31: 1 ON 0 OFF

Outdoor solenoid valve LD1: SV6: 1 ON 0 OFF LD2: SV9: 1 ON 0 OFF


12 0
output indication LD3: SV10: 1 ON 0 OFF LD4: SV11: 1 ON 0 OFF

Outdoor solenoid valve LD1: SV18i: 1 ON 0 OFF LD2: SV181: 1 ON 0 OFF


13 0
output indication LD3: SV21: 1 ON 0 OFF LD4: WV42: 1 ON 0 OFF

193
SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Digital tube LD1~4 display

LD1: CHi: 1 ON 0 OFF LD2: CH1: 1 ON 0 OFF


14 0 Heater output
LD3: CH2: 1 ON 0 OFF LD4: CHa: 1 ON 0 OFF

15 0 Software version 1.0 shows Ver1.0


0 1 Pd pressure 10.00 shows 10.00kg
1 1 Ps pressure 10.00 shows 10.00kg
2 1 Tdi discharging temp.
3 1 Null
4 1 Null
5 1 Tdef1 defrosting temp.
Unit 6 1 Null
No. 0-2
7 1 Toil temp.
8 1 Tao ambient temp.
Unit: oC
9 1 Toci1 temp.
10 1 Toci2 temp.
11 1 Tsi temp.
12 1 Null
13 1 Tsuc/Tdp temp.
14 1 Tsacc temp.
15 1 Toilp temp.

SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Digital tube LD1- 4 display


0 15 P1 pressure Unit: kg, 2 decimals
1 15 Pl_temp pressure temp.
2 15 Pd_temp pressure temp.
3 15 Ps_temp pressure temp. 25 Unit: oC
4 15 Tliqsc temp.
5 15 Tsco temp.
6 15 INV compressor ON/OFF time Unit: minute
Unit 7 15 Inverter power supply current
No. 0-2 8 15 inv compressor current
Unit: A, 1 decimal
9 15 Null
10 15 Null
11 15 INV compressor DC voltage Unit: V
12 15 Inverter compressor module temp. Unit: oC
LD1/ LD2: Inverter compressor working state
Inverter compressor working state and (hexadecimal)
13 15 stop reason LD3/ LD4: Inverter compressor stop reason
(hexadecimal)

194
3. Master unit information center: display parameters of the whole system

SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Digital tube LD1~4 display

407C stands for R407C


0 0 2 Refrigerant type 410A stands for R410A (default)
R22 stands for R22
LD1: outdoor total quantity
Outdoor total quantity and total
0 1 2 LD2: display "-"
capacity in one system
LD3 and LD4: outdoor total capacity (unit: HP)
0 2 2 Indoor total capacity 48.0 shows 48HP

0 3 2 Indoor QTY in one system LD3 and LD4: indoor total quantity
Cool mode indoor QTY and total LD1/LD2: cool mode indoor QTY
0 4 2
capacity LD3/LD4: cool mode indoor total cpacity (unit: HP)

Operation
Heat mode indoor QTY and total LD1/LD2: heat mode indoor QTY
0 5 2
capacity LD3/LD4: heat mode indoor total cpacity (unit:HP)
0 6 2 Cool target temperature
Unit: oC
0 7 2 Heat target temperature
Press SW2 (UP) for 2s continuously, display 1111 and
Refrigerant evacuation setting
start up; digital tube displays "YES", detailed response:
only for evacuated outdoor. If indoor
SV9, SV10, SV11 open; LEVa1, 2, LEVb open for
0 8 2 evacuation, do not set. When it
100pls, the other valves close compulsorily. Press
finishes, cancel the setting or re-
SW1 (DN) for 2s continuously, display 0000 and stops
electricity.
(setting is invalid when unit is running).
Press SW2 (UP) for 2s continuously, display 1111 and
Refrigerant charging setting
start up; digital tube displays "YES", detailed response:
only for gas charged outdoor. If
LEVa1, 2 open for 470pls, the other valves close
0 9 2 indoor is charged, do not set. When
compulsorily. SV21 open and LEVc open for 470pls,
it finishes, cancel the setting or re-
Press SW1 (DN) for 2s continuously, display 0000 and
electricity.
stops (setting is invalid when unit is running).

Press SW2 (UP) for 2s continuously, display 1111


0 10 2 Wrong wiring inspection in cooling
and start up; digital tube counts down judging time at
second; after time arrives, display the result: "00.00"
shows the result is in conformity with the actual
connection; "01.05" shows one outdoor and 5 indoors
0 11 2 Wrong wiring inspection in heating are abnormal, to check the abnormal units by digital
tube (indoor: X_ X_12, outdoor X_0_0); Press SW1
(DN) for 2s continuously, display 0000 and stops.

195
SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Digital tube LD1~4 display

Press SW2 (UP) for 2s continuously, display 1111


0 12 2 Indoor expansion valve open fully and indoor valves open fully for 2 minutes, then
indoor valves close automatically.

0 13 2 All indoor units running in cooling Press SW2 (UP) for 2s continuously, display 1111
open fully; Press SW1 (DN) for 2s continuously,
0 14 2 All indoor units running in heating display 0000 and open fully.
Press SW2 (UP) for 2s continuously, display 1111
, cancel; Press SW1 (DN) for 2s continuously,
Cancel all manual controls (running display 0000, cancel. Cancel items: wrong wiring
0 15 2
type) inspection in cooling/heating mode; indoor running/
stop totally; compulsory operation; rated operation,
etc.
15 0 0 PCB spare part code MRVIII-C plus: 0151800084C

Press SW2 (UP) for 2s continuously dispay1111,


then to set: shield the fault code, quit the setting
15 0 1 Shield the fault code 75-0 / 75-4 state automatically after 30 minutes
Press SW1 (DOWN) for 2s continuously, dispay----
quit and recover normal.
LD1/LD2: BM1 LD3/LD4: BM2. hexadecimal
15 0 2 Setting state of BM1and BM2
dispaly
INV module historical communication Press the UP key display INV module historical
15 0 3
fault communication fault data (500 bytes)
LD1/LD2: BM3 LD3/LD4: BM4 .hexadecimal
15 1 2 Setting state of BM3and BM4
dispaly
0 shows short piping length; 1 shows medium
15 2 2 Capacity correction class piping length; 2 shows long piping length; 3 energy
conservation

15 3 2 Defrost compensation α 10, 8, 6

15 4 2 Setting state of BM5 (reserved) LD3/LD4: BM5 hexadecimal display

15 5 2 Capacity overload detection 135 stands for limitation; 0: no limitation

Heating limit when outdoor temp. over


15 6 2 1 shows limitation; 0 shows no limitation
25°C

15 7 2 Quite operation setting 0: no quite operation; 1: silent operation

196
SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Digital tube LD1~4 display

15 8 2 Snow-proof operation setting 0: no snow-proof operation; 1: snow-proof operation

In heating, when the master


outddor unit running, The fan
15 9 2 0: fan motor stop 1: fan motor run
speed of slave unit which is off
setting
Height difference between
15 10 2 0: no height difference 1: exist height difference
indoor units
LD1: outdoor operation mode (0: general; C: cooling only;
H: heating only; U: VIP
LD2: "-"
LD3/LD4: indoor priority (when the outdoor operation

Operation
Outdoor operation mode and mode is general or vip is effective)
15 11 2
indoor priority 00: first on indoor unit priority
01: last on indoor unit priority
02: cooling priority
03: heating priority
04: majority priority
Testing of the power supply 50Hz display 50
15 12 2
50Hz/60Hz setting 60Hz display 60
0: haier inverter board
15 13 2 Inverter board
1: APY inverter board

15 14 2 Outdoor series 1: MRVIII-C plus

15 15 2 Power restrain Allow max.output (%) 100 show 100% output

4) Outdoor valves control


SW9 SW10 SW11 Function Digital tube LD1~4 display
Press SW2 (UP) for 2s continuously, display 1111 then to quit.
Or press SW1 (DN) to 2s continuously, display 0000 then
Cancel all the
quit the set, Cancel items: manual control of the parts such as
6 15 2 manual controls
compressor, motor, electronic expansion valve LEV, solenoid
(component type)
valve SV and so on (including evacuation, charging, excluding
rated operation, compulsory operation, indoor on/off etc.)

197
4.3.8 MRV 5 outdoor units
0151800256 PCB (AV*IMVEVA)

SW1 SW2 SW3

SMG2 BM1

SMG1

SW4 BM2
(UP)
SW5 SW6
(START) (STOP)
SW7 BM3
(DOWN)

LED1

BM4

LED3

LED4

LED5 LED7

LED6

198
Wiring diagram
AV08/10/12/14/16/18IMVEVA

Description of the main board port definition

21
22

20

19
12 3 1234
No. Port Port description
CN19

CN24W
ZIGBEE
INV-COM

1 L/N/G Power input

A B C CN18 B
1234
W

2 SV3 Liquid jetting

C
24

23

Outdoor
CN46 R CN17 BL
10/11/12

321

Units
B
3 SV9 Compressor 1 for oil drain

Q A
BM4
BM3

13/14

4 SV1 Pressure equalization


25

PQ

Indoor
21

Units
Toci1 Ts
ON
ON

P
CN44

5 4WV Hot and cold switching


BM1

Td1 CN40Tdef CN38 Tao

B:Black G:Green W:White


BL:Blue R:Red Y:Yellow
17

18
4321

32 1

6 HEAT1 Compressor 1 heater


15
16
ON

Main Board
Digital tube

the dial
Rotate

for Communication
display

STOP

7 HPS1 Compressor 1 high pressure switch


21
pad

DOWN

26
SW6

Terminal Block
CN21 LEVA2 R

CN20 LEVA1 R

4321
CN27 CN31
HPS1 PS BL PD R
SW1 SW2 SW3
T5.0A-250VAC

654321
654321
SMG1SMG2

8 PS Low pressure sensor


21
UP

SW4

SW7

CN34
Toil1

Colours
4321
321
L CN16 Fuse

9 PD High pressure sensor


SW5

CN35

10 Td1 Compressor 1 exhaust temperature


CN11BL

G
CN8 W

G
START

8
21

9
R

HEAT1

CN3_1
HEAT1

CN2 R
W

CN10
B

SV10
FAN1

4WV

CN3
CN6
NW

CN9
SV3
CN5

SV1
SV9

21

1 23 1 23 1 23 1234 1234 123 123 123 123 123 123 11 Tdef Detect the defrosting temp
12 Tao Ambient temperature
13 Toil1 Detect the oil temp. of compressor 1
14 Toci1/Ts Detect SH temp. in heating
1

7
6
3

5
2

Operation
15 LEVA1 SH control in heating
16 LEVA2 SH control in heating
17 PQ Indoor unit and outdoor unit com. port
1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 18 ABC Outdoor and outdoor com. port
BUS-B
Y/G

19 Centralized control port


CN9
COM

B
GND

COM

BUS-A
CN23
GND
5V

5V

W
COMP
W
CN8

20 STOP Emergency stop switch


V
V
CN24

CN22

BL
U

N
R
CN7

Power:3N~,380V,50/60Hz

21 ZIGBEE Wireless module com. port


U

L3
L3'

L 3

INV-
CN3

22 INV module com. port


B
B
INV Module

COM
L2'

L 2
L2
CN2

board
Filter
W

23 BM4 Set the control address set


L1'

W
R
CN10 CN1

L1
L1
R

24 BM3 HP setting of outdoor units


R
CN21
15 V

CN4

CN5

CN6

25 BM1 Outdoor and indoor searching as well


B

1 2 as address setting
DCP

N
P

UP
B
R

26 START Four special function control keys


w(R)

STOP
DOWN
Reactor

Common fault code definition description


2. Outdoor units fault code definition description, code suffix -0/1 indicates that the compressor
B

-
COM
GND
COM
GND

Fault
5V
5V

No. cord Fault code description


4

N
Red terminal

Capacitor
3
2
1
3
2
1
5

Outdoor and indoor communication


board
1

1 26-0/1/2
2
5

1
5

1
2
3

failure
1. This electrical wiring diagram for the single compressor double fan models use.
+
( R )

2 35-0/1 4-way valve reversing failure


COM
GND
COM
GND

5V
5V

Communication failure between


terminal

3 45
White

outdoors
GND
Communication

1/2 failure; code suffix -4/5 indicates that the fan 1/2 drive failure.
15V

4 46-0 Communication with INV1 board failure


DC+
DC-

Red terminal

5 46-4/5 Communication with Fan1/2 motor


3
2
4

failure
line

4
3
2
1

6 47 Communication with wireless module


GND

DC+
DC-

failure
15V
15 V
2

8 83 Outdoor unit model are set incorrectly


M
Fan

9 110 Module hardware over current


540V

10 110-4/5 Fan motor 1/2 drive protection(FO)


DC

11 111 Compressor out of control


GND
15V

DC+

12 114 Voltage too low of module DC BUS


DC-
Communication

13 115 Voltage too high of module DC BUS


terminal
2
3
4

White
4

2
3

15 117 INV module software over current


line

16 117-4/5 Fan motor drive software over current


GND

DC+
DC-
15V
15 V

17 555.0 Standby state of capacity overmatch


Description:
M
Fan1

18 555.1 26 degrees heating standby


19 555.2 Low pressure standby
540V
DC

20 555.3 54 degrees of cooling standby


21 555.6 Coded lock restrictions standby
22 555.8 No trial operation standby

199
AV20/22/24/26IMVEVA
Description of the main board port definition
No. Port Port description
1 L/N/G Power input

26
27

25

24
123 1234
2 SV3 Liquid jetting

CN24
CN19
INV-COM

ZIGBEE

W
3 SV10 Compressor 2 for oil drain

1234
W

CN18B
4 SV9 Compressor 1 for oil drain

C
29

28

CN17BL

Outdoor
ABC
321
13/14/15/16

Units
B
17/18/19
5 SV1 Pressure equalization

A
BM4
BM3
30

CN46 R

Q
PQ
21
6 4WV Hot and cold switching
CN35 Td1CN37 Td2CN40 Tdef CN38 Tao
ON
ON

Toci1 Ts

Indoor
P

Units
CN44
BM1

7 HEAT1 Compressor 1 heater


4 32 1

22

23
21 321
20
21
ON
Digital tube

the dial
Rotate

Main board
display

8 HEAT2 Compressor 2 heater


STOP
pad

31

CN27 CN31
DOWN
SW6

4321 4321
PS BL PDR
CN21 LEVA2
SW1 SW2 SW3

321

for Communication
654321
654321

21
T5.0A-250VAC

R
SMG1 SMG2

UP

9 HPSi Compressor 2 high pressure switch


CN3 G CN20 LEVA1

CN34

Terminal Block
Toil1
SW7
SW4

321
21
Fuse

10 HPS1 Compressor 1 high pressure switch


CN3_1G CN30
SW5

HEAT1 Toil2

CN1R CN2 R
HPSi HPS1

B:Black G:Green W:White


11

12
21 21
CN4_1G
START

CN4 G
BL

BL:Blue R:Red Y:Yellow


R
CN8 W

SV9 R

11 PS Low pressure sensor


L CN16

HEAT1

HEAT2
HEAT2
CN6W
B

CN10

CN11
SV10
FAN1

4WV
CN9

SV1
SV3
CN5
NW

12 PD High pressure sensor


1 2 3 1 23 1 2 3 123 4 1 23 4 12 3 123 12 3 12 3 1 2 3 1 2 3

Colours
13 Td1 Compressor 1 exhaust temperature
10
9
1

14 Td2 Compressor 2 exhaust temperature


8
7
3

6
2

15 Tdef Detect the defrosting temp


1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8
16 Tao Ambient temperature
CN24 COM

CN22 COM
GND

GND
5V

CN9
5V

17 Toil2 Detect the oil temp. of compressor 2


CN23

W
COMP
CN8

V
V

18 Toil1 Detect the oil temp. of compressor 1


U
CN7

19 Toci1/Ts Detect SH temp. in heating


CN3

L1'L2'L3'

L1 L2 L3
T

20 LEVA1 SH control in heating


INV Module1

CN2

board 1
S

Filter
R
CN10 CN1

21 LEVA2 SH control in heating


CN21

DCP CN4

CN5

CN6

N
B

1 2
22 PQ Indoor unit and outdoor unit com. port
N
P
w ( R )

23 ABC Outdoor and outdoor com. port


24 BUS-B Centralized control port
N

BUS-A
-
B

Y/G
N
Reactor

25 STOP Emergency stop switch


Capacitor

board 1
1

26 ZIGBEE Wireless module com. port


+

BL
( R )

INV-
N
w

27 COM INV module com. port


Power: 3N~,380V,50/60Hz
L 3

28 BM4 Set the control address set


B

L 2

1 2 3 1 2 3 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8

29 BM3 HP setting of outdoor units


CN9
COM
GND

COM

W
CN23
GND

W
5V

5V

L1
W

Outdoor and indoor searching as well


COMP
CN8

30 BM1
V

V
CN24

CN22

as address setting
W

U
CN7

UP
CN3

L1'L2'L3'

START
L1 L2 L3
INV Module2

31 Four special function control keys


B

STOP
CN2

board 2
S

Filter

DOWn
R
CN10 CN1

R
CN21
15 V

DCP CN4

CN5

Common fault code definition description


CN6

1 2

Fault
P

No. Fault code description


B
R

cord
w (R)

1 26-0/1/2 Outdoor and indoor communication


failure
Reactor
5V terminal

2 35-0/1 4-way valve reversing failure


White

B
COM

-
GND
COM
GND
5V

Communication failure between


N
4

3 45
Red terminal

outdoors
Capacitor
3
2
1
3
2
1
5

board 2
1

P
2
5

1
5

1
2
3

4 46-0/1 Communication with INV1/2 board


+
( R )
COM
GND

failure
COM
GND

5V
5V

P
w

Communication with Fan1/2 motor


dashed line indicates

5 46-4/5
the single fan model
The right side of the

model has this part;


that the double fan

failure
does not have this

GND
Communication

15V

DC+
DC-

6 47 Communication with wireless module


3
2
4 4

Red terminal

failure
part.
line

3
2
1

the compressor 1/2 failure; code suffix -4/5 indicates that the fan 1/2 drive failure.
GND

DC+
DC-
15V

8 83 Outdoor unit model are set incorrectly


2.Outdoor units fault code definition description,code suffix -0/1 indicates that
15 V
2

1.The part shown in the dashed box is for double compressor models.

9 110 Module hardware over current


M
Fan

10 110-4/5 Fan motor 1/2 drive protection(FO)


540V
DC

11 111 Compressor out of control


GND
15V

DC+
DC-

12 114 Voltage too low of module DC BUS


Communication

terminal
2
3
4

White

13 115 Voltage too high of module DC BUS


4

2
3

1
line

15 117 INV module software over current


GND

DC+
DC-
15V
15 V

16 117-4/5 Fan motor drive software over current


M

Description:
Fan1

17 555.0 Standby state of capacity overmatch


540V
DC

18 555.1 26 degrees heating standby


19 555.2 Low pressure standby
20 555.3 54 degrees of cooling standby
21 555.6 Coded lock restrictions standby
22 555.8 No trial operation standby

200
LED light definition:
• LED1: power supply lamp
Power on light
• LED3: electronic expansion valve LEVa1, LEVa2, fault lamp
No fault, not light
• LED4: electronic expansion valve LEVb, LEVc, fault lamp
No fault, not light
• LED5: communication lamp between outdoors
Communication is normal, flashing
• LED6: communication lamp between indoor and outdoor
Communication is normal, flashing
• LED7: communication lamp between PCB and power module
Communication is normal, flashing
Concept identification:
• Physical master unit: the outdoor unit, whose number is set as 0 by dip switch(BM1-7 and BM1-8), is

Operation
the communication sponsor and in charge of the communication with indoor unit, also works as initiator of
communication of the whole outdoor unit.
• Function master unit: the outdoor unit, whose priority is set as 0, operates with the highest priority.
• Physical slave unit: the outdoor unit, whose number is not set as 0 by dip switch(BM1-7 and BM1-8).
• Function slave unit: the outdoor unit, whose priority is set as 1~3, not operates with the highest priority.
• Setting of group class: the setting of physical master unit is valid for the whole unit.
• Setting of local class: it is only valid for this unit, not for the whole unit.
Dip switch introduction:
• BM1 is usually set by the engineer on site; BM2, BM3, BM4 are pre-set in the factory.
• BM1_1: Master outdoor unit searches the total outdoor units after power on at first time. The quantity of total
outdoor units is floating from right to left on digital tube SMG1 and SMG2. "1=0" is one outdoor unit, "2=01" is
two outdoor units, "3=012" is three outdoor units, "4=0123" is four outdoor units.

• BM1_2: Master outdoor unit searches the total indoor units after locked the quantity of the outdoor units. The
quantity of total indoor units is floating from right to left on digital tube SMG1 and SMG2. "-04-" is 4 indoor units,
"-06-" is 6 indoor units, "-15-" is 15 indoor units.
• BM1_3: The setting is OFF or ON. Default is ON. Once power off, unit software shall reset to "OFF"
automatically ignoring BM1_3 setting.

201
① BM1 introduction
Outdoor searching OFF Begin to search outdoor
BM1_1
after startup ON Stop searching outdoor and lock the quantity
Indoor searching OFF Begin to search indoor
BM1_2
after startup ON Stop searching indoor and lock the quantity
Power on, no matter this dip switch is on "ON" or "OFF"
position (default is OFF) don't change the dip switch
position, the unit will start after 6 hours preheat or within
6 hours when oil temp. meets the standard value:
If you want to reduce the startup condition, you can do
the following operation:
BM1_3 Start up condition selection after power on need one action to change this dip switch Group class
to "ON" position (If the dip switch is on "OFF" position,
after power on change the "OFF" to "ON"; (physical master
If the dip switch is on "ON" position, change the "ON" to unit is valid)
"OFF" then to "ON")
The unit will start after 6 hours preheat or within 6 hours
when oil temp. meets the allowed value (allowed value
lower than the standard value)
OFF Heat pump (default)
BM1_4 Outdoor mode setting
ON Cooling only
Outdoor static pressure OFF No static pressure, high speed (default)
BM1_5
selection ON Ultra high-speed
Communication protocol OFF New protocol (default)
BM1-6
between IDU & ODU ON Old
BM1_7 BM1_8 Outdoor address
OFF OFF 0# (physical master unit)
BM1_7
Outdoor address setting OFF ON 1#
BM1_8
ON OFF 2#
ON ON 3#
② BM2 introduction
New communication BM2_1 BM2_2 New communication protocol type Group class
BM2_1
protocol type setting (it is Wired 9600bps general protocol (physical master
BM2_2 OFF OFF
valid when BM1_6 is OFF) (default) unit is valid)
Outdoor heat pump mode OFF Heat pump (default)
BM2_3 setting (it is valid when
ON Heating only
BM1_4 is OFF)
BM2_4 OFF
Wireless communication
BM2_5 OFF Default
setting
BM2_6 OFF
BM2_7
Reserved OFF Default
BM2_8

202
③ BM3 introduction
BM3_1 BM3_1 BM3_2 BM3_3 Outdoor
BM3_2 Outdoor type selection Local class
OFF OFF OFF MRV5 outdoor unit
BM3_3
BM3_4 Reserved OFF Default
BM3_5 BM3_6 BM3_7 BM3_8 Outdoor horse
OFF OFF OFF OFF 6HP
OFF OFF OFF ON 8HP
OFF OFF ON OFF 10HP
BM3_5
OFF OFF ON ON 12HP
BM3_6
Outdoor horse power OFF ON OFF OFF 14HP
BM3_7
setting OFF ON OFF ON 16HP
BM3_8
OFF ON ON OFF 18HP
OFF ON ON ON 20HP
ON OFF OFF OFF 22HP

Operation
ON OFF OFF ON 24HP
ON OFF ON OFF 26HP

④ BM4 introduction: Group class (physical master unit is valid)


BM4_1 BM4_2 Protocol selection
ModBus Central OFF OFF Third party standard MODBUS protocol (default)
BM4_1
control protocol OFF ON Computer management protocol
BM4_2
selection ON OFF Specific centralized control protocol
ON ON Reserved
BM4_3 Reversed OFF Default
ModBus set control
communication address
BM4_4 BM4_5 BM4_6 BM4_7 BM4_8
(IGU02 using the address
in bracket)
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Address1 (0)
OFF OFF OFF OFF ON Address2 (1)
BM4_4 ModBus OFF OFF OFF ON OFF Address3 (2)
~ central control OFF OFF OFF ON ON Address4 (3)
BM4_8 communication OFF OFF ON OFF OFF Address5 (4)
address OFF OFF ON OFF ON Address6 (5)
OFF OFF ON ON OFF Address7 (6)
OFF OFF ON ON ON Address8 (7)
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF Address9 (8)
OFF ON OFF OFF ON Address10 (9)
… … … … … ……
ON ON ON ON ON Address32 (31)

203
Monitor tools
The contents of the display are defined as follows:
■■Key parts: long press the left START (SW5) control to enter, short press above UP (SW4) data increase, short
press down DOWN (SW7) data reduction, long press the right STOP (SW6) control exit
■■Dial: SW1, SW2, SW3: set the turntable dial switch is 0 - 15
■■(Note: the dial plate, with the letters A for 10, B for 11, C for 12, D for 13, E for 14, F for 15)
■■Display parts: LD1, LD2, LD3, LD4:4 digital tube from left to right
① Indoor unit parameter view
You can view the indoor machine 128 sets of parameters: SW1 and SW2 represent the indoor unit address, SW3
range is 3-14 can view the indoor unit parameters.
SW1 SW2 Address
0 1 to 16 (address 0#~15#)
1 17 to 32 (address 16#~31#)
2 33 to 48 (address 32#~47#)
3 49to 64 (address 48#~63#)
0-15
7 65 to 80 (address 64#~79#)
8 81 to 96 (address 80#~95#)
9 97 to 112(address 96#~111#)
10 113 to 128(address 112~127#)
SW3 Function Digital tube LD1 ~ 4 display
Communication normal display indoor unit program version (1 decimal), the
Indoor unit communication communication interrupted normal display “0000” (5 consecutive round of no
3
check and program version communication success), communication has been abnormal display “---- ---
-””.For example: 3.9, means the indoor unit version is V3.9
4 Indoor unit failure Display indoor failure code; no failure, display 0
5 Indoor unit capacity The indoor unit capacity (unit: HP, one decimal), 1.5 HP displays 1.5
6 Indoor EEV open angle Electronic expansion valve (EEV) open angle (Unit: Pls)
7 Indoor ambient temp. Tai Ambient temperature (Unit: °C)
8 Indoor gas temperature Tc1 Gas pipe temperature (Unit: °C)
Indoor liquid temperature
9 Liquid pipe temperature (Unit: °C)
Tc2
LED1 shows startup mode ( O: Shutdown C: cooling H: Heating)
LED2 indicates actual fan speed of indoor unit (0 - stop, 1 - low wind, 2 -
Indoor startup mode, actual
medium wind and 3 - high wind)
10(A) fan speed and SCODE
LED3 and LED4 indicate SCODE code (0~15).
code
For example, C311 indicates cooling running at high wind, and the SCODE
is 11.
11(B) Indoor set temperature Tset Indoor set temperature (Unit: °C)
Display the indoor unit group number (0 means unassigned group number,
self control)
Method of setting group number is same with the <E2 control parameters
Indoor unit consistency display and setting>
12(C)
control setting (Note: all the indoor unit' simultaneously setting can be set by a dial 15-0-2.
0- indoor unit self control according to the group number, 1- all indoor unit
ON/OFF at the same time 2- indoor unit self control, forbidden control at the
same time)
Shows whether the indoor unit has this function, 0 - No 1 - Yes
Low temperature automatic Setting method is same with the <E2 control parameters display and setting>
13(D) running function of indoor (Note: all the indoor unit' simultaneously setting can be set by a dial 15-1-2.
unit Note: all within the machine at the same time setting can be set by dialing
15-1-0- self control, 1- all indoor are valid, 2- all indoor are invalid

204
SW3 Function Digital tube LD1 ~ 4 display
(1) press START (SW5) for 2 seconds, to enter setting state, the instruction
value is flashing displayed
Forced indoor cooling /
14(E) (2) press UP (SW4) or DOWN (SW7) to adjust instruction (COOL/HEAT/OFF).
heating / shutdown
(3) after finish the adjustment, press STOP (SW6) for 2 seconds, execute the
setting instruction and stop flashing

② Outdoor unit parameter view


0~3 of SW1 is used to select the outdoor number. SW3 range of 0, 1, 15, observe the outdoor unit parameters.
(the master unit can display the parameters of the other outdoor unit and the indoor units, while the slave outdoor
only displays its own parameters).
SW1 SW2 SW3 Function Digital tube LD1 ~ 4 display
Failure code transmitted by outdoor bus data. If no failure, display the
time as second counting down from the 6 hours for pre-heating.
• Press START (SW5) for 2s continuously, display 1111, and access
the condition of history fault inquiry to inquire the recent 10 faults: with

Operation
fault sequence number and fault code displayed by flashing. Press
Display outdoor SW4 (UP) once, sequence number will go up 1; press SW7 (DOWN)
0 0
unit failure code once, sequence number will decrease 1; 2 min later, quit the setting
condition automatically.
• Press STOP (SW6) for 2s continuously, display 0000, then quit
query status and stop flashing.
• When dip switch panel is at 13,0,0, press START (SW5) for 2s
continuously, display 1111, thus history fault record can be cleared.
Display outdoor
LD1: Display priority of outdoor unit
unit priority and
1 0 LD2:Display “-”
outdoor unit
LD3-4:Display outdoor unit capacity (unit: HP)
capacity
Outdoor Display operation
unit mode and outdoor LD1 shows O: Stop C: Cooling H: Heating
address 2 0
unit operation LD2 to LD4 show: 60 shows 60% capacity output
0-3 output ratio
Outdoor fan 1 345 representation 345rpm
3 0
speed • Press START (SW5) for 2s continuously, display 1111, then to set:
flashing. Press UP (SW4) once, wind speed will go up 1 level; press
DOWN (SW7) once, wind speed will decrease 1 level. 5 min later, quit
Outdoor fan 2
4 0 the setting condition automatically.
speed
• Press STOP (SW6) for 2s continuously, display 0000, then quit the
setting condition, and stop flashing.
Frequency 110 representation 110.0Hz
5 0 converter INV1 Press START (SW5) for 2 seconds, display 1111, enter the set state:
current frequency flashing display, each according to the 1 UP (SW4) frequency rise
1Hz, every 1 times DOWN (SW7) frequency drop 1Hz; 5min after
Frequency automatically quit the set state.
6 0 converter INV2 Press STOP (SW6) for 2 seconds, display 0000, quit the set state,
current frequency stop flashing display;
(When the system is faulty, the compressor is forbidden to start.)

205
SW1 SW2 SW3 Function Digital tube LD1 ~ 4 display
7 0 Outdoor unit LEVa1 open degree 0---470pluse
Press START (SW5) for 2 seconds, 1111, enter the
8 0 Outdoor unit LEVa2 open degree setting state: flashing, press UP (SW4) valve fully
9 0 Outdoor unit LEVb open degree open, press DOWN (SW7) the valve is fully closed;
2min later automatically exit the setting state
10(A) 0 Outdoor unit LEVc open degree Press STOP (SW6) for 2 seconds, display 0000, quit
the setting state, stop flashing display
LD1: 4WV : 1 ON 0 OFF
Outdoor unit solenoid valve LD2: SV1 : 1 ON 0 OFF
11(B) 0
output LD3: SV3: 1 ON 0 OFF
Outdoor LD4: Reserved,Display “-”
unit LD1: SV6: 1 ON 0 OFF
address Outdoor unit solenoid valve LD2: SV9:1 ON 0 OFF
12(C) 0
0-3 output LD3: SV10: 1 ON 0 OFF
LD4: SV11: 1 ON 0 OFF
LD1: SVX: 1 ON 0 OFF
Outdoor unit solenoid valve LD2: SVY: 1 ON 0 OFF
13(D) 0
output LD3: Reserved,Display “-”
LD4: Reserved,Display “-”
LD1: CH1: 1 ON 0 OFF
LD2: CH2: 1 ON 0 OFF
14(E) 0 Heater output
LD3: CHa : 1 ON 0 OFF
LD4:Reserved,Display “-”
15(F) 0 Program version 1 means Ver1.0
SW1 SW2 SW3 Function Digital tube LD1 ~ 4 display
0 1 Pd
Unit: kg, 2 decimal
2 1 Ps
3 1 Td1
Outdoor 4 1 Td2
unit 5 1 Tdef
address 7 1 Toil1
0-3 8 1 Toil2 Unit: ℃
9 1 Toci1
14(E) 1 Ts
15(F) 1 Th

SW1 SW2 SW3 Function Digital tube LD1 ~ 4 display


1 15(F) Tao
2 15(F) Pd_temp
4 15(F) Ps_temp Unit: oC
5 15(F) Tliqsc
Outdoor
6 15(F) Tsco
unit
8 15(F) Inverter compressor INV1 ON/OFF time Unit: Min
address
9 15(F) Inverter compressor INV2 ON/OFF time Unit: Min
0-3
10(A) 15(F) Inverter compressor INV1 current CT Unit: A, 1 decimal
11(B) 15(F) Inverter compressor INV2 current CT Unit: A, 1 decimal
12(C) 15(F) Inverter compressor INV1 DC voltage Unit: V
13(D) 15(F) Inverter compressor INV2 DC voltage Unit: V

206
SW1 SW2 SW3 Function Digital tube LD1 ~ 4 display
Outdoor
14(E) 15(F) Inverter compressor INV1 module temperature
unit
Unit: oC
address
15(F) 15(F) Inverter compressor INV2 module temperature
0-3

System status display and control (master unit)


SW1 SW2 SW3 Function Digital tube LD1 ~ 4 display
0 0 2 Refrigerant type 410A means 410A refrigerant
LD1:The total number of outdoor unit
The outdoor units total LD2:Display “-”
0 1 2 number and total capacity in LD3/ LD4:Total outdoor unit capacity (unit: HP)
one system For example: 3-48 means 3 outdoor units, total capacity is
48HP
0 2 2 Total indoor unit capacity 50 means 50HP

Operation
The indoor units quantity in
0 3 2 For example: 64
one system
0 4 2 Running indoor QTY Thermostat ON indicates indoor running
Indoor QTY whose operation
0 5 2 modes are as the same as E.g.: 13 indoors
that of outdoor
0 6 2 Cooling target temperature
Unit: °C
0 7 2 Heating target temperature
Automatic recovery of
When the outdoor stop, press START (SW5) for 2 seconds,
refrigerant
display 1111, start. (the setting is invalid when the outdoor
0 8 2 Note: after recovery must
unit running)
cancel the setting or re-power
Press STOP (SW6) for 2 seconds, display 0000, stop
on)
The amount of refrigerant is displayed as a percentage
Display the amount of the When the outdoor stop, press START (SW5) for 2 seconds,
refrigerant and the setting of display 1111, start charging, flashing display the refrigerant
0 9 2 the refrigerant charging amount. (the setting is invalid when the outdoor unit
(after charging must cancel running)
the setting or re-power on) Press STOP (SW6) for 2 seconds, display 0000, stop
flashing
Trial operation setting When the outdoor stop, press START (SW5) for 2 seconds,
(after trial operation must display 1111, start. (the setting is invalid when the outdoor
0 10(A) 2
cancel the setting or re-power unit running)
on) Press STOP (SW6) for 2 seconds, display 0000, stop
0 11(B) 2 Outdoor unit mode 0-normal C-cooling only H-heating only
Press START (SW5) for 2 seconds, display 1111, indoor
Indoor unit expansion valve
0 12(C) 2 valve fully open 2 minutes, 2 minutes after the valve
fully open
automatic closed
0 13(D) 2 All the indoor unit in cooling Press START (SW5) for 2 seconds, display 1111, open;
0 14(E) 2 All the indoor unit in heating Press STOP (SW6) for 2 seconds, 0000, close
Press START (SW5) for 2 seconds, display 1111 cancel; or
Cancel all manual control
0 15(F) 2 press STOP (SW6) for 2 seconds, display 0000, cancel
(running class)
Remove all manual control (part), all indoor unit close.

207
E2 control parameters display and setting
Each need to be set separately, setting method:
(1)Press START (SW5) for 2 seconds, display 1111, enter the setting state, flashing display the current value
(2) Press UP (SW4) or DOWN (SW7) to adjust parameters
(3)After the adjustment is completed
<A> In the current state of the code, press STOP (SW6) for 2 seconds within effectively set the time , show 0000, keep
the current setting value and exit the setting state, stop flashing display, waiting for 2 minutes then re-power on.
<B> In the current state of the code, press STOP (SW6) for 2 seconds exceeds effectively set the time, or change the
code, the current setting is not saved, exit the setting state and stop flashing.
<C> Effective setting time: the group number setting of the indoor unit simultaneously ON/OFF and the setting of low
temperature automatic operation function, the effective setting time is 10 minutes, and other functions is 30 seconds.

Control
SW1 SW2 SW3 Function Digital tube LD1 ~ 4 display
range
0- indoor unit self control according to the
Indoor simultaneously ON/OFF group number, 1- all indoor unit ON/OFF
15(F) 0 2
outdoor control selection at the same time 2- indoor unit self control,
forbidden control at the same time)
Indoor low temperature 0- self control,
15(F) 1 2 automatic running outdoor 1- all indoor are valid
control selection 2- all indoor are invalid
0: short pipe length;
15(F) 2 2 Pipe length selection 1:middle pipe length;
2:long pipe length
0- normal area,
15(F) 3 2 Defrosting conditions selection
1- area easy to frost
0- first open is priority;
1- last open is priority
15(F) 4 2 Start mode priority
2- cooling priority;
3- heating priority
Heating limitation when
0- no limitation,
15(F) 6 2 outdoor temp Group
1-limitation
over 25 degree class
0-without silent operation, (physical
1- silent operation 1, master unit
15(F) 7 2 Silent running option 2- silent operation 2, is valid)
3- silent operation 3,
4- silent operation 4
0-without snow-proof operation,
15(F) 8 2 Snow-proof operation setting
1-snow-proof operation
The stopping slave outdoor fan
0-stop,
15(F) 9 2 motor running selection when
1-run
the master unit in heating
0-exit height drop
15(F) 10 (A) 2 Height drop between indoors
1-no height drop
0-normal
Height drop between indoor
15(F) 11 (B) 2 1- high drop and outdoor is higher
and outdoor
2-high drop and outdoor is lower
Power restrain operation 0- E2 value,
15(F) 12(C) 2
control mode selection 1- external contact DRM
Power restrain operation
Allow maximum capacity output, total of 11
15(F) 13(D) 2 capacity output ratio selection
grade, 0 grade is 0%, 10 grade is100%
(E2 control method is valid)

208
Control
SW1 SW2 SW3 Function Digital tube LD1 ~ 4 display
range
Expansion valve LEV fault 0- not shielded, normal detection
15(F) 14(E) 2 Local class
shield selection 1- shielded
Group class
High ambient temperature 0- no limitation, (physical
15(F) 15(F) 2
limitation in cooling 1-limitation master unit
is valid)
Outdoor unit valve control
SW1 SW2 SW3 Functions Operation methods
• Press START (SW5) for 2s continuously, display 1111, then to quit, or
press STOP (SW6) for 2s continuously, display 0000, then quit the set.
Cancel all the • Cancel items:
6 15 (F) 2 manual controls Movable component control by hand such as compressor, motor,
(component type) electronic expansion valve (LEV), solenoid valve (SV) and so on (including

Operation
evacuation and charging; excluding rated operation, compulsory
operation, indoor run/stop, etc.)

Examination of local EE data


SW1 SW2 SW3 Function Display with digital tube LD1~4
0 0 The EE data of address 000H (Version E2)
0 1 The EE data of address 001H
… … … The first 256 bytes data display of local EE
0 15 (F) The EE data of address 00FH (system parameters information)
12 (C) 1 0 The EE data of address 010H Calculating address: addr=SW2×16+SW3
… … … Data display: hex display, H means hex
1 15 (F) The EE data of address 01FH number
… … …
15 (F) 15 (F) The EE data of address FFH
0 0 The EE data of address 100H The last 256 bytes data display of local EE
0 1 The EE data of address 101H (Failure information)
…… …… …… Calculating address: addr=SW2×16+SW3
1 15 (F) The EE data of address 11FH Data display: hex display, H means hex
13 (D)
number.
…… …… ……
When the dial-up wheel is on 13 0 0, press
15 (F) 15 (F) The EE data of address 1FFH START (SW5) for 2 seconds, then the last
256 bytes of EE will be cleared.
Special function (local)
SW1 SW2 SW3 Function Display with digital tube LD1~4
0 0 Code MRV 5: 256
0 1 Outdoor type MRV 5: 0
INV1 module history fault Long press START key to display INV1/ INV2
0 3
communication data module history fault communication data (500
INV2 module history fault bytes), after display, automatically canceled.
0 4
communication data Long press STOP key to cancel immediately.
15 (F)
Hexadecimal display,
0 5 BM1 and BM2 setting state LD1 and LD2 display BM1
LD3 and LD4 display BM2
Hexadecimal display,
0 6 BM3 and BM4 setting state LD1 and LD2 display BM3
LD3 and LD4 display BM4
209
4.4 Dip Switch Setting For Controllers
4.4.1 Wired controller (YR-E17 and YR-E14)
A. Connect with ordinary indoors except high wall and console
Master control type: connect all wires A, B, C. Slave control type: for AC fan motor indoor unit only connect wires B
and C ; for DC fan motor indoor unit connect wires A, B, and C
Indoor 1 Indoor 2 Indoor N Indoor 15 Indoor 16 (master unit)
AC fan motor AC fan motor DC fan motor DC fan motor AC or DC fan motor

Control wiring of wire controller, polar.


Wired controller

Indoor 1 Indoor 1
AC or DC fan motor AC or DC fan motor
Polar wire Polar wire

Polar wire

Wired controller Wired controller Wired controller

CN22 on indoor unit

Note:
• When in group control type, the slave unit cannot use individual wired controller.

210
The wired controllers should be set before installation according to the customer
requests. Please note that the following instructions should be followed when
setting the wired controller.

wired controller wired controller

B. Connect with high wall or console


Two wired controllers control one high wall unit Two wired controllers control one console unit
High wall Console

CN22 CN22-1 CN22 CN22-1


A B C A B C A B C A B C

Operation
Wired Wired Wired Wired
controller controller controller controller

One wired controller controls one high wall unit One wired controller controls one console unit

High wall Console

CN22 CN22-1 CN22 CN22-1


A B C A B C A B C A B C

Wired Wired
controller controller

211
Recommended: One wired controller controls more than one indoor unit (limited in high walls)

High wall High wall High wall High wall High wall

CN22 CN22-1 CN22 CN22-1 CN22 CN22-1 CN22 CN22-1 CN22 CN22-1
A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C

Wired
controller

Recommended: One wired controller controls more than one indoor unit (limited in consoles)

Console Console Console Console Console

CN22 CN22-1 CN22 CN22-1 CN22 CN22-1 CN22 CN22-1 CN22 CN22-1
A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C

Wired
controller

C. Connect with ordinary indoor and high wall and console

Ordinary indoor Ordinary indoor Console High wall Ordinary indoor

(AC or DC fan motor) (AC fan motor) (DC fan motor)


CN22 CN22-1 CN22 CN22-1
A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C A B C

Wired
controller

a. The communication wires of wired controller inlet or outlet high wall and console units are 3 cores. It means to
connect all the wires "ABC".
b. When one wired controller connects to more indoors
The communication wires of wired controller inlet or outlet high wall and console units are 3 cores. It means to
connect all the wires "ABC"
For the master unit connect all the wires "ABC"
For the slave unit, if it is AC fan motor indoor unit connects B,C terminal, and if it is DC fan motor indoor unit
connects A,B,C teiminal.
c. When the "A" wire is not connect to other ordinary indoors which are the slave ones of wired controller, please
do some insulation on it and avoid touching other electric circuit.

212
YR-E17 Dip Switch

No. Type State of switch Function description


ON Set as the slave controller
SW1-1 Select the master or the slave controller
OFF Set as the master controller
ON Ambient temp. display available
SW1-2 Select if display the ambient temp.
OFF Ambient temp. display unavailable
The ambient temp. is from the PCB
ON
Select the ambient temp. sensor of indoor unit
SW1-3 position The ambient temp. is from wired
OFF controller
ON Auto-restart function invalid
SW1-4 Auto-restart function selection
OFF Auto-restart function valid
ON Old protocol
SW1-5 Protocol selection
OFF Self adaption
ON HRV is included in the system

Operation
SW1-6 HRV selection
OFF HRV is not included in the system
ON Up/Down and Left/Right swing
SW1-7 Swing setting
OFF Up/Down swing
ON Fresh Air unit
SW1-8 Indoor unit selection
OFF General unit
YR-E14 Dip Switch

No. Type State of switch Function description


ON Set as the slave controller
SW1-1 Select the master or the slave controller
OFF Set as the master controller
ON Standard controller
SW1-2 Select the controller mode
OFF Air handler controller
ON Visible room temperature
SW1-3 Room temperature display option
OFF Invisible room temperature
ON Unavailable 26o lock
SW1-4 26o lock
OFF Available 26o lock
ON Sensor of the controller
SW1-5 Temperature sensor position option
OFF Sensor in the unit
ON Unavailable
SW1-6 Auto restart
OFF Available
SW1-7 Factory Setting ON Default setting
SW1-8 Factory Setting OFF Default setting

Note
• 1. Switches or jumper wire can be adjusted when the wired controller is powered off. If the wired controller is
powered on the above operations will be invalid.
• 2. Functions difference between master wired controller and slave one:

Contrastive items Master wired controller Slave wired controller

Only with below functions:


Function All of functions ON/OFF MODE FAN SPEED SET
TEMP. SWING

213
4.4.2 Central controller (YCZ-A003 and YCZ-A004)

A. YCZ-A003+IGU05

The wiring connection of YCZ-A003+IGU05+outdoor units

Wiring Connection
220AC

Outdoor communication
terminal

With polarity

Outdoor communication
terminal With polarity

Cautions:
• Wrong power supply connection leads to the part of PCB burned and fire

214
B. YCZ-A004+IGU05

red
+12V GND ALARM1 ALARM2 B1 A1 B2 A2
black

Operation
AC/N(blue)
AC/L(brown)

220V 220V
N L 220V 220V
N L

Connecting Board Connecting Board

GND PTC B3 A3 B2 A2 B1 A1
GND PTC B3 A3 B2 A2 B1 A1

+12V GND ALARM1 ALARM2 B1 A1 B2 A2

215
485-

485+
YCZ-A004
C. YCZ-A004+YCJ-A002

B A B A

YCJ-A002 YCJ-A002 B2 A2
+12V GND ALARM1 ALARM2 B1 A1 B2 A2

B- B+12V A- A+12V B- B+12V A- A+12V

GND COM2 12V GND COM1 +12V GND COM2 12V GND COM1 +12V

+12V GND

216
GND COM +12V GND COM +12V
Indoor unit Indoor unit

Outdoor unit Outdoor unit


IGU05 (interface) address setting method:

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 No.
-- -- -- OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 0
-- -- -- OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1
-- -- -- OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2
-- -- -- OFF OFF OFF ON ON 3
-- -- -- OFF OFF ON OFF OFF 4
-- -- -- OFF OFF ON OFF ON 5
-- -- -- OFF OFF ON ON OFF 6
-- -- -- OFF OFF ON ON ON 7
-- -- -- OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 8
-- -- -- OFF ON OFF OFF ON 9
-- -- -- OFF ON OFF ON OFF 10
-- -- -- OFF ON OFF ON ON 11

Operation
-- -- -- OFF ON ON OFF OFF 12
-- -- -- OFF ON ON OFF ON 13
-- -- -- OFF ON ON ON OFF 14
-- -- -- OFF ON ON ON ON 15
-- -- -- ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 16
-- -- -- ON OFF OFF OFF ON 17
-- -- -- ON OFF OFF ON OFF 18
-- -- -- ON OFF OFF ON ON 19
-- -- -- ON OFF ON OFF OFF 20
-- -- -- ON OFF ON OFF ON 21
-- -- -- ON OFF ON ON OFF 22
-- -- -- ON OFF ON ON ON 23
-- -- -- ON ON OFF OFF OFF 24
-- -- -- ON ON OFF OFF ON 25
-- -- -- ON ON OFF ON OFF 26
-- -- -- ON ON OFF ON ON 27
-- -- -- ON ON ON OFF OFF 28
-- -- -- ON ON ON OFF ON 29
-- -- -- ON ON ON ON OFF 30
-- -- -- ON ON ON ON ON 31
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Reserved
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Reserved
-- -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Reserved

217
YCJ-A002 address setting method:

SW01
Definition
[1] [2] [3] [4] [5] [6] [7] [8]
OFF -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Single mode
ON -- -- -- -- -- -- -- Twin units shifting mode
ON OFF OFF -- -- -- -- -- Shifting time 1—8 hours
ON OFF ON -- -- -- -- -- Shifting time 2—10 hours
ON ON OFF -- -- -- -- -- Shifting time 3—12 hours
ON ON ON -- -- -- -- -- Shifting time 4—14 hours
ON -- -- OFF -- -- -- -- Twin units running mode when room temp. ≥26°C
ON -- -- ON -- -- -- -- Twin units running mode when room temp. ≥24°C
ON -- -- -- OFF OFF OFF OFF Central address in twin shifting mode=1
ON -- -- -- OFF OFF OFF ON Central address in twin shifting mode=2
---- ----
ON -- -- -- ON ON ON OFF Central address in twin shifting mode=15
ON -- -- -- ON ON ON ON Central address in twin shifting mode=16
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF Central address=1
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON Central address=2
---- ----
OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF Central address=127
OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON ON Central address=128

Note:
When controlling single or multi split, one indoor unit needs one converter YCJ-A002.
YCZ-A004 can control at most 128 indoor units when controlling single or multi split.

218
4.4.3 BMS (gateway IGU02)
IGU-02 is a gateway, use for HCM-01, HCM-03, HCM-05, HCM-05A BMS system. Using the follow dip to set
IGU-02’s address.
The address range: 0-31.
It must be set by manual according to the follow method.

6 5 4 3 2 1 No.
ON ON ON ON ON ON 0
ON ON ON ON ON OFF 1
ON ON ON ON OFF ON 2
ON ON ON ON OFF OFF 3
ON ON ON OFF ON ON 4
ON ON ON OFF ON OFF 5 Sample address here is 4
ON ON ON OFF OFF ON 6

Operation
ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF 7
ON ON OFF ON ON ON 8
ON ON OFF ON ON OFF 9
ON ON OFF ON OFF ON 10
ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF 11
ON ON OFF OFF ON ON 12
ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF 13
ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON 14
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 15
ON OFF ON ON ON ON 16
ON OFF ON ON ON OFF 17
ON OFF ON ON OFF ON 18
ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF 19
ON OFF ON OFF ON ON 20
ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF 21
ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON 22
ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 23
ON OFF OFF ON ON ON 24
ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF 25
ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON 26
ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF 27
ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON 28
ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 29
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 30
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 31
-- -- -- -- -- -- Reserved
-- -- -- -- -- -- Reserved
-- -- -- -- -- -- Reserved

219
4.5 Powering On
4.5.1 Locking the quantity of Indoor and Outdoor Units
Power on all the indoor units.
Power on all the outdoor units.
The master outdoor unit starts to search the outdoor unit’s quantity and shows it on the master unit’s PCB. It is
floating from right to left on LED. "1=0" is to find one outdoor unit, "2=01" is to find two outdoor units, "3=012" is to
find three outdoor units.

When ensuring that the displayed outdoor units’ quantity is equal to the installed outdoor unit actually.
The outdoor units quantity can be locked.
The locking method is to set the master module dip switch BM1-1 from OFF to ON.

220
After locking the outdoor unit’s quantity, the master outdoor unit start to search the indoor unit’s quantity and show
it on the master unit’s PCB. It is floating from right to left on LED. "-04-" is to find 4 indoor units, "-06-" is to find 6
indoor units, "-15-" is to find 15 indoor units.

When ensuring that the displayed indoor units’ quantity is equal to the installed indoor units’ quantity actually, the
indoor units’ quantity can be locked. The locking method is to set the master module dip switch BM1-2 from OFF to
ON.

Operation

221
4.5.2 Preheating
(1) After locking the outdoor and indoor unit’s quantity, the system starts to preheat to protect the compressor. It is
required to preheat the compressor oil before start up the whole system.
(2) Standard preheating time is 6 hours. So the engineers have to wait for 6 hours until the compressor oil
reaches the required temp. The main PCB’s LED will show the counting down time.
(3) The following picture shows the counting down time of preheating.

After preheating the compressor, display outdoor failure code; if no failure, display 0. And then you can start the trial
operation.

222
5. Trial Operation
5.1 Startup of Indoor and Outdoor Units
After locking the indoor and outdoor quantity, the next step is to start up the indoor and outdoor units. The re-
quirement of startup is to set the temp. to be 16oC, high speed fan in cooling mode and 30oC, high speed fan in
heating mode. The following is the example when using wired controller of temp. display.

YR-E16 in cooling mode YR-E16 in heating mode

Trial Running
YR-E14 in cooling mode YR-E14 in heating mode

YR-E17 in cooling mode YR-E17 in heating mode

223
5.2 Running parameter standard

In order to make sure the outdoor and indoor units are running in the standard range, it is required to check the
running parameters in heating or cooling mode.
Running Parameter Checking Requirement:
■■In cooling or in heating mode, let the outdoor and indoor units run for 1 hour.
■■Record for the first time after the unit running for 1 hour, and then record every half an hour for 5 times.
■■Compare the recorded parameter with the running parameter standard to check whether the unit running well.
Running Parameters Checking Standard

Pd Ps Compre- Outdoor Tdef Indoor


Series Mode Tao Toil Td Ts
(Mpa)(Mpa) ssor ratio EEV EEV

18~27 1.5~2.4 0.4~0.85 2~8 Closed to Td 60~110 -20~30℃ 250 —— 60~480

Cooling 28-35 1.7~3.2 0.5~0.9 2~8 Closed to Td 60~110 -20~30℃ 250 —— 60~480
MRVIII-C
Above 35 2.0~3.8 0.7~1.05 2~8 Closed to Td 60~110 -20~30℃ 250 —— 60~480
MRVIII-S

MRVIII-C Below -5 1.6~2.8 0.1~0.4 2~8 Closed to Td 60~110 -20~30℃ 60~350 Ps_t 200~480
PLUS
Heating -5~7 1.9~2.8 0.3~0.8 2~8 Closed to Td 60~110 -20~30℃ 60~350 Ps_t 200~480

Above 7 2.2~3.6 0.8~1.05 2~8 Closed to Td 60~110 -20~30℃ 60~350 Ps_t 200~480

Pd Ps Td
Series Mode Ta Toil Ts Outdoor EEV Indoor EEV
(Mpa) (Mpa) (℃)

18~27 1.5~2.4 0.4~0.85 Closed to Td 60~110 -20~30℃ 250 60~480

Cooling 28-35 1.7~3.2 0.5~0.9 Closed to Td 60~110 -20~30℃ 250 60~480

Above 35 2.0~3.8 0.7~1.05 Closed to Td 60~110 -20~30℃ 250 60~480

Below -5 1.6~2.8 0.23~0.4 Closed to Td 60~110 -20~30℃ 60~350 200~480

MRVIII-RC Heating -5~7 1.9~2.8 0.3~0.8 Closed to Td 60~110 -20~30℃ 60~350 200~480

Above 7 2.2~3.6 0.8~1.05 Closed to Td 60~110 -20~30℃ 60~350 200~480


Heating 48~350 Heating 200~480
-5~ -7 1.5~2.8 0.23~0.7 Closed to Td 60~110 -20~30℃
Cooling 470 Cooling 60~480
Heating
Heating 48~350 Heating 200~480
and -5~7 1.6~2.8 0.3~0.8 Closed to Td 60~110 -20~30℃
Cooling 470 Cooling 60~480
cooling
Heating 48~350 Heating 200~480
7~18 2.2~3.6 0.4~1.05 Closed to Td 60~110 -20~30℃
Cooling 470 Cooling 60~480

224
Pd Ps Td Outdoor
Series Mode Ta Toil Ts Indoor EEV
(Mpa) (Mpa) (℃) EEV

18~27 1.5~2.4 0.4~0.85 Closed to Td 60~110 -20~30℃ 250 60~480

Cooling 28-35 1.7~3.2 0.5~0.9 Closed to Td 60~110 -20~30℃ 250 60~480

Above 35 2.0~3.8 0.7~1.05 Closed to Td 60~110 -20~30℃ 250 60~480


MRVIV-C
Below -5 1.6~2.8 0.1~0.4 Closed to Td 60~110 -20~30℃ 60~350 200~480

Heating -5~7 1.9~2.8 0.3~0.8 Closed to Td 60~110 -20~30℃ 60~350 200~480

Above 7 2.2~3.6 0.8~1.05 Closed to Td 60~110 -20~30℃ 60~350 200~480

Water Pd Ps Outdoor Indoor


Series Mode Twi Toil Td (℃ ) Ts

Trial Running
flow (Mpa) (Mpa) EEV EEV

7-20 rated 1.3-2.4 0.4-0.9 Closed to Td 60-110 -20-30℃ 470 60-480

Cooling 20-35 rated 1.5-3.1 0.4-1.0 Closed to Td 60-110 -20-30℃ 470 60-480

Above 35 rated 2.2-3.7 0.6-1.05 Closed to Td 60-110 -20-30℃ 470 60-480


MRV W

7-20 rated 2.1-3.7 0.65-1.05 Closed to Td 60-110 -20-30℃ 60-470 200-480

Heating 20-35 rated 2.4-3.7 0.8-1.1 Closed to Td 60-110 -20-30℃ 60-470 200-480

Above 35 rated 2.6-3.7 0.9-1.25 Closed to Td 60-110 -20-30℃ 60-470 200-480

Pd Ps Td Outdoor
Series Mode Ta Toil Ts Indoor EEV
(Mpa) (Mpa) (℃) EEV

18~27 1.5~2.4 0.4~0.85 Closed to Td 60~110 -20~30℃ 470 60~480

Cooling 28-35 1.7~3.2 0.5~0.9 Closed to Td 60~110 -20~30℃ 470 60~480

Above 35 2.0~2.9 0.7~1.05 Closed to Td 60~110 -20~30℃ 470 60~480


MRV 5
Below -5 1.6~2.8 0.1~0.4 Closed to Td 60~110 -20~30℃ 60~350 200~480

Heating -5~7 1.9~2.8 0.3~0.8 Closed to Td 60~110 -20~30℃ 60~350 200~480

Above 7 2.2~3.6 0.8~1.05 Closed to Td 60~110 -20~30℃ 60~350 200~480

225
Appendix I Startup Report
1. MRVIII-C, MRV SI and MRVSII system startup report

MRVIII-C
MRV SI
MRV SII

INSTALATION CHECK LIST AND SYSTEM START UP REQUEST

PROJECT:
CUSTOMER:
INSTALLER:
CITY/COUNTRY:
ADDRESS:
CONTACT TEL: DATE: DD / MM / YY

PROJECT CONFIGURATION

SYSTEM 1 CODE MODEL


SYSTEM 2 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 3 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 4 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 5 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 6 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 7 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 8 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 9 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 10 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 11 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 12 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 13 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 14 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 15 CODE MODEL

COMMENTS:

INSTALLER: SIGNATURE:

DATE : DD / MM / YY

226
MRVIII-C MRV SI MRV SII

INSTALATION CHECK LIST

YES
1. PREINSTALATION
1.1. REFRIGERATION PIPING
* Refrigerant pipings are correctly insulated.
* Refrigerant pipings have enough fixed supports.
* All welds were made with permanent nitrogen flow, to create an inert atmosphere.
* All branch pipe are installed in horizontal direction.
* There are at least 1 m between branch pipes, and 0.5 m between branch pipe and indoor unit.

1.2. DRAIN
* Drain piping is correctly insulated.
* Reserved the exhaust outlet for drain pipe.
* A drop of at least 1% is guaranteed (1 cm per linear meter).
* Drain's piping diameter meets the requirements.
* The drain pipings of the units with drain pump and without drain pump are separated.

1.3. COMMUNICATION WIRE


* The communication wire is properly installed between outdoor and indoor units - P/Q (Assy. chain).
* The wire for central control is properly installed between A/C and interface (Assy. chain).
* The color of the communication wire P-P, Q-Q is consistent.
* The wiring is 2 x 15 with shield cord. The shield layer is fixed to ground on one point.
* There is independent pipeline for communication wire.
* There is a 10cm distance between communication wire and electricity wire at least.
* Before starting, do not connect the terminal P, Q on the outdoor unit, it may cause bad startup.

Appendix I Installation
1.4. ELECTRICITY WIRE
* There is an independent pipeline for electricity wire to each indoor unit.

Check List
* There is a general power supply for all indoor units.
* There is the same phase power supply for all indoor units in one group under wired controller.
* There is a breaker for each outdoor and indoor unit.
* Electricity wire is installed to indoor and outdoor units correctly.

1.5. INDOOR UNITS


* During installation indoor units have dustproof protection.
* All the units are properly leveled, and fixing system allows adjustments when is required
* The flare nuts are correctly adjusted and tightened for each indoor unit.
* Indoor units are in the perfect physical conditions.
* There is at least 50 cm free space around indoor unit for service and maintenance.
* 208-230V, 1PH + Ground line is necessary.

227
1.6. OUTDOOR UNITS
* The outdoor units install the anti-vibration cushions.
* The ground where the outdoor unit is installed must be properly leveled.
* 1 meter distance is guaranteed between the outdoor units and walls or others.
* Outdoor Units are in the perfect physical conditions.
* The outdoor units in one system need keep 20cm distance to each other.
* Gather pipes are at the same level.
* Each outdoor unit has a security breaker.
* In heating the outdoor unit need install a drain pan.
* The communication wire is properly done between the outdoor units A, B, C.
* The communication wire is correctly done for the centralized monitor between master outdoor unit and
interface (Assy. chain).
* The balance oil pipeline is at the same level without outlets and piping trap.

2. Pre Start Up
* 100% Of the piping completed the preasure test at 80 psi (5.5 Kg/cm2) during 3 Minutes
* 100% Of the piping completed the preasure test at 250 psi (17.5 Kg/cm2) during 2 Hours
* 100% Of the piping completed the preasure test at 590 psi (40.5 Kg/cm2) during 24 Hours

* Vacuum test, reaching gauge preassure of: (-755mmHg)

* The system needs preheat more than 6 hours before startup.


* Indoor units are addressed properly.
* Outdoor units are addressed according the position Master, Slave 1, Slave 2.
* Once the system is powered on, the master outdoor unit displays the quantity of the connected indoor
units.
* All the indoor units work correctly in Fan Mode.

228
MRVIII-C MRV SI
MRV SII
ENGLISH BETA 1.2
SYSTEM START UP LIST
SYSTEM CODE MODEL

* Refrigerant recharge calculation


Liquid pipe size Multiple factor Length Subtotal
6.35 (1/4") 0.022
9.52 (3/8") 0.054
12.7 (1/2") 0.11
15.88 (3/4") 0.17
19.05 (5/8") 0.25
22.22 (7/8") 0.35
Total(KG)

Outdoor Unit No. MODEL SERIAL N0.


Master
Slave1
Slave2

*Please input measured voltage values before start up:


L1 vs. L2 V L1 vs. N V L1 vs. Ground V
L2 vs. L3 V L2 vs. N V L2 vs. Ground V
L3 vs. L1 V L3 vs. N V L3 vs. Ground V

START UP

* Do measurements with all units switched ON after 1 hour.

NO. ITEMS SW9/10/11 MASTER SW9/10/11 SLAVE 1 SW9/10/11 SLAVE 2


1 Pressure Pd (bar) 0/0/1 1/0/1 2/0/1
2 Pressure Ps (bar) 0/1/1 1/1/1 2/1/1
3 Temp.Tdi (°C) 0/2/1 1/2/1 2/2/1
4 Temp.Tsi (°C) 0/3/1 1/3/1 2/3/1
5 Temp.TE (°C) 0/4/1 1/4/1 2/4/1
6 Temp.TA (°C) 0/5/1 1/5/1 2/5/1
7 Temp.Toil (°C) 0/7/1 1/7/1 2/7/1
8 Temp.Toci1/2 (°C) 0/8/1 1/8/1 2/8/1

Appendix I Installation
9 Temp. Td1 (°C) 0/12/1 1/12/1 2/12/1
10 Temp. Tsuc(°C) 0/13/1 1/13/1 2/13/1

Check List
11 Inverter Compress current 0/14/1 1/14/1 2/14/1
12 Fixed Compress current 0/15/1 1/15/1 2/15/1
13 Compressor frequency 0/5/0 1/5/0 2/5/0
14 Outdoor unit QTY 0/2/2
15 Indoor unit QTY 0/3/2
16 Running indoor unit QTY 0/4/2
17 The end

Indoor unit No. Model PMV TA TC1 TC2 SERIAL N°


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

229
2. MRVIII-C PLUS system startup report

MRVIII-C PLUS

INSTALATION CHECK LIST AND SYSTEM START UP REQUEST

PROJECT:
CUSTOMER:
INSTALLER:
CITY/COUNTRY:
ADDRESS:
CONTACT TEL: DATE: DD / MM / YY

PROJECT CONFIGURATION

SYSTEM 1 CODE MODEL


SYSTEM 2 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 3 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 4 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 5 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 6 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 7 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 8 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 9 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 10 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 11 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 12 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 13 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 14 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 15 CODE MODEL

COMMENTS:

INSTALLER: SIGNATURE:

DATE : DD / MM / YY

230
MRVIII-C PLUS

INSTALATION CHECK LIST

YES
1. PREINSTALATION
1.1. REFRIGERATION PIPING
* Refrigerant pipings are correctly insulated.
* Refrigerant pipings have enough fixed supports.
* All welds were made with permanent nitrogen flow, to create an inert atmosphere.
* All branch pipe are installed in horizontal direction.
* There are at least 1 m between branch pipes, and 0.5 m between branch pipe and indoor unit.

1.2. DRAIN
* Drain piping is correctly insulated.
* Reserved the exhaust outlet for drain pipe.
* A drop of at least 1% is guaranteed (1 cm per linear meter).
* Drain's piping diameter meets the requirements.
* The drain pipings of the units with drain pump and without drain pump are separated.

1.3. COMMUNICATION WIRE


* The communication wire is properly installed between outdoor and indoor units - P/Q (Assy. chain).
* The wire for central control is properly installed between A/C and interface (Assy. chain).
* The color of the communication wire P-P, Q-Q is consistent.
* The wiring is 2 x 15 with shield cord. The shield layer is fixed to ground on one point.
* There is independent pipeline for communication wire.
* There is a 10cm distance between communication wire and electricity wire at least.
* Before starting, do not connect the terminal P, Q on the outdoor unit, it may cause bad startup.

Appendix I Installation
1.4. ELECTRICITY WIRE
* There is an independent pipeline for electricity wire to each indoor unit.

Check List
* There is a general power supply for all indoor units.
* There is the same phase power supply for all indoor units in one group under wired controller.
* There is a breaker for each outdoor and indoor unit.
* Electricity wire is installed to indoor and outdoor units correctly.

1.5. INDOOR UNITS


* During installation indoor units have dustproof protection.
* All the units are properly leveled, and fixing system allows adjustments when is required
* The flare nuts are correctly adjusted and tightened for each indoor unit.
* Indoor units are in the perfect physical conditions.
* There is at least 50 cm free space around indoor unit for service and maintenance.
* 208-230V, 1PH + Ground line is necessary.

231
1.6. OUTDOOR UNITS
* The outdoor units install the anti-vibration cushions.
* The ground where the outdoor unit are installed must be properly leveled.
* 1 meter distance is guaranteed between the outdoor units and walls or others.
* Outdoor Units are in the perfect physical conditions.
* The outdoor units in one system need keep 20cm distance to each other.
* Gather pipes are at the same level.
* Each outdoor unit has a security breaker.
* In heating the outdoor unit need install a drain pan.
* The communication wire is properly done between the outdoor units A, B, C.
* The communication wire is correctly done for the centralized monitor between master outdoor unit and
interface (Assy. chain).
* The balance oil pipeline is at the same level without outlets and piping trap.

2. Pre Start Up
* 100% Of the piping completed the preasure test at 80 psi (5.5 Kg/cm2) during 3 Minutes
* 100% Of the piping completed the preasure test at 250 psi (17.5 Kg/cm2) during 2 Hours
* 100% Of the piping completed the preasure test at 590 psi (40.5 Kg/cm2) during 24 Hours

* Vacuum test, reaching gauge preassure of: (-755mmHg)

* The system needs preheat more than 6 hours before startup.


* Indoor units are addressed properly.
* Outdoor units are addressed according the position Master, Slave 1, Slave 2, Slave 3.
* Once the system is powered on, the master outdoor unit displays the quantity of the connected indoor
units.
* All the indoor units work correctly in Fan Mode.

232
MRVIII-C PLUS
ENGLISH BETA 1.2
SYSTEM START UP LIST
SYSTEM CODE MODEL

* Refrigerant recharge calculation


Liquid pipe size Multiple factor Length Subtotal
6.35 (1/4") 0.022
9.52 (3/8") 0.054
12.7 (1/2") 0.11
15.88 (3/4") 0.17
19.05 (5/8") 0.25
22.22 (7/8") 0.35
Total(KG)

Outdoor Unit No. MODEL SERIAL N0.


Master
Slave1
Slave2

*Please input measured voltage values before start up:


L1 vs. L2 V L1 vs. N V L1 vs. Ground V
L2 vs. L3 V L2 vs. N V L2 vs. Ground V
L3 vs. L1 V L3 vs. N V L3 vs. Ground V

START UP

* Do measurements with all units switched ON after 1 hour.

NO. ITEMS SW9/10/11 MASTER SW9/10/11 SLAVE 1 SW9/10/11 SLAVE 2 SW9/10/11 (SLAVE 3)
1 Pressure Pd (bar) 0/0/1 1/0/1 2/0/1 3/0/1
2 Pressure Ps (bar) 0/1/1 1/1/1 2/1/1 3/1/1
3 Temp.Tdi (°C) 0/2/1 1/2/1 2/2/1 3/2/1
4 Temp.Tsi (°C) 0/11/1 1/11/1 2/11/1 3/11/1
5 Temp.TE (°C) 0/5/1 1/5/1 2/5/1 3/5/1
6 Temp.TA (°C) 0/8/1 1/8/1 2/8/1 3/8/1
7 Temp.Toil (°C) 0/7/1 1/7/1 2/7/1 3/7/1
8 Temp.Toci1/2 (°C) 0/9(10)/1 1/9(10)/1 2/9(10)/1 3/9(10)/1

Appendix I Installation
9 Temp. Tsuc(°C) 0/13/1 1/13/1 2/13/1 3/13/1
10 Inverter Compress current 0/14/1 1/14/1 2/14/1 3/14/1

Check List
11 Compressor frequency 0/5/0 1/5/0 2/5/0 3/5/0
12 Running indoor unit QTY 0/4/2
13 The end

Indoor unit No. Model PMV TA TC1 TC2 SERIAL N°


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

233
3. MRV IV-C system startup report

MRVIV-C

INSTALATION CHECK LIST AND SYSTEM START UP REQUEST

PROJECT:
CUSTOMER:
INSTALLER:
CITY/COUNTRY:
ADDRESS:
CONTACT TEL: DATE: DD / MM / YY

PROJECT CONFIGURATION

SYSTEM 1 CODE MODEL


SYSTEM 2 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 3 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 4 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 5 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 6 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 7 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 8 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 9 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 10 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 11 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 12 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 13 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 14 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 15 CODE MODEL

COMMENTS:

INSTALLER: SIGNATURE:

DATE : DD / MM / YY

234
MRVIV-C

INSTALATION CHECK LIST


1. PREINSTALATION YES
1.1. REFRIGERATION PIPING
* Refrigerant pipings are correctly insulated.
* Refrigerant pipings have enough fixed supports.
* All welds were made with permanent nitrogen flow, to create an inert atmosphere.
* All branch pipes are installed in horizontal direction.
* There are at least 1 m between branch pipes, and 0.5 m between branch pipe and indoor unit.

1.2. DRAIN
* Drain piping is correctly insulated.
* Reserved the exhaust outlet for drain pipe.
* A drop of at least 1% is guaranteed (1 cm per linear meter).
* Drain's piping diameter meets the requirements.
* The drain pipings of the units with drain pump and without drain pump are separated.

1.3. COMMUNICATION WIRE


* The communication wire is properly installed between outdoor and indoor units - P/Q (Assy. chain).
* The wire for central control is properly installed between A/C and interface (Assy. chain).
* The color of the communication wire P-P, Q-Q is consistent.
* The wiring is 2 x 15 with shield cord. The shield layer is fixed to ground on one point.
* There is independent pipeline for communication wire.
* There is a 10cm distance between communication wire and electricity wire at least.
* Before starting, do not connect the terminal P, Q on the outdoor unit, it may cause bad startup.

1.4. ELECTRICITY WIRE


* There is an independent pipeline for electricity wire to each indoor unit.

Appendix I Installation
* There is a general power supply for all indoor units.
* There is the same phase power supply for all indoor units in one group under wired controller.

Check List
* There is a breaker for each outdoor and indoor unit.
* Electricity wire is installed to indoor and outdoor units correctly.

1.5. INDOOR UNITS


* During installation indoor units have dustproof protection.
* All the units are properly leveled, and fixing system allows adjustments when is required.
* The flare nuts are correctly adjusted and tightened for each indoor unit.
* Indoor units are in the perfect physical conditions.
* There is at least 50 cm free space around indoor unit for service and maintenance.
* 208-230V, 1PH + Ground line is necessary.

235
1.6. OUTDOOR UNITS
* The outdoor units install the anti-vibration cushions.
* The ground where the outdoor units is installed must be properly leveled.
* 1 meter distance is guaranteed between the outdoor units and walls or others.
* Outdoor units are in the perfect physical conditions.
* The outdoor units in one system need keep 20cm distance to each other.
* Gather pipes are at the same level.
* Each outdoor unit has a security breaker.
* In heating the outdoor unit need install a drain pan.
* The communication wire is properly done between the outdoor units A, B, C
* The communication wire is correctly done for the centralized monitor between master outdoor unit and
interface (Assy. chain)
* The balance oil pipeline is at the same level without outlets and piping trap.

2. Pre Start Up
* 100% Of the piping completed the preasure test at 80 psi (5.5 Kg/cm2) during 3 Minutes
* 100% Of the piping completed the preasure test at 250 psi (17.5 Kg/cm2) during 2 Hours
* 100% Of the piping completed the preasure test at 590 psi (40.5 Kg/cm2) during 24 Hours

* Vacuum test, reaching gauge preassure of: (-755mmHg)

* The system needs preheat more than 6 hours before startup.


* Indoor units are addressed properly.
* Outdoor units are addressed according the position Master, Slave 1, Slave 2.
* Once the system is powered on, the master outdoor unit displays the quantity of the connected indoor
units.
* All the indoor units work correctly in Fan Mode.

236
MRVIV-C
ENGLISH BETA 1.2
SYSTEM START UP LIST
SYSTEM CODE MODEL

* Refrigerant recharge calculation


Liquid pipe size Multiple factor Length Subtotal
6.35 (1/4") 0.022
9.52 (3/8") 0.054
12.7 (1/2") 0.11
15.88 (3/4") 0.17
19.05 (5/8") 0.25
22.22 (7/8") 0.35
Total(KG)

Outdoor Unit No. MODEL SERIAL N0.


Master
Slave1
Slave2

*Please input measured voltage values before start up:


L1 vs. L2 V L1 vs. N V L1 vs. Ground V
L2 vs. L3 V L2 vs. N V L2 vs. Ground V
L3 vs. L1 V L3 vs. N V L3 vs. Ground V

START UP

* Do measurements with all units switched ON after 1 hour.

NO. ITEMS SW9/10/11 MASTER SW9/10/11 SLAVE 1 SW9/10/11 SLAVE 2


1 Pressure Pd1 (bar) 0/0/1 1/0/1 2/0/1
2 Pressure Pd 2(bar) 0/1/1 1/1/1 2/1/1
3 Pressure Ps (bar) 0/2/1 1/2/1 2/2/1
4 Temp.Td1 (°C) 0/3/1 1/3/1 2/3/1
5 Temp.Td2 (°C) 0/4/1 1/4/1 2/4/1
6 Temp.Ts1 (°C) 0/11/1 1/11/1 2/11/1
7 Temp.Ts2 (°C) 0/12/1 1/12/1 2/12/1
8 Temp.Tdef1 (°C) 0/5/1 1/5/1 2/5/1
9 Temp.Tdef2 (°C) 0/6/1 1/6/1 2/6/1
10 Temp.TA (°C) 0/1/15 1/1/15 2/1/15
11 Temp.Toil1 (°C) 0/7/1 1/7/1 2/7/1
12 Temp.Toil2 (°C) 0/8/1 1/8/1 2/8/1

Appendix I Installation
13 Temp.Toci1/2 (°C) 0/9/1 1/8/1 2/8/1
14 Temp. Tsuc(°C) 0/13/1 1/13/1 2/13/1

Check List
15 Current CT of inverter 0/10/15 1/10/15 2/10/15
compressor INV1
16 Current CT of inverter 0/11/15 1/11/15 2/11/15
compressor INV2
17 Temp. Toil(°C) 0/15/1 1/15/1 2/15/1
18 Frequency of inverter compressor 0/5/0 1/5/0 2/5/0
INV1
19 Frequency of inverter compressor 0/6/0 1/6/0 2/6/0
INV2
20 Outdoor unit QTY 0/2/2
21 Indoor unit QTY 0/3/2
22 Running indoor unit QTY 0/4/2

Indoor unit No. Model PMV TA TC1 TC2 SERIAL N°


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

237
4. MRVIII-RC system startup report

MRVIII-RC

INSTALATION CHECK LIST AND SYSTEM START UP REQUEST

PROJECT:
CUSTOMER:
INSTALLER:
CITY/COUNTRY:
ADDRESS:
CONTACT TEL: DATE: DD / MM / YY

PROJECT CONFIGURATION

SYSTEM 1 CODE MODEL


SYSTEM 2 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 3 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 4 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 5 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 6 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 7 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 8 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 9 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 10 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 11 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 12 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 13 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 14 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 15 CODE MODEL

COMMENTS:

INSTALLER: SIGNATURE:

DATE : DD / MM / YY

238
MRVIII-RC

INSTALATION CHECK LIST


1. PREINSTALATION YES
1.1. REFRIGERATION PIPING
* Refrigerant pipings (the HP gas pipes and suction gas pipes and liquid pipes between outdoor and
valve box, between valve box and indoor units) are correctly insulated.
* Refrigerant pipings have enough fixed supports.
* All welds were made with permanent nitrogen flow, to create an inert atmosphere.
* All branch pipes are installed in horizontal direction.
* There are at least 1 m between branch pipes, and 0.5 m between branch pipe and indoor unit.

1.2. DRAIN
* Drain piping is correctly insulated.
* Reserved the exhaust outlet for drain pipe.
* A drop of at least 1% is guaranteed (1 cm per linear meter).
* Drain's piping diameter meets the requirements.
* The drain pipings of the units with drain pump and without drain pump are separated.

1.3. COMMUNICATION WIRE


* The communication wire is properly installed between outdoor and vale box - P/Q (Assy. chain).
* The communication wire is properly installed between indoor unit ( - P/Q) and vale box ( - B/C) (Assy.
chain).
* The wire for central control is properly installed between A/C and interface (Assy. chain).
* The color of the communication wire P-P, Q-Q is consistent.
* The wiring is 2 x 15 with shield cord. The shield layer is fixed to ground on one point.
* There is independent pipeline for communication wire.
* There is a 10cm distance between communication wire and electricity wire at least.
* Before starting, do not connect the terminal P, Q on the outdoor unit, it may cause bad startup.

Appendix I Installation
1.4. ELECTRICITY WIRE

Check List
* There is an independent pipeline for electricity wire to each indoor unit.
* There is a general power supply for all indoor units.
* There is the same phase power supply for all indoor units in one group under wired controller.
* There is a breaker for each outdoor and indoor unit.
* Electricity wire is installed to indoor and outdoor units correctly.

1.5. INDOOR UNITS AND VALE BOX


* During installation indoor units have dustproof protection.
* All the units are properly leveled, and fixing system allows adjustments when is required.
* The flare nuts are correctly adjusted and tightened for each indoor unit.
* Indoor units are in the perfect physical conditions.
* There is at least 50 cm free space around indoor unit for service and maintenance.

239
* 208-230V, 1PH + Ground line is necessary.

1.6. OUTDOOR UNITS


* The outdoor units install the anti-vibration cushions.
* The ground where the outdoor unit is installed must be properly leveled.
* 1 meter distance is guaranteed between the outdoor units and walls or others.
* Outdoor units are in the perfect physical conditions.
* The outdoor units in one system need keep 20cm distance to each other.
* Gather pipes are at the same level.
* Each outdoor unit has a security breaker.
* In heating the outdoor unit need install a drain pan.
* The communication wire is properly done between the outdoor units A, B, C
* The communication wire is correctly done for the centralized monitor between master outdoor unit and
interface (Assy. chain)
* The balance oil pipeline is at the same level without outlets and piping trap.

2. Pre Start Up
* 100% Of the piping completed the preasure test at 80 psi (5.5 Kg/cm2) during 3 Minutes
* 100% Of the piping completed the preasure test at 250 psi (17.5 Kg/cm2) during 2 Hours
* 100% Of the piping completed the preasure test at 590 psi (40.5 Kg/cm2) during 24 Hours

* Vacuum test, reaching gauge preassure of: (-755mmHg)

* The system needs preheat more than 6 hours before startup.


* Valve boxes are addressed properly.
* Indoor units are addressed properly.
* Outdoor units are addressed according the position Master, Slave 1, Slave 2.
* Once the system is powered on, the master outdoor unit displays the quantity of the connected indoor
units.
* All the indoor units and vale boxes work correctly in Fan Mode.

240
MRVIII-RC
ENGLISH BETA 1.2
SYSTEM START UP LIST
SYSTEM CODE MODEL

* Refrigerant recharge calculation


Liquid pipe size Multiple factor Length Subtotal
6.35 (1/4") 0.022
9.52 (3/8") 0.054
12.7 (1/2") 0.11
15.88 (3/4") 0.17
19.05 (5/8") 0.25
22.22 (7/8") 0.35
Total(KG)

Outdoor Unit No. MODEL SERIAL N0.


Master
Slave1
Slave2

*Please input measured voltage values before start up:


L1 vs. L2 V L1 vs. N V L1 vs. Ground V
L2 vs. L3 V L2 vs. N V L2 vs. Ground V
L3 vs. L1 V L3 vs. N V L3 vs. Ground V

START UP

* Do measurements with all units switched ON after 1 hour.

NO. ITEMS SW9/10/11 MASTER SW9/10/11 SLAVE 1 SW9/10/11 SLAVE 2


1 Pressure Pd (bar) 0/0/1 1/0/1 2/0/1
2 Pressure Ps (bar) 0/1/1 1/1/1 2/1/1
3 Temp.Tdi (°C) 0/2/1 1/2/1 2/2/1
4 Temp.Tsi (°C) 0/11/1 1/11/1 2/11/1
5 Temp.Tdef1 (°C) 0/5/1 1/5/1 2/5/1
6 Temp.Tdef2 (°C) 0/6/1 1/6/1 2/6/1
7 Temp.TA (°C) 0/8/1 1/8/1 2/8/1
8 Temp.Toil (°C) 0/7/1 1/7/1 2/7/1
9 Temp.Toci1 (°C) 0/9/1 1/9/1 2/9/1
10 Temp.Toci2 (°C) 0/10/1 1/10/1 2/10/1

Appendix I Installation
11 Temp. Td1 (°C) 0/3/1 1/3/1 2/3/1
12 Inverter Compress current 0/8/15 1/8/15 2/8/15

Check List
13 Fixed Compress current 0/9/15 1/9/15 2/9/15
14 Compressor frequency 0/5/0 1/5/0 2/5/0
Total quantity and capacity for the
15 0/1/2
same system
16 Indoor unit QTY 0/2/2
Quantity of valve box and indoor
17 0/3/2
unit in the same system
Quantity and capacity of cooling
18 0/4/2
indoor unit temp.sensor ON
Quantity and capacity of heating
19 0/5/2
indoor unit temp.sensor ON
20 The end

Indoor unit No. Model PMV TA TC1 TC2 SERIAL N°


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

241
5. MRV W system startup report

MRV W

INSTALATION CHECK LIST AND SYSTEM START UP REQUEST

PROJECT:
CUSTOMER:
INSTALLER:
CITY/COUNTRY:
ADDRESS:
CONTACT TEL: DATE: DD / MM / YY

PROJECT CONFIGURATION

SYSTEM 1 CODE MODEL


SYSTEM 2 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 3 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 4 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 5 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 6 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 7 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 8 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 9 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 10 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 11 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 12 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 13 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 14 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 15 CODE MODEL

COMMENTS:

INSTALLER: SIGNATURE:

DATE : DD / MM / YY

242
MRV W

INSTALATION CHECK LIST

YES
1. PREINSTALATION
1.1. REFRIGERATION PIPING
* Refrigerant pipings are correctly insulated.
* Refrigerant pipings have enough fixed supports.
* All welds were made with permanent nitrogen flow, to create an inert atmosphere.
* All branch pipes are installed in horizontal direction.
* There are at least 1 m between branch pipes, and 0.5 m between branch pipe and indoor unit.

1.2. DRAIN
* Drain piping is correctly insulated.
* Reserved the exhaust outlet for drain pipe.
* A drop of at least 1% is guaranteed (1 cm per linear meter).
* Drain's piping diameter meets the requirements.
* The drain pipings of the units with drain pump and without drain pump are separated.

1.3. COMMUNICATION WIRE


* The communication wire is properly installed between outdoor and indoor units - P/Q (Assy. chain).
* The wire for central control is properly installed between A/C and interface (Assy. chain).
* The color of the communication wire P-P, Q-Q is consistent.
* The wiring is 2 x 15 with shield cord. The shield layer is fixed to ground on one point.
* There is independent pipeline for communication wire.
* There is a 10cm distance between communication wire and electricity wire at least.
* Before starting, do not connect the terminal P, Q on the outdoor unit, it may cause bad startup.

Appendix I Installation
1.4. ELECTRICITY WIRE
* There is an independent pipeline for electricity wire to each indoor unit.

Check List
* There is a general power supply for all indoor units.
* There is the same phase power supply for all indoor units in one group under wired controller.
* There is a breaker for each outdoor and indoor unit.
* Electricity wire is installed to indoor and outdoor units correctly.

1.5. WATER SYSTEM


* The connection of inlet and outlet water pipe is correct.
* The installation of water flow switch is in line with the requirements.
* The selection of the filter is in accordance with the requirements.
* The connection of water pump control line is in accordance with the requirements.
* Water quality is suitable for installation requirements.
* Circulating water temperature and flow rate is in line with the requirements.

243
1.6. OUTDOOR UNITS
* The outdoor units install the anti-vibration cushions.
* The ground where the outdoor unit is installed must be properly leveled.
* 1 meter distance is guaranteed between the outdoor units and walls or others.
* Outdoor units are in the perfect physical conditions.
* The outdoor units in one system need keep 20cm distance to each other.
* Gather pipes are at the same level.
* Each outdoor unit has a security breaker.
* In heating the outdoor unit need install a drain pan.
* The communication wire is properly done between the outdoor units A, B, C
* The communication wire is correctly done for the centralized monitor between master outdoor unit and
interface (Assy. chain)
* The balance oil pipeline is at the same level without outlets and piping trap.
* If the water can enter the outdoor unit from the top of the outdoor unit

2. Pre Start Up
* 100% Of the piping completed the pressure test at 80 psi (5.5 Kg/cm2) during 3 Minutes
* 100% Of the piping completed the pressure test at 250 psi (17.5 Kg/cm2) during 2 Hours
* 100% Of the piping completed the pressure test at 590 psi (40.5 Kg/cm2) during 24 Hours

* Vacuum test, reaching gauge pressure of: (-755mmHg)

* The system needs preheat more than 6 hours before startup.


* Indoor units are addressed properly.
* Outdoor units are addressed according the position Master, Slave 1, Slave 2.
* Once the system is powered on, the master outdoor unit displays the quantity of the connected indoor
units.

244
MRV W
ENGLISH BETA 1.2
SYSTEM START UP LIST
SYSTEM CODE MODEL

* Refrigerant recharge calculation


Liquid pipe size Multiple factor Length Subtotal
6.35 (1/4") 0.022
9.52 (3/8") 0.054
12.7 (1/2") 0.11
15.88 (3/4") 0.17
19.05 (5/8") 0.25
22.22 (7/8") 0.35
Total(KG)

Outdoor Unit No. MODEL SERIAL N0.


Master
Slave1
Slave2

*Please input measured voltage values before start up:


L1 vs. L2 V L1 vs. N V L1 vs. Ground V
L2 vs. L3 V L2 vs. N V L2 vs. Ground V
L3 vs. L1 V L3 vs. N V L3 vs. Ground V

START UP

* Do measurements with all units switched ON after 1 hour.

NO. ITEMS SW9/10/11 MASTER SW9/10/11 SLAVE 1 SW9/10/11 SLAVE 2


1 Pressure Pd (bar) 0/0/1 1/0/1 2/0/1
2 Pressure Ps (bar) 0/1/1 1/1/1 2/1/1
3 Temp.Tdi (°C) 0/2/1 1/2/1 2/2/1
4 Temp.Tsi (°C) 0/11/1 1/11/1 2/11/1
5 Temp.Twi (°C) 0/5/1 1/5/1 2/5/1
6 Temp.Two2 (°C) 0/6/1 1/6/1 2/6/1
7 Temp.Two1 (°C) 0/14/1 0/14/1 0/14/1
8 Temp.TA (°C) 0/8/1 1/8/1 2/8/1
9 Temp.Toil (°C) 0/7/1 1/7/1 2/7/1
10 Temp.Toci1 (°C) 0/9/1 1/9/1 2/9/1
11 Temp.Toci2 (°C) 0/10/1 1/10/1 2/10/1
12 Inverter Compress current 0/8/15 1/8/15 2/8/15

Appendix I Installation
13 Fixed Compress current 0/9/15 1/9/15 2/9/15
14 Compressor frequency 0/5/0 1/5/0 2/5/0

Check List
Total quantity and capacity for the
15 same system 0/1/2
16 Indoor unit QTY 0/2/2
Quantity of valve box and indoor
17 0/3/2
unit in the same system
Quantity and capacity of cooling
18 0/4/2
indoor unit temp.sensor ON
Quantity and capacity of heating
19 0/5/2
indoor unit temp. sensor ON
20 The end

Indoor unit No. Model PMV TA TC1 TC2 SERIAL N°


1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20

245
MRV 5 system startup report

MRV 5

INSTALATION CHECK LIST AND SYSTEM START UP REQUEST ENGLISH BETA 1.2

PROJECT:
CUSTOMER:
INSTALLER:
CITY/COUNTRY:
ADDRESS:
CONTACT TEL: DATE: DD / MM / YY

PROJECT CONFIGURATION

SYSTEM 1 CODE MODEL


SYSTEM 2 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 3 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 4 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 5 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 6 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 7 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 8 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 9 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 10 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 11 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 12 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 13 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 14 CODE MODEL
SYSTEM 15 CODE MODEL

COMMENTS:

INSTALLER: SIGNATURE:
DATE :
MRV 5

ENGLISH BETA 1.2


INSTALATION CHECK LIST

1. PREINSTALATION YES
1.1. REFRIGERATION PIPING
* Refrigerant piping are correctly insulated.
* Refrigerant piping have enough fixed supports.
* All welds were made with permanent nitrogen flow, to create an inert atmosphere.
* All branch pipes are installed in horizontal direction.
* There are at least the distance of 1m between branch and branch, and 0.5m far from the indoor units.

1.2. DRAIN
* Drain piping is correctly insulated.
* Exhaust outlet for drain pipe.
* A drop of at least 1% is guaranteed (1 cm per linear meter).
* Drain's piping diameter is according to requeriments.
* Drain piping is separated for unit with drain pump.

1.3. COMMUNICATION WIRE


* The communication wire is properly installed between outdoor and indoor units - P/Q (Assy chain).
* The wire for centralized control is properly installed between A/C and interface (Assy chain).
* Sequence of colors in the cord is guaranteed P-P, Q-Q.
* The wiring is 2 x 15 with shield cord. The shield layer is fixed to ground on one point.
* There is independent pipeline for communication wire.
* There is a 10cm distance between communication wire and electricity wire at least.
* Before starting, do not connect the terminal P, Q on the outdoor unit, it may cause unexpected start.

1.4. ELECTRICITY WIRE


* There is independent pipeline for electricity wire to each indoor unit.
* There is a general power supply for all indoor unit.
* There is same phase power supply for all indoor units in one group under wired controller.
* Security power off system: Is there a breaker for each outdoor and indoor unit?
* Electricity wire is installed to indoor and outdoor units correctly.

1.5. INDOOR UNITS


* During installation indoor units have antidust protection.
* All the units are properly leveled, and fixing system allows adjustments when is required.
* The flare nuts are correctly adjusted and tightened for each indoor unit.
* Indoor units are in the perfect physical conditions, free of dents or dings.
* There is at least 50 cm of free space around indoor unit for service and maintenance.
* 208-230V, 1PH + Ground line is suministrated.
MRV 5

1.6. OUTDOOR UNITS


* Is Installed an anti-vibration system for the outdoor units.
* The ground where the outdoor unit are must be properly leveled.
* 1 meter of distane is guaranted for the Outdoor Units of walls and others.
* Outdoor Units are in the perfect physical conditions, free of dents or dings.
* The outdoor units in same system have 20cm distance to each other.
* Gather pipe are at the same level.
* Each outdoor unit have a security breaker.
* A drain pan is required to the Outdoor unit (HEAT MODE).
* The communication wire is properly done betwen the outdoor units A, B, C.
* The communication wire is corretly done for the centralized monitor between master outdoor unit and
interface (Assy chain)
* The balance oil pipeline is at the same level Without outlets and Piping trap.
* Outdoor units are supported on anti-vibration system.

2. PRE START UP
* 100% Of the piping completed the preasure test at 80 psi (5.5 Kg/cm2) during 3 Minutes
* 100% Of the piping completed the preasure test at 250 psi (17.5 Kg/cm2) during 2 Hours
* 100% Of the piping completed the preasure test at 590 psi (40.5 Kg/cm2) during 24 Hours

* Vacuum test, reaching gauge preassure of: (-755mmHg)

* The System have been with Electric power more than 6 hours before de start up.
* Indoor units are addresed properly.
* Outdoor units are adressed acording the position Master, Slave 1, Slave 2 y Slave 3.
* Once the system is connected to Electric power, the master outdoor unit display show the indoor units quantity
connected.
* All the Indoor units and vale boxes work correctly in Fan Mode.
MRV 5

ENGLISH BETA 1.2


SYSTEM START UP LIST
SYSTEM CODE MODEL
* Refrigerant recharge calculation
Liquid pipe size Multiple factor Length Subtotal
6.35 (1/4") 0.022
9.52 (3/8") 0.054
12.7 (1/2") 0.11
15.88 (3/4") 0.17
19.05 (5/8") 0.25
22.22 (7/8") 0.35
25.4 (1") 0.52
Total(Kg)

Outdoor unit No. Model Serial No.


Master
Slave1
Slave2

*Please input measured voltage values before start up:

L1 vs. L2 V L1 vs. N V L1 vs. Ground V

L2 vs. L3 V L2 vs. N V L2 vs. Ground V

L3 vs. L1 V L3 vs. N V L3 vs. Ground V


MRV 5

ENGLISH BETA 1.2


START UP
* Do measurements with all units switched ON after 1 hour.
No. Items SW9/10/11 Master SW9/10/11 SLAVE 1 SW9/10/11 SLAVE 2
1 Pressure Pd1 (bar) 0/0/1 1/0/1 2/0/1
3 Pressure Ps (bar) 0/2/1 1/2/1 2/2/1
4 Temp.Td1 (°C) 0/3/1 1/3/1 2/3/1
5 Temp.Td2 (°C) 0/4/1 1/4/1 2/4/1
8 Temp.Tdef1 (°C) 0/5/1 1/5/1 2/5/1
10 Temp.TA (°C) 0/1/15 1/1/15 2/1/15
11 Temp.Toil1 (°C) 0/7/1 1/7/1 2/7/1
12 Temp.Toil2 (°C) 0/8/1 1/8/1 2/8/1
13 Temp.Toci1 (°C) 0/9/1 1/8/1 2/8/1
Current CT of inverter
15 0/10/15 1/10/15 2/10/15
compressor INV1
Current CT of inverter
16 0/11/15 1/11/15 2/11/15
compressor INV2
17 Fixed Compress current 0/15/1 1/15/1 2/15/1
Current frequency of
18 inverter 0/5/0 1/5/0 2/5/0
compressor INV1
Current frequency of
19 inverter 0/6/0 1/6/0 2/6/0
compressor INV2
20 Outdoor unit QTY 0/2/2
21 Indoor unit QTY 0/3/2
22 Running indoor unit QTY 0/4/2
23 The end
Indoor unit No. Model PMV TA TC1 TC2 Serial N°
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
Appendix II Dip Switch Setting For Address

1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Address
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 0
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 1
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 2
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON 3
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF 4
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON 5
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF 6
OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON 7
OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 8
OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON 9
OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF 10
OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON 11
OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF 12
OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON 13
OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF 14
OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON 15
OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 16
OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON 17
OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF 18
OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON 19
OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF 20
OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON 21
OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF 22
OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON 23
OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF 24
OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON 25
OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF 26
OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON ON 27
OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF 28
OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF ON 29

Appendix II Dip switch setting


OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON OFF 30
OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON 31
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 32 for address
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 33
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 34
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON 35
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF 36
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON 37
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF 38
OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON ON 39
OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 40
OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON 41
OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF 42
OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON ON 43
OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF 44

251
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Address
OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON 45
OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON ON OFF 46
OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON ON ON 47
OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 48
OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON 49
OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF 50
OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON 51
OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF 52
OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF ON 53
OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON ON OFF 54
OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON ON ON 55
OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF 56
OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON 57
OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF ON OFF 58
OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF ON ON 59
OFF OFF ON ON ON ON OFF OFF 60
OFF OFF ON ON ON ON OFF ON 61
OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON OFF 62
OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON 63
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 64
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 65
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 66
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON 67
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF 68
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON 69
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF 70
OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON 71
OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 72
OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON 73
OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF 74
OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON 75
OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF 76
OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON 77
OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF 78
OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON ON ON 79
OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 80
OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON 81
OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF 82
OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON 83
OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF 84
OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON 85
OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF 86
OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON ON ON 87
OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF 88
OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON 89
OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF 90

252
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Address
OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON ON 91
OFF ON OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF 92
OFF ON OFF ON ON ON OFF ON 93
OFF ON OFF ON ON ON ON OFF 94
OFF ON OFF ON ON ON ON ON 95
OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 96
OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 97
OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 98
OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON 99
OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF 100
OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON 101
OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF 102
OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON ON 103
OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 104
OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON 105
OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF 106
OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF ON ON 107
OFF ON ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF 108
OFF ON ON OFF ON ON OFF ON 109
OFF ON ON OFF ON ON ON OFF 110
OFF ON ON OFF ON ON ON ON 111
OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 112
OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON 113
OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF 114
OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON ON 115
OFF ON ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF 116
OFF ON ON ON OFF ON OFF ON 117
OFF ON ON ON OFF ON ON OFF 118
OFF ON ON ON OFF ON ON ON 119
OFF ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF 120

Appendix II Dip switch setting


OFF ON ON ON ON OFF OFF ON 121
OFF ON ON ON ON OFF ON OFF 122
for address
OFF ON ON ON ON OFF ON ON 123
OFF ON ON ON ON ON OFF OFF 124
OFF ON ON ON ON ON OFF ON 125
OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF 126
OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON ON 127

253
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Address
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 128
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 129
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 130
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON 131
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF 132
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON 133
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF 134
ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON 135
ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 136
ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON 137
ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF 138
ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON 139
ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF 140
ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON 141
ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF 142
ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON ON 143
ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 144
ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON 145
ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF 146
ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON 147
ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF 148
ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON 149
ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF 150
ON OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON 151
ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF 152
ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON 153
ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF 154
ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON ON 155
ON OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF 156
ON OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF ON 157
ON OFF OFF ON ON ON ON OFF 158
ON OFF OFF ON ON ON ON ON 159
ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 160
ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 161
ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 162
ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON 163
ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF 164
ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON 165
ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF 166
ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON ON 167
ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 168
ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON 169
ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF 170
ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON ON 171
ON OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF 172

254
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Address
ON OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF ON 173
ON OFF ON OFF ON ON ON OFF 174
ON OFF ON OFF ON ON ON ON 175
ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 176
ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON 177
ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF 178
ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON ON 179
ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF 180
ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF ON 181
ON OFF ON ON OFF ON ON OFF 182
ON OFF ON ON OFF ON ON ON 183
ON OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF 184
ON OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF ON 185
ON OFF ON ON ON OFF ON OFF 186
ON OFF ON ON ON OFF ON ON 187
ON OFF ON ON ON ON OFF OFF 188
ON OFF ON ON ON ON OFF ON 189
ON OFF ON ON ON ON ON OFF 190
ON OFF ON ON ON ON ON ON 191
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 192
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 193
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 194
ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON ON 195
ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF OFF 196
ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF ON 197
ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON OFF 198
ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON ON 199
ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 200
ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF ON 201
ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON OFF 202

Appendix II Dip switch setting


ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON ON 203
ON ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF OFF 204
ON ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF ON 205 for address

ON ON OFF OFF ON ON ON OFF 206


ON ON OFF OFF ON ON ON ON 207
ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 208
ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF ON 209
ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON OFF 210
ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON ON 211
ON ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF OFF 212
ON ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF ON 213
ON ON OFF ON OFF ON ON OFF 214
ON ON OFF ON OFF ON ON ON 215
ON ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF OFF 216
ON ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF ON 217
ON ON OFF ON ON OFF ON OFF 218

255
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 Address
ON ON OFF ON ON OFF ON ON 219
ON ON OFF ON ON ON OFF OFF 220
ON ON OFF ON ON ON OFF ON 221
ON ON OFF ON ON ON ON OFF 222
ON ON OFF ON ON ON ON ON 223
ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF OFF 224
ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF ON 225
ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON OFF 226
ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON ON 227
ON ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF OFF 228
ON ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF ON 229
ON ON ON OFF OFF ON ON OFF 230
ON ON ON OFF OFF ON ON ON 231
ON ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF OFF 232
ON ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF ON 233
ON ON ON OFF ON OFF ON OFF 234
ON ON ON OFF ON OFF ON ON 235
ON ON ON OFF ON ON OFF OFF 236
ON ON ON OFF ON ON OFF ON 237
ON ON ON OFF ON ON ON OFF 238
ON ON ON OFF ON ON ON ON 239
ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF OFF 240
ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF ON 241
ON ON ON ON OFF OFF ON OFF 242
ON ON ON ON OFF OFF ON ON 243
ON ON ON ON OFF ON OFF OFF 244
ON ON ON ON OFF ON OFF ON 245
ON ON ON ON OFF ON ON OFF 246
ON ON ON ON OFF ON ON ON 247
ON ON ON ON ON OFF OFF OFF 248
ON ON ON ON ON OFF OFF ON 249
ON ON ON ON ON OFF ON OFF 250
ON ON ON ON ON OFF ON ON 251
ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF OFF 252
ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF ON 253
ON ON ON ON ON ON ON OFF 254
ON ON ON ON ON ON ON ON 255

256
Appendix III R410A System Static Balance Pressure Reference Value
Outdoor ambient temp.(℃) Pressure(MPa) Outdoor ambient temp.(℃) Pressure(MPa)
-23 0.258 16 1.198
-22 0.272 17 1.235
-21 0.287 18 1.273
-20 0.301 19 1.312
-19 0.317 20 1.352
-18 0.332 21 1.392
-17 0.349 22 1.433
-16 0.365 23 1.475
-15 0.383 24 1.518
-14 0.4 25 1.562
-13 0.419 26 1.607
-12 0.437 27 1.653
-11 0.456 28 1.699
-10 0.476 29 1.747
-9 0.496 30 1.795
-8 0.517 31 1.845
-7 0.538 32 1.895
-6 0.56 33 1.946
-5 0.582 34 1.999
-4 0.605 35 2.052
-3 0.629 36 2.106
-2 0.653 37 2.162
-1 0.677 38 2.218
0 0.703 39 2.276
1 0.729 40 2.334
2 0.755 41 2.394
3 0.782 42 2.455
4 0.81 43 2.516
5 0.839 44 2.579
6 0.868 45 2.643
7 0.898 46 2.709
8 0.928 47 2.775

Appendix II Dip switch setting


9 0.959 48 2.843
10 0.991 49 2.911
11 1.024 50 2.981
12 1.057 51 3.053 for address

13 1.091 52 3.125
14 1.126 53 3.199
15 1.162

257
Haier Commercial Air Condition

Web: Http://www.haier.com
Haier reserves the right to make change without any notice.

You might also like